PIER 60 STOARGE BUILDING - 07-0033-EN
CITY OF CLEARWATER
POST OFFICE Box 4748, CLEARWATER, FLORIDA 33758-4748
TELEPHONE (727) 462-6126 FAx (727) 462-6989
PUBLIC SERVICES
DEPARTMENT
Caladesi Construction, Inc.
Attn: Mr. Donald J. Hinrichs, President
1390 Donegan Road
Largo, Florida 33771
Re: Pier 60 Storage Building (07-0033-EN)
Dear Mr. Hinrichs:
MAY 19 2008
OEFIC't RECMDS ANr)
LEGISLATIVE SRVCS DEPT
May 14, 2008
The work of the above referenced project is completed and acceptable as of March 14, 2008.
However, if at some later date any defects appear due to construction, you will be expected to accept
the responsibility according to the Guarantee of the General Conditions which reads:
"The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to
other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one year from the date of final
acceptance".
At this time we have also included your "Contractor's Evaluation" for this project.
Very truly yours,
Perry M. o ez
Construction Manager
City of Clearwater
/ae
cc: Gary A. Johnson, C.G.C., Public Services Director
Alex Plisko, Plisko Architects
Glen L. Bahnick, Asst. Director of Engineering/Production
Susan Chase, Official Records & Legislative Services
Paul Cooper, Construction Inspector
Project File
Warranty File
"EQUAL EMPLOYMENT AND AFFIRMATIVE ACTION EMPLOYER"
CITY OF CLEARWATER CONSTRUCTION DIVISION
CONTRACTOR'S PAST PERFORMANCE REPORT
Contractor: Caladesi Construction, Inc. FIN Project No.: N/A
Address: 1390 Donegan Road County: Pinellas Route:
City/State/Zip: Lar o Florida 33771 Type of Work: Storage Building
Phone: 72 585-9945 Fax No.: 727 585-6881
Project Name & Number: Pier 60 Storage Building 07-0033-EN
Completion Date: March 14, 2008 Final Contract Amount: $112,750.00
ANSWER ALL QUESTIONS
Performance
1. Pursuit of the Work.
Maximum
Value
12
2. Proper MOT and Minimize Impacts to Traveling Public. 12
3. Timely and Complete Submittal of Documents.
4. Timely Completion of Project.
5. Coordination / Cooperation with Cl Personnel,
Property Owners and Utilities Company.
6. Mitigate Cost and Time Overruns
7. Environmental Compliance
8. Conformance with Contract Documents.
Total Score
8
16/20 note 44.
10
12
10/12 note #4
20
100/106
Rated
Value
,A
J0
IG
/Z
?Z
/g
Con ction spector (signature) Date Constra n Manage
A,?,/-"y
Date
I
I
I
I
I
I
: CITY OF CLEARWATER
PIER 60
: BEACH STORAGE BUILDING
I (07 -0033- EN)
I PREPARED FOR
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
_r . .:._ ::'..
,." --
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
AND
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
~Clearwater
u
ISSUED FOR BID
JUL Y /2007
'! . ~ '; .-.
SECTION I
ADVERTISEMENT
OF
BID
I
I
I
I:
I
I,
I
I
II
I
f
I
I
1\
I
I
I;
I
I
ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS
CITY OF CLEARWATER PIER 60 BEACH STORAGE BUILDING
CONTRACT #: 07-0033-EN
CLEARWATER, FLORIDA
Copies of the Contract Documents and Plans for this project are available for inspection and/or
purchase by prospective bidders at the Municipal Services Bldg., Engineering Department, 2nd
Floor, Room 220, 100 So. Myrtle Ave., Clearwater, Florida, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and
4:30 p.m. Monday thru Friday, FRIDAY, JULY 20, 2007, until no later than close of business
three days preceding the bid opening. A charge of $60.00 none of which will be refunded, will be
made for each set.
The work for which proposals are invited consists of: construction of a 24' x 30' (720 sf mol)
concrete masonry unit, concrete pile supported, storage building as per attached
specifications. The building consists of FEMA rated masonry construction, metal roof, and 2
roll-up steel doors. No utilities construction is required for this project.
A RECOMMENDED Pre-Bid Conference for all prospective bidders will be held on
THURSDAY, AUGUST 2, 2007, at 10:00 a.m. at the Municipal Services Building, 100 South
Myrtle Avenue, First Floor, Human Resources Training Room #130, Clearwater, Florida.
Representatives of the Owner and Consulting Engineer will be present to discuss this Project.
Sealed proposals will be received by the Purchasinl! Manaser, at the Purchasin!! Office, located
at the Municipal Services Bid!!.. 100 So. Mvrtle Ave.. 3r Floor. Clearwater. Florida 33756-
5520. until 1:30 P.M. on THURSDAY, AUGUST 09, 2007 and publicly opened and read at that
hour and place for CITY OF CLEARWATER PIER 60 BEACH STORAGE BUILDING
A complete bidders package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits
and proposal form is available only to City pre-qualified contractors in the construction
category of Commercial Buildine:s with a minimum pre-qualification amount of
$ 200.000.
Contractors, suppliers, or others who are not pre-qualified but who may be interested as a possible
subcontractor, supplier, etc., may purchase a "Subcontractor" package consisting of plans,
specifications, and pay items worksheet.
A 10% bid bond is required for all City of Clearwater projects.
The right is reserved by the City Manager of the City of Clearwater, Florida to reject any or all bids.
The City of Clearwater, Florida
William B. Home, II, City Manager
SECTION II
INSTRUCTION
TO
BIDDERS
:1
I
II
I:
I
I
I
I
I
Ii
I
I
1\
I
I
I
I
,
I
SECTION II
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Table of Contents:
SECTION II ....... .............. ......... ..... ....... ..... ........ .... ..... ... ... ......... .......... ....... .... .... .... ..... ........ .......... i
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS.......................................................................... 1
QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS .................................................................................. 1
EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE ................................. 1
INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA ....................................................................... 2
BID SECURITY OR BID BOND .................................................................................... 3
CONTRA. CT TIME ..... ........ ............ ...... ........ .... ... ..... ....... .......... ........... ........... .... ... ......... 3
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES ............................................................................................. 3
SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT ......................................................... 3
S UBCO NTRA. eTO RS.. ....... ...... ..... ....... ............... ... ....... .... ................ .... ... ........ .... ...... ..... 3
BIDIPR 0 POSAL FORM .. ..... .......... ............ ........ ... ..... .......... .... ... ....... ........ ........ ............ 4
SUBMIS S ION OF BIDS .................... ... ........ ..... ......... ... ..... ... ....... ....... ....... ..................... 4
MODIFICATION AND WITHDRA. W AL OF BIDS ....................................................5
REJECTION OF BIDS ..... .... ............. ... ............... ..... .... .... ... .......... ....... .......... ................. 5
DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER............................................................................... 5
o PENIN G OF BIDS ......................................................................................................... s
LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES ........................................... 5
IDENTICAL TIE BIDSNENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE ............................. 6
AWARD OF CONTRA.CT .........................................................................................~:.... 7
BID PROTEST.. ...... ........ .......... ..... .... .... ......... .... .......... ... ...... ........... .... ........ ..... ............... 7
TREN CD S AFETY ACT .... ... .......... ...... ......... ........ ...... .......... ..... ............... ........ ........... ... 8
SectionII.PIER 6O.doc
Revised: 5/1112005
I
I
,I
I
,I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
...,
,1'1
\
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section 11- Instructions to Bidders
1 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS
1.1 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents are available for the sum stated in the
Advertisement for Bid from the Office of the Purchasing Manager. This amount represents
reproduction costs and is non-refundable. A complete bidders package containing plans,
specifications, bond forms, contract fonn, affidavits and bid/proposal form is available only
to pre-qualified bidders. Contractors, suppliers, or others who are not pre-qualified but who
may be a possible subcontractor, supplier, or other interested person may purchase a
"Subcontractor" package consisting of plans, specifications, and list of pay items.
1.2 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing bids. Neither the City nor
the Engineer shall be liable for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of
incomplete sets of Bidding Documents, by Bidders, sub-bidders or others.
1.3 The City, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, does so
only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and does not confer a license or grant
any other permission to use the documents for any other purpose.
2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS
2.1 Each prospective Bidder must pre-qualify to demonstrate, to the complete satisfaction of the
City of Clearwater, that the Bidder has the necessary facilities, equipment, ability, financial
resources and experience to perform the work in a satisfactory manner before obtaining
drawings, specifications and contract documents. An application package for pre-
qualification may be obtained by contacting the City of Clearwater, Engineering
Department, Engineering Services Division at P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758-
4748 (mailing address); 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520 (street
address only) or by phone at (727) 562-4750. All qualification data must be completed and
delivered to the Director of Engineering at the above address not later than fourteen (14)
days prior to the time set for the receipt of bids. Bidders currently pre-qualified by the City
do not have to make reapplication.
3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE
3.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract
Documents thoroughly; (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in
any manner affect cost, progress, performance or finnishing of the work; (c) consider and
abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations; and
(d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and
notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents.
3.2 In reference to the Technical Specifications and/or the Scope of the Work for identification
of those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which have
been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely
upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such reports but not upon non-technical
data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof for the
purposes of bidding or construction. In reference to those drawings relating to physical
conditions of existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities)
which are at or contiguous to the site and which have been utilized by the Engineer in
preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical
Sectionll.PIER 60.doc
Revised: 5/1 1/2005
SectionlI.PIER 60.doc
2
Revised: 5/11/2005
I
I
,I
I
I,
I
I
I
I
I
I
"
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
Section II - Instructions to Bidders
data contained in such drawings but not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of
bidding or construction.
3.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground
Facilities at or contiguous to the site are based upon information and data furnished to the
City and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and the City does not
assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless expressly provided in
the Contract Documents.
3.4 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective
Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, other physical conditions,
possible conditions, and possible changes in. the Contract Documents due to differing
conditions appear in the General Conditions.
3.5 Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any
additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any
additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface
and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost,
progress, performance or furnishing the work in accordance with the time, price and other
terms and conditions of the Contract Documents.
3.6 On request in advance, City will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such
explorations and tests at Bidder's own expense as each Bidder deems necessary for
submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former
condition upon completion of such explorations and tests.
3.7 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access
thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the Work are
identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for
temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by
the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing
structures are to be obtained and paid for by the City unless otherwise provided in the
Contract Documents.
3.8 The submission of a Bid will constitute an unequivocal representation by the Bidder that the
Bidder has complied with every requirement of these Instructions to Bidders and that,
without exception, the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required
by the Contract Documents by such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures
of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the
Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding
of all terms and conditions of performance and furnishing of the work.
4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA
4.1 All questions as to the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to the
Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the Engineer in response
to such questions will be issued by Addenda, either by mail or facsimile transmission, to all
parties recorded by the Purchasing Manager as having received the Bidding Documents.
Questions received less than ten (10) days prior to the date for opening of Bids may not be
answered. Only information provided by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and
other interpretations of clarifications will be without legal effect.
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I,
I,
I
I
I
I
I,
I
,I
I
I
Section II - Instructions to Bidders
4.2 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by the
City or Engineer.
5 BID SECURITY OR BID BOND
5.1 Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to the City of Clearwater in
an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of
a certified or cashiers check or a Bid Bond (on form attached) issued by a surety meeting the
requirements of the General Conditions. A cash bid bond will not be accepted.
5.2 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed
the Agreement and furnished the required Payment and Performance bonds, whereupon the
Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute, deliver the
Agreement and furnish the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the award of contract
by the City Commission, the City may annul the bid and the Bid Security of the Bidder will
be forfeited. The Bid Security of any Bidder whom the City believes to have a reasonable
chance of receiving the award may be retained by the City until the successful execution of
the agreement with the successful Bidder or for a period up to ninety (90) days following bid
opening. Security of other Bidders will be returned approximately fourteen (14) days after
the Bid opening.
5.3 The Bid Bond shall be issued in the favor of the City of Clearwater by a surety company
qualified to do business in, and having a registered agent in the State of Florida.
6 CONTRACT TIME
6.1 The number of consecutive calendar days within which the work is to be completed is set
forth in the Technical Specifications.
7 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
7.1 Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Contract Agreement.
8 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
8.1 The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described in the
Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or
"or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications
that a substitute or "or equal" item may be furnished or used, application for its acceptance
will not be considered by the Engineer until after the effective date of the Contract
Agreement. The procedure for submittal of any such application is described in the General
Conditions and as supplemented in the Technical Specifications.
9 SUBCONTRACTORS
9.1 If requested by the City or Engineer, the Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so
requested, shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submit to the Engineer
an experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence
of qualification for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and organization to be used by the
Contractor in the completion of the Work. The amount of subcontract work shall not exceed
fifty percent (50%) of the Work except as may be specifically approved by the Engineer. If
the Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed
SectionlI.PIER 60.doc
3
Revised: 5/11/2005
SectionIl.PIER 60.doc
4
Revised: 5/11/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I:
Section II - Instructions to Bidders
Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization, he may, before recommending award
of the Contract.
Agreement to the City Commission, request the Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable
substitute without an increase in Contract Price or Contract Time. If the Successful Bidder
declines to make any such substitution, the City may award the contract to the next lowest
and most responsive Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and
other persons and organizations. Declining to make requested substitutions will not
constitute grounds for sacrificing the Bid security to the City of any Bidder. Any
Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization listed by the Contractor and to whom
the Engineer does not make written objection prior to the recommendation of award to the
City Commission will be deemed acceptable to the City subject to revocation of such
acceptance after the Effective Date of the Contract Agreement as provided in the General
Conditions.
9.2 No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, supplier, person or
organization against whom he has reasonable objection.
10 BID/PROPOSAL FORM
10.1 The Bid/Proposal Form is included with the Contract Documents and shall be completed in
ink or by typewriter. All blanks on the Bid/Proposal Forms must be completed. The Bidder
must state in the Bid/Proposal Form in words and numerals without delineation's, alterations
or erasures, the price for which he will perform the work as required by the Contract
Documents. Bidders are required to bid on all items in the Bid/Proposal form. The lump
sum for each section or item shall be for furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor for
completing the section or item as per the plans and contract specifications. Should it be
found that quantities or amounts shown on the plans or in the proposal, for any part of the
work, are exceeded or should they be found to be less after the actual construction of the
work, the amount bid for each section or item will be increased or decreased in direct
proportion to the unit prices bid for the listed individual items.
10.2 Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-
president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the
corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be
shown below the Signature. If requested, the person signing a Bid for a corporation or
partnership shall produce evidence satisfactory to the City of the person's authority to bind
the corporation or partnership.
10.3 Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general
partner, whose title shall appear under the signature and the official address of the
partnership shall be shown below the signature.
10.4 All names shall be typed or printed below the signature.
11 SUBMISSION OF BIDS
11.1 Sealed Bids shall be submitted at or before the time and at the place indicated in the
Advertisement for Bids and shall be submitted in the bid envelope. provided with the bid
documents. If forwarded by mail, the Bid shall be enclosed in another envelope with the
notation "Bid Enclosed" on the face thereof and addressed to the City of Clearwater,
attention Purchasing Manager. Bids will be received at the office indicated in the
I
I
I
I
,
I
I
I
I
I
I
.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section II-Instructions to Bidders
Advertisement until the time and date specified. Telegraphic or facsimile bids received by
the Purchasing Manager will not be accepted.
12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS
12.1 Bids may be modified. or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the
manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered as described in the Advertisement of
Bids. A request for withdrawal or a modification shall be in writing and signed by a person
duly authorized to do so. Withdrawal of a Bid will not prejudice the rights of a Bidder to
submit a new Bid prior to the Bid Date and Time. After expiration of the period for
receiving Bids, no Bid may be withdrawn or modified.
12.2 After a bid is received by the City, the bidder may request to modify the bid for
typographical or scrivener's errors only. The bidder must state in writing to the City that a
typographical or scrivener's error has been made by the bidder, the nature of the error, the
requested correction of the error, and what the adjusted bid amount will be if the correction
is accepted by the City. The City reserves the right at its sole discretion to accept, reject, or
modify any bid.
13 REJECTION OF BIDS
13.1 To the extent permitted by applicable State and Federal laws and regulations, the City
reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any and all informalities. Grounds
for the rejection of a bid include but are not limited to a material omission, unauthorized
alteration of form, unauthorized alternate bids, incomplete or unbalanced unit prices, or
irregularities of any kind. Also, the City reserves the right to reject any Bid if the City
believes that it would not be in the best interest of the public to make an award to that
Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful
financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the
City. The City reserves the right to decide which bid is deemed to be the lowest and best in
the interest of the public.
14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER
14.1 Any or all bids will be rejected if there is any reason for believing that collusion exists
among the bidders, the participants in such collusion will not be considered in future
proposals for the same work. Each bidder shall execute the Non-Collusion Affidavit
contained in the Contract Documents.
15 OPENING OF BIDS
15.1 Bids will be opened and read publicly at the location and time stated in the Advertisement
for Bids. Bidders are invited to be present at the opening ofbids.
16 liCENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES
16.1 The Contractor shall secure all licenses and permits (and shall pay all permit fees) except as
specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall comply
with all Federal and State Laws, County and Municipal Ordinances and regulations, which
in any manner effect the prosecution of the work. City of Clearwater building permit fees
SectionIl.PIER 6O.doc
5
Revised: 5/1 \12005
SectionlI.PIER 60.doc
6
Revised: 5/11/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section II - Instructions to Bidders
and impact fees will be waived except as specifically stated o.therwise in the Technical
Specificatio.ns.
16.2 The Co.ntracto.r shall assume all liability fo.r the payment o.f ro.yalty fees due to. the use o.f any
co.nstructio.n o.r o.peratio.n process, which is pro.tected by patent rights except as specifically
stated o.therwise in the Technical Specificatio.ns. The amo.unt o.f ro.yalty fee, if any, shall be
stated by the Co.ntracto.r.
16.3 The Co.ntracto.r shall pay all applicable sales, consumer, use and o.ther taxes required by law.
The Co.ntracto.r is respo.nsible fo.r reviewing the pertinent State Statutes invo.lving the sales
tax and sales tax exemptio.ns and complying with all requirements.
17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDSNENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE
17.1 In accordance with the requirements o.fSectio.n 287.087 Flo.rida Statutes regarding a Vendo.r
Drug Free Wo.rkplace, in the event o.fidentical tie bids, preference shall be given to. bidders
with drug-free wo.rkplace programs. Whenever two. o.r mo.re bids which are equal with
respect to. price, quality, and service are received by the City fo.r the pro.curement o.f
co.mmo.dities o.r contractual services, a bid received fro.m a business that certifies that it has
implemented a drug-free wo.rkplace program shall be given preference in the award pro.cess.
Established pro.cedures fo.r processing tie bids will be fo.llo.wed if no.ne o.r all o.f the tied
bidders have a drug-free wo.rkplace pro.gram. In o.rder to. have a drug-free wo.rkplace
program, a contracto.r shall supply the City with a certificate containing the fo.llo.wing six
statements and the accompanying certificatio.n statement:
(1) Publish a statement no.tifying emplo.yees that the unlawful manufacture, distributio.n,
dispensing, po.ssessio.n, o.r use o.f a co.ntrolled substance is prohibited in the wo.rkplace and
specifying the actio.ns that will be taken against emplo.yees fo.r vio.latio.ns o.f such
prohibitio.n.
(2) Info.rm emplo.yees as to. the dangers o.f drug abuse in the wo.rkplace, the business's po.licy
o.f maintaining a drug-free wo.rkplace, any available drug co.unseling, rehabilitatio.n, and
emplo.yee assistance pro.grams, and the penalties that may be impo.sed upo.n emplo.yees fo.r
drug abuse vio.latio.ns.
(3) Give each emplo.yee engaged in providing the commo.dities o.r contractual services that
are under bid a copy o.fthe statement specified in subsectio.n (1).
(4) In the statement specified in subsectio.n (1), no.tify the emplo.yees that, as a co.nditio.n o.f
wo.rking o.n the co.mmo.dities o.r co.ntractual services that are under bid, the emplo.yee will
abide by the tenns o.f the statement and will no.tify the emplo.yer o.f any convictio.n o.f, o.r
plea o.f guilty o.r no.lo. contendere to., any vio.latio.n o.f chapter 893, o.r o.f any co.ntro.lled
substance law, o.f the United States, o.r o.f any state, fo.r a vio.latio.n o.ccurring in the
wo.rkplace no. later than five (5) days after such convictio.n.
(5) Impo.se a sanctio.n o.n, o.r require the satisfacto.ry participatio.n in a drug abuse assistance
o.r rehabilitatio.n program if such is available in theemplo.yee's co.mmunity, by any emplo.yee
who. is so. co.nvicted.
(6) Make a go.o.d faith effo.rt to. co.ntinue to. maintain a drug-free wo.rkplace thro.ugh
implementatio.n o.f this sectio.n.
I certify that this firm do.es/do.es no.t (select o.nly o.ne) fully co.mply with the abo.ve
requirements.
I
I'
I
I
I
I
'I
II
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
,
I
Ii
Section II - Instructions to Bidders
18 AWARD OF CONTRACT
18.1 Discrepancies between. words and figures will be resolved in favor of words.
Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in
favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of
figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum.
18.2 In evaluating the Bids, the City will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or
not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, unit prices, and other data as may
be requested in the Bid/Proposal form. The City may consider the qualifications and
experience of Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by
the Contractor for the Work. The City may conduct such investigations as the City
deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility,
qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and
other persons, and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents to the City's satisfaction within the prescribed time.
18.3 If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible, responsive
Bidder whose evaluation by the City indicates to the City that the award will be in the
best interest of the City.
18.4 Award of contract will be made for that combination of base bid and alternate bid items
in the best interest of the City, however, unless otherwise specified all work awarded will
be awarded to only one Contractor.
19 BID PROTEST
19.1 RIGHT TO PROTEST: Any actual bidder who is aggrieved 'in connection with the
solicitation or award of a contract may seek resolution of hislher complaints initially with
the Purchasing Manager, and if not satisfied, with the City Manager, in accordance with
protest procedures set forth in this section.
19.2 PROTEST PROCEDURE:
A. A protest with respect to the specifications of an invitation for bid or request for
proposal shall be submitted in writing a minimum of five (5) work days prior to the
opening of the bid or due date of the request for proposal. Opening dates for bids or
due dates for requests for proposal will be printed on the bid/request document itself.
B. Protests in respect to award of contract shall be submitted in writing a maximum of
five (5) work days after notice of intent to award is posted, or is mailed to each
bidder, which ever is earlier. Notice of intent to award will be forwarded to bidders
upon telephonic or written request. Protests of recommended award should cite
specific portions of the City of Clearwater Code of Ordinances that have allegedly
been violated.
C. Exceptions to the five (5) day requirements noted in both A and B above may be
granted if the aggrieved person could have not been reasonably expected to have
knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening, posting of
intent to award, or due date for requests for proposals. Request for exceptions
should be made in writing, stating reasons for the exception.
D. The Purchasing Manager shall respond to the formal written protest within five
business days of receipt. The Purchasing Manager's response will be fully
Sectionll.PIER 60.doc
7
Revised: 5/11/2005
SectionlLPIER 60.doc
8
Revised: 5/1112005
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
Section II - Instructions to Bidders
coordinated with the appropriate Department Director and the Assistant City
Manager.
E. If the protestor is not satisfied with the response from the Purchasing Manager,
he/she may then submit in writing within five business days of receipt of that
response his/her reason for dissatisfaction, along with copies of his/her original
formal protest letter and the response from the Purchasing Manager, to the City
Manager.
F. The City Manager as Purchasing Agent for the City has the final authority in the
matter of protests. The City Manager will respond to the protestor within ten work
days of receipt of the appeal.
19.3 STAY OF PROCUREMENT DURING PROTEST: In the event of a timely protest, the
Purchasing Manager shall not proceed with the solicitation or award of contract until all
administrative remedies have been exhausted or until the City Manager makes written
determination that the award of contract without delay is n.ecessary to protect the best
interest ofthe City.
20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT
20.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the Florida Trench Safety Act (Sections
553.60-553.64, Florida Statutes) and the provisions of the Occupational Safety and
Health Administration's (OSHA) excavation safety standards, 29 C.F .R.s 1926.650
Subparagraph P, or current revisions of these laws.
SECTION III
GENERAL
CONDITIONS
I
I
I,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I(
SECTION III
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Table of Contents:
S ECTI 0 N III... ........ .... ..... .......... .... ........... ........ ....... ....... ........ ....... .... ... .... ..... .... ....... ....... .............. i
GENERAL CONDITIONS ......................................................................................................... i
1 DE FIN'ITI 0 N S ......... .......... ........... ... ......... ........... ....... .......... ... ... ...... .... ... .... .... ... .... .......... 1
2 PRE L 1MIN' AR Y MATTERS ............................. ....... .... ..... .... ....... ...... ....................... ...... 4
2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE ............................ 4
2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS.................... ........................................................................ 4
2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIMEINOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING
THE PROJECT.................................................................................. .............................. 4
BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION ..................................................................... 5
PRECONSTRU CTION CONFERENCE ........................................................................ 5
2.4
2.5
3
3.1
3.2
4
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, IN'TENT ......................................................................... 5
INTENT.......................................... ........... ...................................................................... 5
REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES .................................................. 6
AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS;
REFEREN CE PO IN'TS .................... ............................. .... ... ...... ....... ........... ..... ..... ... ....... 6
4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS......................................................................................... 6
4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS ............................................................................6
4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES ..................................... 7
4.4 REFERENCE POINTS.................................................................................................... 7
5 BONDS AND IN'SURAN CE ............................................................................................ 7
5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND............................... 7
5.2 INSURANCE........... ............... ...................................................................... ................... 8
5.2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE........................................................... 9
5.2.2 PUBLIC liABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE.............................. 9
5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE liABIliTY.................................................... 10
5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS ....... ............................................................ ............................... 10
6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES ..................................................................... 11
6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE ............................................................. 11
6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT ............................................................... 11
6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS .............................................................. 12
6.4 RESPONSffiILITY FOR SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS........ 12
6.5 USE OF PREMISES ..................................................... .................. ............................... 13
6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES ................................... 14
6. 7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS.......................... ............. .............. .............. ................... 14
6.8 PERMITS................................... .................................................................................... 14
6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION ................................ ..... ............... ........................... ...... 15
6.10 EMERGENCIES..... ............................................... ....... .... ....................... ............. ..... .... 15
6.11 DRAWINGS............ ........................ ........................................ ......... ................ ............. 16
OF DEFECTIVE W 0 RK............................................................................................... 28
I,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,
I
I
6.11.1 SHOP DRA WINGS AND SAMPLES ....... ............ ................................ .................... 16
6.11.2 AS-B UILT DRA WINGS............ ........... ...... ..... ............ ....... ............... ........ ......... ....... 17
6.11.3 CAD STANDARD.S.................. .......... .................... ......................... ........... ..... .......... 19
6.11.4 DELIVERABLES:............... ........ ......................................... .......... .......................... 20
6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE........................... 20
6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK .................... .................................................................... 21
6.14 INDEMNIFICATION ............................................... ..................................................... 21
7 OTHER WORK ......... ...... ............. ... ... ................... ........ .... ......... .......... .......................... 22
7 .1 RELATED WORK AT SITE ................................................................................. ....... 22
7 .2 COORDINATION......................................................................................................... 22
8 OWNERS RES PONS IB ILITY .... ...... ... .......... ....... .... ..... ...... ............... ........ ... ..... .......... 23
9 ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION ..............................................23
9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE ....... ............ ........................................................ ......... 23
9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS ........................................................ 23
9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK........................................................................ 23
9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS .................................. 24
9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES ............ .................... ............................ ............................ 24
9.6 LIMITATIONS ON ENGINEER'S RESPONSIBILITIES ........................................... 25
1 0 CHANGES IN THE W 0 RK.......................................................................................... 25
11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE...................................................................26
11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE.................................................................... 26
11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT ....................... 26
11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK .................................................................................................... 27
12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME ....................................................................27
13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE
13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION.... ........................................................................... ........... 28
13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK. .......................... ........................... ................................. 29
13.3 ENGINEER MAY STOP THE WORK ........................................................................ 29
13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK ........................................ 29
13.5 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD ...................................................................... 29
13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK ...................................................................30
13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK....................................................... 30
14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION ......................................... 31
14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT ........................................................... 31
14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE ............................................................... 31
14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS ................................. 32
14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION ........................... ......................... ................ ........................ 32
14.5 FINAL INSPECTION .......... ....................... .................................................................. 33
14.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT ................................................................... 33
14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE................................................................... 33
14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS ...... ..... ......................... ........ ............ ............. ................... ......... 34
15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION .................................................... 34
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
15.1
15.2
15.3
16
17
17.1
17.2
17.3
17.4
17.5
17.6
OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK...................................................................... 34
OWNER MAY TERMINATE ......................................................................................34
CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE ........................................... 36
D IS PUTE RESO L UTI 0 N .............................................................................................. 36
MISCELL.AN"EO US. ... .... .......... ....... ...... ... ......... ....... ......... .......... ... ................. ......... ..... 36
SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS ................................................................. 36
GIVING NOTICE.......................................................................................................... 36
NOTICE OF CLAIM..................................................................................................... 36
PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED..................................... 37
ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT ........................ ....... .......................... ............ ............ 37
RENEWAL OPTION ................. .......................... ................ ......................................... 37
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I'
I
Section III - General Conditions
1 DEFINITIONS
Addenda
Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct
or change the Bidding Requirements or the contract documents.
Agreement
The written contract between OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work to be
performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part
thereof as provided therein.
Application for Payment
The form accepted by ENGINEER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR in requesting
progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting
documentation as is required by the Contract Documents.
Approve
The word approve is defined to mean satisfactory review of the material, equipment or
methods for general compliance with the design concepts and with the information given
in the Contract Documents. It does not imply a responsibility on the part of the Engineer
to verify in every detail conformance with the Drawings and Specifications.
Bid
City
The City of Clearwater, Florida.
Contract Documents
The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), Contractor's Bid
(including documentation accompanying the bid and any post-Bid documentation
submitted prior to the execution of the Agreement) when attached as an exhibit to the
Agreement, the Bonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any
Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings, any other exhibits
identified in the Agreement, together with all Modifications issued after the execution of
the Agreement.
Contract Price
The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments)
payable by Owner to Contractor for performing the Work.
SectionIlI.PIER 60.doc
Revised: 5/09/2007
SectionIII.PIER 60.doc
2
Revised: 5/09/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
Contract Time
The number of days or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work.
Contractor
The Person with whom the Owner has entered into the Agreement.
Day
Liens
Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal
property.
Milestone
A principal event specified in the contract Documents relating to an intermediate
completion date or time prior to the final completion date.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
Notice to Proceed
A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor fixing the date on which the.
Contract Time will con1mence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform his
obligations under the Contract Documents.
Owner
The City of Clearwater, Florida
Person
A natural person or a corporation, partnership, firm, organization, or other artificial
entity.
Project
The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents
may be the whole or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
Partial Utilization
Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which is
intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work.
Shop Drawing
All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by
or for Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard
schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a
supplier and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the
Work.
Specifications
Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of
materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the
Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto.
Subcontractor
A person having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the
performance of a part of the Work at the site.
Substantial Completion
The Work (or a specified part thereof) which has progressed to the point where, in the
opinion of Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's definitive certificate of Substantial
Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract documents, so
that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended;
or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment
as evidenced by the Engineer's recommendation of final payment. The terms
"substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the
Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof.
Supplementary Conditions
The part of the Contract which amends or supplements these General Conditions.
Supplier
A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman or vendor having a direct
contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to
be incorporated in the Work by the Contractor.
SectionIlI.PIER 60.doc
3
Revised: 5/09/2007
SectionIlI.PIER 60.doc
4
Revised: 5/09/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
Surety
Any person, firm or corporation which is bound with Contractor and which engages to be
responsible for Contractor and his acceptable performance of the Work by a Bid,
Performance or Payment Bond.
Underground Facilities
All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such
facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been
installed underground to furnish any ofthe following services or materials: electricity,
gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable
television, sewage and drainage removal or treatment, traffic or other control systems or
water.
Unit Price Work
Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices.
Work
The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof
required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result
of performing or furnishing labor and incorporating materials and equipment into the
construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as
required by the Contract Documents.
Work Change Directive
A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effective Date ofthe Agreement
and signed by the Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or
responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be
performed or emergencies. Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or
Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or
documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued
Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract
Price or Contract Times.
2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS
2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE
When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to
Owner such Bonds and Certificates of Insurance as Contractor may be required to furnish by this
contract.
2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS
Engineer shall furnish to Contractor four copies of Contract Documents for execution.
Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction.
2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO
PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT
The Contract Time will commence on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor
shall start to perform the work on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No work shall
be done at the site prior to the date that the Contract Time commences to run.
I
I,
I
I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION
Before undertaking each part ..of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the
Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable
field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error or
discrepancy which Contractor may discover; and shall obtain a written interpretation or
clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any work effected thereby; however,
Contractor shall not be liable to Owner for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy in
the Drawings or Specifications, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should
reasonably have known thereof.
No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent or employee of Owner or Engineer,
either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or
obligations herein contained. Contractor shall not commence any work at any time without
approved insurance required by these General Conditions. Failure to obtain this insurance will be
the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
Within twenty days of Award of Contract and before the start of the Work, the Engineer may
schedule a conference to be attended by Contractor, Engineer and others as appropriate to
establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedule
of the Work and general Contract procedures.
3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT
3.1 INTENT
The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between the Owner and the Contractor
concerning the Work. They may be altered only by written agreement. The Contract Documents
are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. It is the intent of
the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be
constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or. equipment
which may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or
from trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and
performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases, which have a well-
known technical or construction industry or trade meaning, are used to describe Work, materials
or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning.
Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by the Engineer.
Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or
association, or to the code, Laws or Regulation of any governmental authority, whether such
reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual or
code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids except as may be otherwise
specifically stated in the Contract Documents. However, no provision of any referenced standard
specification, manual or code (whether or not specially incorporated by reference in the
responsibilities of Owner or Contractor as set forth in the Contract Documents) shall change the
duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor or Engineer, or any of their agents or employees
from those set forth in the Contract Documents. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract
shall be issued by Engineer. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be
inserted in these Contract documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be
SectionIII.PIER 6O.doc
5
Revised: 5/09/2007
Section III - General Conditions
read and enforced as through it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any
such provision is not inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either
party, the Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion.
The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case of conflict, error or
discrepancy, as follows: Modifications, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary
Conditions, General Conditions, Drawings, Technical Specifications. In a series of Modifications
or Addenda the latest will govern.
3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES
If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or
discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any
provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any
such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor
shall report it to the Engineer in writing at once, and Contractor shall not proceed with the Work
affected thereby (except in an emergency) until an amendment or supplement to Contract
Documents has been issued by one of the methods provided in these General, Specifications,
provided however, that Contractor shall not be liable to Owner or Engineer for failure to report
any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless Contractor knew or reasonably should
have known thereof.
4 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL
CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS
4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS
Owner shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is
to be Performed, rights-of-way, easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are
designated for the use of contractor. Owner shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of
general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which contractor
will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent
changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by Owner, unless otherwise provided
in the Contract Documents.
4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS
Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions and Technical Specifications for
identification of those reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical
conditions at the site or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work which
have been relied upon by Engineer in preparation of the Drawings and Specifications. Such
reports are not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness and are not part of the Contract
Documents. Contractor shall promptly notify Engineer in writing of any subsurface or latent
physical conditions at the site, or in an existing structure, differing materially from those
indicated or referred to in the Contract Documents. Engineer will promptly review those
conditions and advise if further investigation or tests are necessary. Owner or Engineer shall
obtain the necessary additional investigations and tests and furnish copies to the Engineer and
Contractor. If Engineer finds that the results of such investigations or tests indicate that there are
subsurface or latent physical conditions, which differ materially from those, indicated in the
SectionIII.PIER 60.doc
6
Revised: 5/09/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
contract Documents, and which could not reasonably have been anticipated by Contractor, a
work change or Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions.
4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES
The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing
Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to
Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless otherwise
expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for
the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and the cost of all the following
will be included in the Contract Price and contractor shall have full responsibility for: (i)
reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities
shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of
such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such
Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. The
Contractor is required to call the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER
prior to any excavation per State regulations and to notify any utility owners who are not a
member of the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER prior to any
excavation. The LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER is an agency for the
protection and location of utilities prior to any excavation and contact number is available in
local telephone directory.
4.4 REFERENCE POINTS
Engineer shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which
in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor
shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference
points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of Owner.
Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires
relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the
accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by professionally qualified personnel.
The Contractor is referred to the Technical Specifications for more specific information
regarding the provision of construction surveys. Excessive stake replacement caused by
negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the
Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be
computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one-hour increments with
a minimum charge of one hour.
5 BONDS AND INSURANCE
5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND
Contractor shall furnish a Performance Bond and Payment Bond, each in an amount at least
equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all
Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. These bonds shall remain in effect at
least one year after the date when final payment becomes due, unless a longer period of time is
prescribed by laws and regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish
such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the
form prescribed by the Contract Documents and shall be executed by such sureties as are named
in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on
SectionIIl.PIER 60.doc
7
Revised: 5/09/2007
SectionIlLPIER 60.doc
8
Revised: 5/09/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570
(amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury
Department. All bonds signed "by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such
agents' authority to act. All bonds shall be deemed to contain all of the Conditions of Section
255.05, Florida Statutes, even if such language is not directly contained within the bond and the
Surety shall be licensed and qualified to do business in the State of Florida. The Owner reserves
the right to reject any surety. If the Surety on any Bond furnished by the Contractor is declared
bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any
part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of these Contract Documents,
the Contractor shall within five days after notice thereof substitute another Bond and surety, both
of which must be acceptable to the Owner.
5.2 INSURANCE
Contractor shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the
Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims set forth below
which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance and furnishing of the Work and
Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed or
furnished by Contractor, and Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts
any of them may be liable for the following: (i) Claims under worker's compensation, disability
benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; (ii) Claims for damages because of bodily
injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees; (iii) Claims for
damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than
Contractor's employees; (iv) Claims for damages insured by customary personal injury liability
coverage which are sustained by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related
to the employment of such person by Contractor, or by any other person for any other reason; (v)
Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible
property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and (vi) Claims for
damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the
ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. The Contractor shall deliver to Owner, with
copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of
insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by Owner or any other additional insured)
which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with this paragraph. The
policies of insurance so required by this paragraph to be purchased and maintained shall: (i)
include as additional insured (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of professional
liability) City of Clearwater and any other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary
Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insured, and include coverage for the
respective officers and employees of all such additional insures; (ii) include completed
operations insurance; (iii) include contractual liability insurance covering Contractor's indemnity
obligations in Article for Contractor's Responsibilities; (iv) contain a provision or endorsement
that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at
least thirty days prior written notice has been given to the Owner, and Contractor and to each
other additional insured identified in the Supplemental Conditions to whom a certificate of
insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the Contractor as
described in this paragraph); (v) remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times
thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing or replacing defective Work in
accordance with Article for Correction of Defective Work; (vi) with respect to completed
operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims-made basis, shall remain in
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
effect for at least two years after final payment. Contractor shall furnish Owner and each other
additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance
has been issued evidence satisfactory to Owner and any such additional insured, of continuation
of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter and (vii) Name and telephone number
of the authorized insurance agent for the Insurer.
The limits of liability for the insurance required shall provide coverage for not less than the
following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulations:
5.2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE
Contract A ward Amount Contract A ward Amount
Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over
(1) Workers' Compensation Statutory Statutory
(2) Employer's Liability $500,000. $1,000,000.
5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE
Comprehensive General Liability including Premise/Operations; Explosion, Collapse and
Underground Property Damage; Products/Completed Operations, Broad Form Contractual,
Independent Contractors; Broad Form Property Damage; and Personal Injury liabilities:
Contract A ward Amount Contract A ward Amount
Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over
(1) Bodily Injury: $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each
Occurrence Occurrence
$1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual
Aggregate Aggregate
(2) Property Damage: $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each
Occurrence Occurrence
$1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual
Aggregate Aggregate
(3) Personal Injury, with $1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual
employment exclusion deleted Aggregate Aggregate
SectionIIl.PIER 60.doc
9
Revised: 5/0912007
Section III - General Conditions
5.2.3
COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY
including all owned (private and others), hired and non-owned vehicles:
Contract A ward Amount Contract A ward Amount
Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over
(1) Bodily Injury $500,000. Each Person $1,000,000. Each Person
$500,000. Each Accident $1,000,000. Each Accident
(2) Property Damage $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each
Occurrence Occurrence
Receipt and acceptance by the Owner of the Contractor's Certificate of Insurance, or other
similar document does not constitute acceptance or approval of amounts or types of coverages,
which may be less than required by these Contract Documents. Owner shall not be responsible
for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of Contractor,
Subcontractors or others in the Work. The Owner may at its option require a copy of the
Contractor's Insurance Policy(s). All insurance policies required within this Contract Document
shall provide full coverage from the first dollar of exposure unless otherwise stipulated. No
deductibles will be accepted without prior approval from the Owner.
Lont!shore and Harbor Worker's Compensation Act: Section 32 of the Act, 33 U.S.C. 932,
requires an employer, with employees in maritime employment, to secure the payment of
benefits under the Act either by insuring with an insurance carrier authorized by the U.S.
Department of Labor, or to be authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor as a self-insurer.
For General Contractors: Section 4(a) of the Act provides that every employer shall be liable
for and shall secure the payment to his employees ofthe compensation payable under Sections 7,
8, and 9 of the Act. In the case of an employer who is a subcontractor, only if such subcontractor
fails to secure the payment of compensation shall the contractor be liable for and be required to
secure the payment of compensation.
5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS
Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on Insurance
will protect Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other
persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or
additional insured in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages
caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that
in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against
any of the insured or additional insured thereunder, Owner and Contractor waive all rights
against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for all losses and
damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies
and any other property insurance applicable to the work; and, in addition, waive all such rights
against Sub-contractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities
identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured under
such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the
SectionIII.PIER 60.doc
10
Revised: 5/09/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance otherwise
payable under any policy so issued. In addition, Owner waives all rights against Contractor,
Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and the officers, directors, employees and
agents of any of them for: (i) loss due to business interruption, loss of use or other consequential
loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to Owner's property or the Work caused
by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other peril, whether or not insured by Owner and; (ii)
loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting
from fire or other insured peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed
Project or part thereof by Owner during partial utilization, after substantial completion or after
final payment.
6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBiliTIES
6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE
Contractor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting
such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the
Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the
means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, but Contractor shall not
be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means,
method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and
expressly required by the Contract Documents.
Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed work complies accurately with the
Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep on the work at all times during its progress a
competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to Owner and
Engineer except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's
representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All
communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor.
Contractor shall employ only competent persons to do the work and whenever Engineer shall
notify Contractor, in writing, that any person on the work appears to be incompetent, unfaithful,
disorderly, or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be removed from the project and shall
not again be employed on it except with the written consent of Engineer.
Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for additional engineering and inspection costs incurred as
a result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours or on the Owner's normally
approved holidays. At Owner's option, overtime costs may either be deducted from the
Contractor's monthly payment request or deducted from the Contractor's retention prior to
release of final payment or the Engineer may elect to receive a monthly check from the
Contractor in the amount of the overtime costs. Minimum number of chargeable hours for
inspection costs on weekends or holidays shall be four hours. The cost of overtime inspection per
hour shall be $40.00 per hour.
Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, such sanitary
accommodations for the use of Contractor's employees as may be necessary to comply with the
requirements of Laws and Regulations and the Engineer.
6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, layout and construct
the work as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good
SectionIlLPIER 60.doc
II
Revised: 5/09/2007
Section III - General Conditions
discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of
persons or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated
in the Contract Documents, all work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours
and Contractor will not permit overtime work or the performance of work on Saturday, Sunday,
or any legal holiday without Owner's consent given after prior notice to Engineer.
Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, Contractor shall furnish and assume full
responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and
machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities,
temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing,
performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work.
All materials and equipment installed in the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as
otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Engineer, Contractors shall furnish
satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the quality of materials and
equipment. The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure storage for all materials to be used
in the Work so that their quality shall not be impaired or injured. Materials that are improperly
stored, may be rejected by the Engineer without testing.
All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and
conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator,
supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.
6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS
Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents
by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or
description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the
specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or
"or equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material
or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by Engineer. If in Engineer's sole discretion an
item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and
sufficiently similar.so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by
Engineer for approval. If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment
proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or equal" item, it may be considered as a
proposed substitute item. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as required by the
Engineer to allow the Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is
essentially equivalent to that named and is an acceptable substitute therefore. Request for review
of proposed substitute and "or equal" will be not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other
than Contractor.
Request for substitute and "or equal" items by Contractor must be submitted in writing to
Engineer and will contain all information as Engineer deems necessary to make a determination.
All data provided by Contractor in support of any proposed substitute or "or equal" item will be
at Contractor's expense. Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each proposal or
submittal made per this paragraph. Engineer will be sole judge of acceptability.
6.4 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND
OTHERS
Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the
Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a
SectionIlI.PIER 60.doc
12
Revised: 5/09/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own
acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such
Subcontractor, Supplier or other person any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer
and any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of
Owner or Engineer to payor to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor,
Supplier or other person. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating
the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the
work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. Contractor shall require all
Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons performing or furnishing any of the work to
communicate with the Engineer through Contractor.
The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not
control Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the
work to be performed by any specific trade.
All work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an
appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically
binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract
Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer.
Contractor shall not payor employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization
whether initially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or Engineer may have reasonable
objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person
or organization to furnish or perform any of the work against whom Contractor has reasonable
objection.
Owner or Engineer will not undertake to settle any differences between Contractor and his
Subcontractors or between Subcontractors.
6.5 USE OF PREMISES
Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the
operations of works to the site and land areas identified in and permitted by the Contract
Documents on other land areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, right-of-way, permits and
easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or
other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any
such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting
from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant
because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party
by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed in
or at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify
and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and their officials, directors,
employees and agents from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or
resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant
against Owner, Engineer or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or
based upon Contractor's performance of the Work.
During the progress of the Work, Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulations of
waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the
Work or at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all waste materials,
rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction
SectionIII.PIER 60.doc
13
Revised: 5/09/2007
Section III - General Conditions
equipment and machinery and surplus materials. Contractor shall restore to original' condition all
property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents.
6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES
Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the
performance of the work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process,
product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular
invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in
the performance of the work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is
subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to
others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner in the Contract Documents.
To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold
harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents
and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and
damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident
to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any
invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall
defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights.
Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other taxes required to be paid by Contractor in
accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the State of Florida and other governmental
agencies, which are applicable during the performance ofthe work.
6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS
Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to
furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by
applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Engineer shall be responsible for
monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. If Contractor performs any
work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor
shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or arising out of such work: however,
it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and
Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of
Contractor's obligations to Owner to report and resolve discrepancies as described above.
6.8 PERMITS
Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for
all construction permits and licenses. Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining
such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees
necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids.
Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the work, and Owner shall
pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment
fees.
Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, City of Clearwater Building Permit Fees will
be waived.
SectionIII.PIER 60.doc
14
Revised: 5/09/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,I
Section IIl- General Conditions
6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION
Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions
and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for
the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (i)
all persons on the work site or who may be affected by the work, (ii) all the Work and materials
and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site;, and (iii) other
property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements,
roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation
or replacement in the course of construction. In the event of temporary suspension of the work,
or during inclement weather, or whenever Engineer may direct; Contractor shall, and shall cause
Subcontractors, to protect carefully the Work and materials against damage or injury from the
weather. If, in the opinion of Engineer, any portion of Work or materials shall have been
damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or any Subcontractors to so
protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced at the expense of
Contractor. The Contractor shall initiate and maintain an accident prevention program which
shall include, but shall not be limited to the establishment and supervision of programs for the
education and training of employees in the recognition, avoidance and prevention of unsafe
conditions and acts. Contractor shall provide first aid services and medical care to his employees.
The Contractor shall develop and maintain an effective fire prot<(ction and prevention program
and good housekeeping practices at the site of contract performance throughout all phases of
construction, repair, alteration or demolition. Contractor shall require appropriate personal
protective equipment in all operations where there is exposure to hazardous conditions. The
Engineer may order that the work stop if a condition of immediate danger to Owner's employees,
equipment or if property damage exists. This provision shall not shift responsibility or risk of
loss for injuries of damage sustained from the Contractor to the Owner, and the Contractor shall
remain solely responsible for compliance with all safety requirements and for the safety of all
persons and property at the site of Contract performance. The Contractor shall instruct his
employees required to handle or use toxic materials or other harmful substances regarding their
safe handling and use. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions to protect pedestrians
and motorists from harm, and to prevent disruptions of such traffic due to construction activity.
Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having
jurisdiction for safety of persons or property and to protect them from damage, injury or loss;
and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor
shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when
prosecution of the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection,
removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property
caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any
other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish
any of the work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by
Contractor. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall
continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner
and Contractor that the Work is acceptable.
6.10 EMERGENCIES
In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or
adjacent thereto, Contractor, with or without special instruction or authorization from Owner or
Engineer, is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer
SectionlII.PIER 60.doc
15
Revised: 5/09/2007
Section III - General Conditions
prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or
variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If Engineer determines that a
change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in
response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to
document the consequences of such action.
6.11 DRAWINGS
6.11.1 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES
Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to Engineer for review and approval as called for in the
Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will
be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria,
materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor proposes to
provide and to enable Engineer to review the information. Contractor shall also submit Samples
to Engineer for review and approval. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample,
Contractor shall have determined and verified: (i) all field measurements, quantities, dimensions,
specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar
information with respect thereto, (ii) all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication,
shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance ofthe Work,
and (iii) all information relative to Contractor's sole responsibilities in respect to means,
methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and
programs incident thereto. Contractor shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop
Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples with the requirements of the Work
and the Contract Documents. Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific written indication that
Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to
Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. At the time of submission, Contractor shall
give Engineer specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample
submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a
written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific
notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to Engineer for review and
approval of each such variation.
Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples will be only to determine if the
items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to
the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of
the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated the Contract Documents. Engineer's
review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of
construction (except where a particular means method, technique, sequence or procedure of
construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety
precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will
not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make
corrections required by Engineer, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of
Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall
direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer
on previous submittals.
Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve Contractor from
responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless
Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the time of
SectionIlI.PIER 60.doc
16
Revised: 5/09/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
submission and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written
notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor
will any approval by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with
the requirements of paragraph above discussing field measurements by the Contractor.
6.11.2 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS
The Contractor shall keep and maintain one set of blueprints, As-Built Drawings, in good order
and legible condition to be continuously marked-up at the job site. The Contractor shall mark and
annotate neatly and clearly all project conditions, locations, configurations and any other changes
or deviations which may vary from the details represented on the original Contract Plans,
including revisions made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings, and Change Orders during the
construction process. The Contractor shall record the horizontal and vertical locations, in the
plan and profile, of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated or which were not
indicated on the Contract Plans and buried (or concealed), construction and utility features which
are revealed during the construction period.
The As-Built Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer at all times during the
progress of the Project.
The As-Built Drawings shall be reviewed by the City Inspector for accuracy and compliance
with the requirements of "As-Built Drawings" prior to submittal of the monthly pay requests.
The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked-up blueline prints do not conform to the "As-
Built Drawings" requirements. As-Built Drawings shall be submitted to the City Inspector for
approval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance of final pay request.
Prior to placing new potable water mains in service, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer
intersection drawings, as specified for the water mains.
The City's acceptance of the "As-Built Drawings" does not relieve the Contractor of the sole
responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the As-Built Drawings.
6.11.2.1
General
The Contractor shall prepare an "AS-BUILT SURVEY" per chapter 6IGI7-6, Florida
Administrative Code (see definition below), signed and sealed by a Florida registered land
surveyor. The contractor will deliver to the City two hard copies of signed and sealed As-Built
Drawings and an AutoCAD file.
61G17-6.002 Definition: (lO)(a) As-Built Survey: a survey performed to obtain horizontal
and/or vertical dimensional data so that constructed improvements may be located and
delineated: also know as Record Survey.
This survey shall be clearly titled "As-Built Survey" and shall be signed and sealed by a Florida
. registered land surveyor. The survey must be delivered to the City of Clearwater Construction
Division upon substantial completion of the project. If this condition is not met, the City will
procure the services of a Professional Surveyor and Mapper registered in the State of Florida and
will back charge the contractor a fee of $1 ,800 per day or any portion thereof to provide the City
with the required As-Built Survey.
6.11.2.2 Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping Systems
I. Manholes and inlets shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation)
based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the
SectionIII.PIER 60.doc
17
Revised: 5/09/2007
SectionIII.PIER 60.doc
18
Revised: 5/09/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
construction plans. New sanitary service connections and replaced sanitary service
connections shall be dimensioned to the nearest downstream manhole. All manholes,
cleanouts and catch basin invert and rim elevations, manhole and catch basin dimensions,
pipe sizes, and pipe material shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if
one exists.
2. Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted.
6.11.2.3 Pressure Pipe construction (Water, Reclaimed Water, Forcemain)
All pipes shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the
approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction
plans. Coordinates shall be at all pipe bends, tees, valves, reducers, and deflections. Also all new
and replaced service connections for potable and reclaimed water will be located as described
above. Additionally there must be survey coordinates no further than 100 feet apart on linear
type construction and shall denote top of pipe elevation at those points.
6.11.2.4 Electrical and Control Wiring
The as-built drawings shall include all changes to the original Contract Plans. The as-built
drawings shall also include the size, color, and number of wires and conduit. For projects where
this information is too voluminous to be contained on the blueline prints, the Contractor shall
prepare supplemental drawings, on same size sheets as the blueline prints, showing the additional
conduit runs, I-line diagrams, ladder diagrams, and other information. The wiring schematic
diagrams shall show termination location and wiring identification at each point on the ladder
diagram.
6.11.2.5
Horizontal and Vertical Control
The As-Built survey shall be based on the original datum used for the construction design plans
or if required by the City the datum shall be referenced to the North American Datum of 1983/90
(horizontal) and the North American Vertical Datum of 1988. The unit of measurement shall be
the United States Foot. Any deviation or use of any other datum, (horizontal and or vertical),
must be approved by the City of Clearwater Engineering Department.
6.11.2.6
Standards
The As-Built survey shall meet the Minimum Technical Standards per Chapter 61 G 17 and the
Clearwater CAD STANDARDS set forth below. In addition to locating all improvements that
pertain to the as-built survey it is the requirement of the City to have minimum location points at
every change in direction and no more than 100 feet apart on all pressure pipes.
6.11.2.7
Other
The As-Built drawings shall reflect any differences from the original Contract Plans, in the same
level of detail and units of dimensions as the Plans.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
6.11.3
6.11.3.1
6.11.3.1.1
CAD STANDARDS
Layer Naming"
Prefixes and Suffixes
DI prefix denotes digitized or scanned entities
EP prefix denotes existing points - field collected
EX prefix denotes existing entities - line work and symbols
PR prefix denotes proposed entities - line work and symbols
FU prefix denotes future entities (proposed but not part of this contract) - line
work and symbols
TX suffix denotes text - use for all text, no matter the prefix
6.11 3 1 2 L
N
Dfi"f
. . . a' er amlng e 1m Ions:
GAS gas lines and appurtenances
ELEC power lines and appurtenances
PHONE telephone lines and appurtenances
CABLE cable TV lines and appurtenances
BOC curbs
WALK sidewalk
WATER water lines and appurtenances, sprinklers
STORM storm lines and appurtenances
TREES trees, bushes, planters
SANITARY sanitary lines and appurtenances
FENCE all fences
BLDG buildings, sheds, finished floor elevation
DRIVE driveways
EOP edge of pavement without curbs
TRAFFIC signal poles, control boxes
TOPBANK top of bank
TOESLOPE toe of slope
TOPBERM top of berm
TOEBERM toe of berm
SEAWALL seawall
CONCSLAB concrete slabs
SectionIlI.PIER 60.doc
19
Revised: 5/09/2007
SectionIII.PIER 60.doc
20
Revised: 5/09/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
WALL walls, except seawall
SHORE shoreline, water elevation
CL centerline of road
CLD centerline of ditch
CLS centerline of swale
CORNER property comers, monumentation
BENCH benchmark, temporary benchmarks
Other layers may be created as required, using above format.
6.11.3.2 Layer Properties
All layers will use standard AutoCAD linetypes, bylayer.
All layers will use standard AutoCAD colors, bylayer.
All text will use standard AutoCAD fonts.
6.11.3.3 Text Styles
Text style for EX layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 00, and a text height of .008
times the plot scale.
Text style for PR and FU layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 22.50, and a text
height of .010 times the plot scale.
6.11.4 DELlVERABLES:
The as-built survey shall be produced on vellum or bond material, 24" x 36" at a scale of 1 "=20'
unless approved otherwise. The consultant shall deliver all drawing files in digital format.
Acceptable file formats include: DWG, DXF of a shape file.
Please address any questions regarding format to Mr. Tom Mahony, at (727) 562-4762 or e-mail
address Tom.Mahonv@mvClearwater.com .
6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE
Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner, Engineer and Engineer's Consultants that all Work
will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Contractor's
warranty and guarantee hereunder includes defects or damage caused by abuse, vandalism,
modification or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers. Until
the acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Work shall be under the charge and care of the
Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part
thereofby action of the elements, or from any other cause whatsoever, arising from the execution
or non-execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair and make good, at his own
expense, all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its
completion and final acceptance by the Owner. In addition, "the Contractor shall remedy any
defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom
which appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance".
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes improper maintenance and operation by
Owner's employees and normal wear and tear under normal usage for any portion of the Work,
which has been partially accepted by the Owner for operation prior to final acceptance by the
Owner. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of
Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's
obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: (i) observations by
Engineer, (ii) recommendation of any progress or final payment by Engineer, (iii) the issuance of
a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by Owner to contractor under the
Contract Documents, (iv) use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner, (v) any
acceptance by Owner or any failure to do so, (vi) any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or
Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of Acceptance by the Engineer.
6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK
Contractor shall carry on the work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or
disagreements with Owner. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any
disputes or disagreements, except as Owner or Contractor may otherwise agree in writing.
6.14 INDEMNIFICATION
Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the
officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and
against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of
engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other
dispute resolution costs) caused by, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work,
provided that any such claim, cost, loss or damage: (i) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness,
disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the work itself),
including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (ii) is caused in whole or in part by any
negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person directly or
indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or anyone for whose
acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused in part by any negligence or
omission of a person or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such
indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such person.
If, through acts of neglect on the part of Contractor, any other Contractor or any Subcontractor
shall suffer loss or damage on the work, Contractor shall settle with such other Contractor or
Subcontractor by agreement or arbitration if such other Contractor or Subcontractor will so
settle. If such other Contractor or Subcontractor shall assert any claim against Owner on such
account of any damage alleged to have been sustained, Owner shall notify Contractor, who shall
indemnify and save harmless Owner against any such claim. In any and all claims against Owner
or Engineer or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors, or employees by
any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any
Subcontractor, any
Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of
the work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation
under this paragraph shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of
damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Sub-contractor,
Supplier or other person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts
or other employee benefit acts. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under this
SectionlII.PIER 60.doc
21
Revised: 5/09/2007
SectionIII.PIER 60.doc
22
Revised: 5/09/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
paragraph shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer's Consultants, officers,
directors, employees,. or agents caused by the professional negligence, errors or omissions of any
of them.
7 OTHER WORK
7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE
Owner may perform other work related to the Project at the site by Owner's own forces, or let
other direct contracts therefore which shall contain General Conditions similar to these, or have
other work performed by utility owners. If the fact that such other work is to be performed was
not noted in the Contract Documents, then: (i) written notice thereof will be given to Contractor
prior to starting any such other work, and (ii) Contractor may make a claim therefore if
Contractor believes that such performance will involve additional expense to Contractor or
requires additional time and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof.
Contractor shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract and each
utility owner (and Owner, if Owner is performing the additional work with Owner's employees)
proper and safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of
materials and equipment and the execution of such other work and shall properly connect and
coordinate the work with theirs. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,
Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting and pat~hing of the work that may be required to make its
several parts come together properly and integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not
endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering their work and will
only cut or alter their work with the written consent of Engineer and the others whose work will
be affected. The duties and responsibilities of Contractor under this paragraph are for the benefit
of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for
the benefit of Contractor in said direct contracts between Owner and such utility owners and
other contractors. Should the Contractor cause damage to any other contractor on the Project, the
contractor agrees, upon due notice, to settle with such contractor by agreement or arbitration, if
he will so settle. If such other contractor sues the Owner on account of any damage alleged to
have been so sustained, the Owner shall notify the Contractor, who shall defend such
proceedings at his own expense, and if any judgment against the Owner arises therefrom the
Contractor shall payor satisfy the judgment and pay all costs incurred by the Owner.
If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor's work depends upon work performed
by others under this Article. Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to
Engineer in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such other work that render it
unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor's work. Contractor's
failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for
integration with Contractor's work except for latent or nonapparent defects and deficiencies in
such other work.
7 .2 COORDINATION
If Owner contracts with others for the perfonnance of other work on the Project at the site, the
following will be set forth in the Scope of Work: (i) the person who will have authority and
responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will betidentified; (ii) the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be
itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall have sole authority and
responsibility in respect of such coordination.
8 OWNERS RESPONSIBiliTY
Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, Owner shall issue all communications
to Contractor through Engineer.
Owner shall furnish the data required of Owner under the Contract Documents promptly and
shall make payments to Contractor promptly when they are due as provided in these General
Conditions.
Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in the Article on Changes In The
Work.
Owner's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in the
Article on Tests and Inspections.
In connection with Owner's right to stop work or suspend work, see the Article on Engineer may
Stop the Work. The Article on Suspension of Work and Termination deals with Owner's right to
terminate services of Contractor under certain circumstances.
The Owner shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for,
Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety
precautions and programs. incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws
and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. Owner will not be
. responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
9 ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION
9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE
Engineer will be Owner's representative during the construction period. The duties and the
responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Engineer as Owner's representative during
construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written
consent of Owner and Engineer.
9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS
Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of
the requirements of the Contract Documents (in the form of Drawings or otherwise) as Engineer
may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable
from Contract Documents. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on
Owner and Contractor. If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies
an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree to
the amount or extent thereof, if any, Contractor may make a written claim therefore as provided
in the Articles for Change of Work and Change of Contract Time.
9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK
Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which Engineer believes to be
defective, or that Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the
SectionIII.PlER 60.doc
23
Revised: 5/09/2007
Section III - General Conditions
Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed
Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. Engineer will also have
authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not the Work is
fabricated, installed or completed.
9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS
In connection with Engineer's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see articles on Shop
Drawings and Samples. In connection with Engineer's authority as to Change Orders, see the
articles on Changes of Work, Contract Pric.e and Contract Time. In connection with Engineer's
authority as to Applications for Payment, see the articles on Payments to Contractor and
Completion.
9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES
Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents andjudge
of the acceptability of the work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the
acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents
pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the work and Claims under the Articles for
Changes of Work, Changes of Contract Time and Changes of Contract Price will be referred
initially to Engineer in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this
paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be delivered by the
claimant to Engineer and the other party to the Agreement promptly (but in no event later than
thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and written supporting
data will be submitted to Engineer and the other party within sixty days after the start of such
occurrence or event unless Engineer allows an additional period of time for the submission of
additional or more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing
party shall submit any response to Engineer and the claimant within thirty days after receipt of
the claimant's last submittal (unless Engineer allows additional time). Engineer will render a
formal decision in writing within thirty days after receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if
any, in accordance with this paragraph. Engineer's written decision on such claim, dispute or
other matter will be final and binding upon Owner and Contractor unless (i) an appeal from
Engineer's decision is taken within thirty days of the Engineers decision, or the appeal time
which may be stated in a Dispute Resolution Agreement between the Owner and Contractor for
the settlement of disputes or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into,
a written notice of intention to appeal from Engineer's written decision is delivered by Owner or
Contractor to the other and to Engineer within thirty days after the date of such decision and a
formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to
exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim,
dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty days of
the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Owner and Contractor.
When functioning as interpreter and judge, Engineer will not show partiality to Owner or
Contractor and will not be liable. in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in
good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by Engineer with respect to any such
claim, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent to any exercise by Owner or
Contractor of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract
Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter
pursuant the Article on Dispute Resolution.
SectionIlI.PIER 60.doc
24
Revised: 5/09/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
9.6 LIMITATIONS ON ENGINEER'S RESPONSIBILITIES
Neither Engineer's authority or responsibility under this' paragraph or under any other provision
of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Engineer in good faith either to exercise or
not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any
authority or responsibility by Engineer shall create, impose or give rise to any duty'owed by
Engineer to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization or to
any surety for or employee or agent of any of them.
Engineer will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for
Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety
precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws
and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the work. Engineer will not be
responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the work in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
Engineer will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor,
any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the work.
Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all
maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of
inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by the
Contractor will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements
of the Contract Documents and, in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that
the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents.
The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall also apply to
Engineer's Consultants and assistants.
10 CHANGES IN THE WORK
Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, Owner may, at any time or
from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions
or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change
Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work
involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents
(except as may otherwise be specifically provided).
If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the
Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a
Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore as provided in these General Conditions.
Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the
Contract Time with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract
Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in these General Conditions
except in the case of an emergency as provided or in the case of uncovering work as provided in
article for Uncovering Work.
Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders or Written Amendments
recommended by Engineer covering:
changes in the work which are (i) ordered by Owner (ii) required because of acceptance of
defective work under the article for Acceptance of Defective Work or correcting defective
SectionIlLPIER 60.doc
25
Revised: 5/09/2007
SectionIIl.PIER 60.doc
26
Revised: 5/09/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
Work under the article for Owner May Correct Defective Work or (iii) agreed to by the
parties;
changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties; and
changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of any written
decision rendered by Engineer pursuant to the article for Decisions on Disputes;
provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any
such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable
Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and
adhere to the progress schedule as provided in the article for Continuing the Work.
If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the work or the provisions of the Contract
Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the
provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's
responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly.
11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE
11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE
The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments)
payable to Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations
assigned to or undertaken by Contractor shall be at Contractor's expense without change in the
Contract Price. The Contract Price may only be adjusted by a Change Order or by a Written
Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on a written notice
of claim stating the general nature of the claim, to be delivered by the party making the claim to
the other party and to Engineer promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of
the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with
supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after the start of such occurrence or event
(unless Engineer allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data
in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the
claimed adjustment covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said
occurrence or event. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not
submitted in accordance with this paragraph. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order
or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: (i) where
the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application
of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (ii) where the Work involved is not
covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum
(which may include an allowance for overhead and profit), (iii) where the Work is not covered
by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement is reached to establish unit
prices for the Work.
11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT
It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the
Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished and performed for such
sums as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. Contractor agrees that: (i) the allowances
include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment
required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and (ii)
Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract
Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the
foregoing will be valid. "
Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Engineer
to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances and all the
Work actually performed by the Contractor, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly
adjusted.
11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK
Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work,
initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to
the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of unit price work times
the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of
items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of
Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and
classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Engineer. Each unit
price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover
Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. Owner or Contractor may
make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price if: (i) the quantity of any item of Unit Price
Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of
such item indicated in the Contract Documents; and (ii) there is no corresponding adjustment
with respect to any other item of Work; and (iii) if Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled
to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or Owner
believes that Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree
as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. On unit price contracts, the Owner endeavors
to provide adequate unit quantities to satisfactorily complete the consp:uction of the project. It is
expected that in the normal course of project construction and completion that not all unit
quantities will be used in their entirety and that a finalizing change order which adjusts contract
unit quantities to those unit quantities actually used in the construction of the project will result
in a net decrease from the original Contract Price. Such reasonable deduction of final Contract
Price should be anticipated by the Contractor in his original bid.
12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME
The Contract Time (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written
Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be based on
written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Engineer
promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to
the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with
supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after such occurrence (unless Engineer
allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim) and
shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire
adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence
of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be determined
by Engineer. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) will be valid ifnot
submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph.
All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement.
SectionIIl.PIER 60.doc
27
Revised: 5/09/2007
SectionIII.PIER 60.doc
28
Revised: 5/09/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the work within the Contract Time
(or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time (or Milestones)
may be extended in an amoUnt equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made
therefore as provided in the article for Changes in the
Work. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts by
Owner, acts of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by the
article for Other Work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God.
Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be
delays within the control of Contractor.
Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times
(or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both Owner and Contractor, an extension of
the Contract Time (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be
Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall Owner be liable to
Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person, or to any surety for or employee
or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or
within the control of Contractor, or (ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including but
not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts by utility
owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by paragraph for Other
Work.
13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR
ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK
13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION
Contractor shall give Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required
inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to
facilitate required inspections or tests.
Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform
all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents. The costs for these
inspections, tests or approvals shall be borne by the Contractor except as otherwise provided in
the Contract Documents.
If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof)
specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such
public body including all City Building Departments and City Utility Departments, Contractor
shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals,
pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Engineer the required certificates of inspection
or approval. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, City permit and impact fees will
be waived. Contractor shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all
costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's
acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix
designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for
incorporation of the Work.
If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected tested or approved is covered by
Contractor without written concurrence of Engineer, it must, if requested by Engineer, be
uncovered for observation. Uncovering Work as provided in this paragraph shall be at
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention
to cover the same and Engineer has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such
notice. . ..
13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK
If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Engineer, it must, if requested by
Engineer, be uncovered for Engineer's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense.
If Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Engineer or
inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Engineer's request, shall uncover, expose or
otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as Engineer may require, that
portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is
found that such Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages
caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection
and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all
costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate
decrease in the Contract Price for the costs of the investigation, and, if the parties are unable to
agree as to the amount thereof, may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change
in Contract Price. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be
allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones),
or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing,
replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent
thereof, Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided the article for Change in Contract
Price and Change of Contract Time.
13.3 ENGINEER MAY STOP THE WORK
If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable
materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed
Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Engineer may order Contractor to stop the Work,
or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of
Engineer to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Engineer or Owner to
exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any surety or other party. If the Engineer stops
Work under this paragraph, Contractor shall be entitled to no extension of Contract Time or
increase in Contract Price.
13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK
If required by Engineer, Contractor shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work,
whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer,
remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all
claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal
(including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others).
13.5 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD
If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may
be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee
required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any
Work is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to Owner and in
SectionIll.PIER 60.doc
29
Revised: 5/09/2007
Section III - General Conditions
accordance with Owner's written instructions; (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been
rejected by Owner, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective and (ii)
satisfactorily correct or remOVe and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others
resulting therefrom. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions,
or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk ofloss or damage, Owner may have the
defective Work corrected or the rejected. Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs,
losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not
limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor.
In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service
before Final Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from
an earlier date if specifically and expressly so provided in the Specifications or by Written
Amendment.
Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected,
removed or replaced under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with respect to such
Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and
replacement has been satisfactorily completed.
13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK
If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, Owner prefers
to accept it, Owner may do so.
Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to Owner's evaluation of
and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by Engineer as to
reasonableness). If any such acceptance occurs prior to Engineer's recommendation of final
payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract
Documents with respect to the Work; and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in
the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may
make a claim therefore as provided in article for Change of Contract Price. If the acceptance
occurs after the Engineer's recommendation for final payment an appropriate amount will be paid
by Contractor to Owner.
13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK
If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Engineer to correct
defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Engineer in accordance
with the article for Correction and Removal of Defective Work or if Contractorfails to perform
the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any
other provision of the Contract Documents, Owner may, after seven days' written notice to
Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under
this paragraph Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connec~ion with such corrective and
remedial action, Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the site, take possession of all
or part of the Work, and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, take possession of
Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site, and incorporate
in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which Owner has paid
Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's
representatives, agents and employees, Owner's other contractors, and Engineer and Engineer's
Consultants access to the site to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this
paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising
SectionlII.PIER 60.doc
30
Revised: 5/09/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section 11I- General Conditions
such rights and remedies will be charged against Contractor and a Change Order will be issued
incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and
Owner shall be entitled to an "appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are
unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in the
article for Change of Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not
be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by
correction, removal or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not be
allowed an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) because of any delay in the
performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of Owner's rights and remedies
hereunder.
14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION
Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units
completed.
14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT
Contractor shall submit (not more often than once a month) to Engineer for review an
Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of
the 25th of each month and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the
Engineer and the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents,
payment will. not be made for materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work. Payment
will only be made for that portion of the Work, which is fully installed including all materials,
labor and equipment. A retainage of not less than five (5%) of the amount of each Application
for Payment for the total of all Work completed to date will be held until final completion and
acceptance of the Work covered in the Contract Documents. No progress payment shall be
construed to be acceptance of any portion of the Work under contract.
In addition to all other payment provisions set out in this contract, the Engineer may require the
. Contractor to produce for the Owner, within fifteen days of the approval of any progress
payment, evidence and/or payment affidavit that all subcontractors and suppliers have been paid
any sum or sums then due. A failure on the part of the contractor to provide the report as required
herein shall result in further progress or partial payments being withheld until the report is
provided.
14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE
Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by
any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to Owner no
later than the time of payment, free and clear ofliens. No materials or supplies for the Work shall
be purchased by Contractor or Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a
conditional sale contact or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller.
Contractor warrants that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the Work,
free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. Contractor shall indemnify and save Owner
harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of SubcontraCtors, laborers,
workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and furnisher's of machinery and parts thereof, equipment,
power tools, and all supplies incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this Contract.
Contractor shall at Owner's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the
nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If Contractor fails to do
so, then Owner may, after having served written notice on said Contractor either pay unpaid
SectionlII.PIER 60.doc 31 Revised: 5/09/2007
SectionIII.PIER 60.doc
32
Revised: 5/09/2007
I
.,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
bills, of which Owner has written notice, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation
a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until
satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon
payment to Contractor shall be resumed in accordance with the terms of this Contract, but in no
event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any obligations upon Owner to
the Contractor or the Surety. In paying any unpaid bills of the Contractor, Owner shall be
deemed the agent of Contractor and any payment so made by Owner shall be considered as
payment made under the Contract by Owner to Contractor, and Owner shall not be liable to
Contractor for any such payment made in good faith.
14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS
Engineer will within twenty days after receipt of each Application for payment, either indicate a
recommendation of payment and present Application to Owner, or return the Application to
Contractor indicating Engineer's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case,
Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. Engineer may
refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment to the Owner. Engineer may also
refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the
results of subsequent inspections or test, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to
such extent as may be necessary in Engineer's opinion to protect Owner from loss because: (i)
the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or
replacement, (ii) the Contract Price has been reduced by amendment or Change Order, (iii)
Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work, or (iv) Engineer has
actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in the article on Suspension
of Work and Termination.
Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the Engineer because:
(i) claims have been made against Owner on account of Contractor's performance or furnishing
ofthe Work, (ii) Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has
delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such
Liens, (iii) there are other items entitling Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended, or
(iv) Owner has actual knowledge of any of the events described. in this paragraph. The Owner
shall give Contractor immediate notice of refusal to pay with a copy to the Engineer, stating the
reasons for such actions, and the Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld,
or any adjustment thereto agreed to by Owner and Contractor, when Contractor corrects to
Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action.
14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION
Use by Owner at Owner's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which (i) has
specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner, Engineer and Contractor
agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by Owner
for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the
remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Final Completion of all the Work subject
to the following:
Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit Owner to use any such part of the
Work which Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If
Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to
Owner and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request Engineer to
issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Contractor at any time
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
may notify Owner and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work
ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate
of Substantial Completion for "that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such
request, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to
determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be
substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner and Contractor in writing giving the reasons
therefore. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions
of the articles for Substantial Completion and Partial Utilization will apply with respect to
certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility
in respect thereof and access thereto.
14.5 FINAL INSPECTION
Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is
complete, Engineer will make a final inspection with Owner and Contractor and will notify
Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is
incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to
complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies.
14.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
After Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Engineer and has
delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions,
schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates" or other evidence of insurance required by the
paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, certificates of inspection, marked-up record documents as
may be required in the Contract Documents and other documents, Contractor may make
application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final
Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (I) all
documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of
insurance required by paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, (ii) consent of the surety, if any or if
necessary, to final payment, and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers
(satisfactory to Owner) of all Liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. In lieu of
such releases or waivers of Liens and as approved by Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or
releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor,
services, material and equipment for which a Lien could be filed, and (ii) all payrolls, material
and equipment bills and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which Owner or
Owner's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any
Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish
a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against any Lien.
Prior to application for final payment, Contractor shall clean and remove from the premises all
surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an
acceptable manner all property, both public and private, which has been damaged during the
prosecution of the Work, and shall leave the Work in a neat and presentable condition.
14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE
If through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if
Engineer so confirms, Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for payment
and recommendation of Engineer, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the
balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance
SectionIII.PlER 60.doc
33
Revised: 5/09/2007
SectionIII.PIER 60.doc
34
Revised: 5/09/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
to be held by Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage
stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph for
Bonds and Insurance, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that
portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Engineer
with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and
conditions governing final payment, except that such payment shall not constitute a waiver of
claims.
If on the basis of Engineer's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection,
and Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation,
all as required by the Contract Documents, Engineer is satisfied that the Work has been
completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled,
Engineer will indicate in writing his recommendation of payment and present the Application to
Owner for payment. Thereupon Engineer will give written notice to Owner and Contractor that
the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of this article. Otherwise, Engineer will return
the Application to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final
payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the
Application. If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as to form and
substance, Owner shall, within sixty-five days after receipt thereof pay contractor the amount
recommended by Engineer.
14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS
The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: a waiver of all claims by Owner
against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing
after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any
special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the
Contract Documents; and a waiver of all claims by Contractor against Owner other than those
previously made in writing and still unsettled.
15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION
15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK
At any time and without cause, Engineer may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a
period of not more than ninety days by notice in writing to Contractor, which will fix the date on
which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor
shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or
both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes an approved claim
therefore as provided in the articles for Change of Contract Price and Change of Contract Time.
15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE
Upon the occurrence of anyone or more of the following events; if Contractor persistently fails
to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to,
failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere
to the progress schedule as adjusted from time to time);
if Contractor disregards Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction;
if Contractor disregards the authority of Engineer;
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section IIl- General Conditions
if Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract
Documents; or if the Work to be done under this Contract is abandoned, or if this
Contract or any part thereof is sublet, without the previous written consent of Owner, or
if the Contract or any claim thereunder is assigned by Contractor otherwise than as
herein specified, or at any time Engineer certifies in writing to Owner that the rate of
progress of the Work or any part thereof is unsatisfactory or that the work or any part
thereof is unnecessarily or unreasonably delayed.
Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any), seven days' written notice and, to the
extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of Contractor, exclude
Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools,
appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent
they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion),
incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which Owner has
paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as Owner may deem
expedient. In such case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the
Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and
damages sustained by Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess
will be paid to Contractor.
If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the
difference to Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by Owner will be reviewed
by Engineer as to their reasonableness and when so approved by Engineer incorporated in a
Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph Owner
shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed.
Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by Owner, the termination will not affect
any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue.
Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by Owner will not release Contractor from
liability.
Upon seven days' written notice to Contractor and Engineer, Owner may, without cause and
without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Owner, elect to terminate the Agreement. In
such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items):
for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract
Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable
sums for overhead and profit on such Work;
for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services
and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in
connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and
profit on such expenses;
for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts
with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and for reasonable expenses directly
attributable to termination.
Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other
economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination.
SectionlII.PIER 60.doc
35
Revised: 5/09/2007
SectionIlI.PIER 60.doc
36
Revised: 5/0912007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section III - General Conditions
15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE
If, through, no act or fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety
days by Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or Engineer fails to act on
any Application for Payment within sixty days after it is submitted or Owner fails for sixty days
to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven days'
written notice to Owner and Engineer, and provided Owner or Engineer do not remedy such
suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from Owner
payment on the same terms as provided in the article for Owner May Terminate. However, if the
Work is suspended under an order of court through no fault of the Owner, the Contractor shall
not be entitled to payment except as the Court may direct. In lieu of terminating the Agreement
and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Engineer has failed to act on an
Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted, or Owner has failed for thirty
days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may upon seven day's
written notice to Owner and Engineer stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due
Contractor. The provisions of this article are not intended to preclude Contractor from making
claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract Price or Change of Contract Time or otherwise
for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping Work as permitted by this
article.
16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION
If and to the extent that Owner and Contractor have agreed on the method and procedure for
resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution
method and procedure will proceed. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for
resolving such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisions of the article for Decisions on
Disputes, Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise
have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute
provided, however, that . nothing herein shall require a dispute to be submitted to binding
arbitration.
17 MISCEllANEOUS
17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS
The form of all submittals, notices, change orders and other documents permitted or required to
be used or transmitted under the Contract Documents shall be determined by the Engineer
subject to the approval of the Owner.
17.2 GIVING NOTICE
Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, notice
will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member
of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered or sent by
registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of
the notice.
17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM
Should Owner or Contractor suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error,
omission or any act of the other party or of any of the other party's officers, employees or agents
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section II1- General Conditions
or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the
other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The
provisions of this paragraph .shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the
provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose.
17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED
Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," the phrase shall include in
each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other
professionals and all court or other di~pute resolution costs.
17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT
The Contractor shall not assign this contract or any part thereof or any rights thereunder without
the approval of the Owner, nor without the consent of surety unless the surety has waived its
rights to notice of assignment.
17.6 RENEWAL OPTION
Annual Contracts issued through Public Works Administration may be renewed for up to two (2)
years, upon mutual consent of both the City and the ContractorNendor. All terms, conditions
and unit prices shall remain constant unless otherwise specified in the contract specifications or
in the Invitation to bid. Renewals shall be made at the sole discretion of the City, and must be
agreed to in writing by both parties. All renewals are contingent upon the availability of funds,
!!!!! the satisfactory performance of the Contractor as determined by Public Works
Administration.
SectionIlI.PIER 60.doc
37
Revised: 5/09/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION III
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Table of Contents:
S ECTI ON III.... ... ..... ... ................ ........ ...... ...... ......... .... ..... ......... .... ..... ......... .... ........ ...... ... ..... ........ i
GENERAL CONDITIONS ................................... .......................... ............................................ i
1 D EFIN'ITI 0 N S ...... ................. ... ..... ...... .......... ..... .... ......... .... ... ........... ... ........ ........... ......... 1
2 PRELIMIN' AR Y MATTERS. ... ... .......... ......... .... .......... ........ ..... ..... ........ ............ .... ......... 4
2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE ............................4
2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS ............................. .................... ..... ........... ........................ ... 4
2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIMEINOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING
THE PROJECT........................................................... ...................... ......... ...................... 4
2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION ..................................................................... 5
2.5 PRECONSTRU CTION CONFERENCE ........................................................................ 5
3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, IN'TENT ......................................................................... 5
3.1 INTENT... ............... ...... ................... ........ .................................................. ...................... 5
3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES .................................................. 6
4 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS;
REFERENCE PO IN'TS .. .... ....... ............... ....... ................ ..... ........ .... ...... ............ ..... ......... 6
4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS......................................................................................... 6
4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS ............................................................................ 6
4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES ..................................... 7
4.4 REFERENCE POINTS................................................... ........ ......................................... 7
5 DO NDS AND IN'SURAN CE ............................................................................................ 7
5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND............................... 7
5 .2 INSURANCE........................................................................ ........................................... 8
5.2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE........................................................... 9
5.2.2 PUBliC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE.............................. 9
5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE liABILITY.................................................... 10
5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS .................................................................... .............................. 10
6 CONTRA CTO RS RESPONSIBILITIES ..................................................................... 11
6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE ............................................................. 11
6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT ............................................................... 11
6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS .............................................................. 12
6.4 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS........ 12
6.5 USE OF PREMISES ................................................................................................. ..... 13
6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES ................................... 14
6. 7 LAWS AND REGULA TIONS.................................... .................................................. 14
6. 8 PERMITS........................................................................................... ........................ .... 14
6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION ..................................................................................... 15
6.1 0 EMERGENCIES............................................................................................................ 15
6.11 DRAWINGS...................................... ................................... ......................................... 16
OF DEFECTIVE W 0 RK............................................................................................... 28
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
6.11.1 SHOP DRA WINGS AND SAMPLES ......... ................. ............................................. 16
6.11.2 AS-B UILT DRA WINGS.......... .............................. .............. .... .............. .................... 17
6.11.3 CAD ST ANDARD$... ................................................. ........................................ ....... 19
6.11.4 DELlVERABLES:. ................... ........................................ ............................... ......... 20
6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE........................... 20
6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK ...... ................. ............................ .......... ........................... 21
6.14 INDEMNIFICATION ...................................... .......... ......................... ................ ........... 21
7 OTHER WORK. ....... ...... .......... ......... ....... ..... ..... .... ........ ..... ........ ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... ........ 22
7 .1 RELATED WORK AT SITE ................................ ............................................. ........... 22
7.2 COORD INA TION ......................................................................................................... 22
8 OWNERS RESPO NSffiILITY ...................................................................................... 23
9 ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION .............................................. 23
9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE ................................................................................... 23
9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS ........................................................ 23
9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK ........................................................................ 23
9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS .................................. 24
9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES ........................................................................................ 24
9.6 LIMITATIONS ON ENGINEER'S RESPONSIBILITIES ........................................... 25
10 CHANGES IN THE WORK..........................................................................................25
11 CHAN"GES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE...................................................................26
11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE.................................................,.................. 26
11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT ....................... 26
11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK .................................................................................................... 27
12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME ....................................................................27
13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE
13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION ......... ............ ....... ........................... ....... ..................... ....... 28
13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK .......................................................................................29
13.3 ENGINEER MAY STOP THE WORK ........................................................................ 29
13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK ........................................ 29
13 .5 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD...... ........... ....................... .............................. 29
13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK ................................................................... 30
13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK .......................................................30
14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION ......................................... 31
14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT ........................................................... 31
14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE ....................................................,.......... 31
14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS ................................ 32
14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION. ....... ...................... .................................... ................... ....... 32
14.5 FINAL INSPECTION ......... .... ...................... .... .......... ............. ....................... .............. 33
14.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT ................................................................... 33
14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE................................................................... 33
14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS ............. .............. ........ ...... ................ .................... .................... 34
15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION .................................................... 34
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK...................................................................... 34
OWNER MAY TERMINATE ...................................................................................... 34
CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE ........................................... 36
D IS PUTE RESOLUTION .............................................................................................. 36
MISCELLANEOUS ..... ....... ...... .............. ........ ...... ....... ..... ... ......... ... ... ... ......... ....... ... ..... 36
SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS ................................................................. 36
GIVING NOTICE.......................................................................................................... 36
NOTICE OF CLAIM...... ............................................................................................... 36
PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED..................................... 37
ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT .................................................................................37
RENEWAL OPTION ............. ................................................... ...... ......................... ..... 37
,-.-
SECTION IV
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
11 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST
.
Project Name: CITY OF CI .RA RW A TRR PIRR 60 STORAGR RTTTT .DING
Proiect Number: 07-00~~-RN
The following Articles of the Technical Specifications will apply to this contract if marked
"X" as shown below:
1 X Scone Of Work
2.1 r- Line Grade And Record Drawinl!s - bv Contractor
2.2 X Line Grade And Record Drawinl!s - bv Citv
3 X Definition Of Terms
4 X Order And Location Of The Work
5 X Excavation For Underl!Tound Work
6 X Concrete
7 X Excavation And Forms For Concrete Work
8 X Reinforcement
9 X Obstructions
10 X Restoration Or Replacement Of Driveways, Curbs, Sidewalks And Street
Pavement
11 r Work In Easements Or Parkways
12 X Dewaterinl! .
13 D Sanitary Manholes
14 X Backfill
15 [ Street Crossinps Etc.
16 D Raisinl1 Or Lowerinl! Of Sanitary Sewer. Storm Drainal!e Structures
17 X Unsuitable Material Removal
18 Underdrains
19 Storm Sewers
20 SanitarY Sewers And Force Mains
21 Draina1!e
22 Roadwav Base And Subl!l"ade
23 Asnhaltic Concrete Materials
24 Adiustment To The Unit Bid Price For Asnhalt
25 General Plantinl! Snecifications
26 Hdne Deformed - Reformed Pine Lininl!
27 D Plant Mix Drivewavs
28 Renortinl! OfTonnal!e Of Recvcled Materials
29 Concrete Curbs
30 X Concrete Sidewalks And Drivewavs
31 Soddinl1
32 Seedinl!
33 D Storm Manholes Inlets Catch Basins Or Other Storm Structures
TIME: ..2D. DAYS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
34 X Material Used
35 X Conflict Between P
lans And Snecifications
36 Street Sims ,
37.1 X AudioNideo Tane Of Work Areas - bv City
37.2 AudioNideo Tane Of Work Areas - bv Contractor
38 X Erosion And Siltation Control
39 X Utility Tie In Location MarkinQ:
40 X A ward Of Contract Work Schedule And Guarantee
41 D Water Mains and Annurtenances
42 D Gas System Snecifications
43 ] Tennis Courts
44 D Work Zone Traffic Control
45 D Cured-In-Place Pine LininQ:
46 ] Snecifications for Polyethylene SlinlininQ:
47 D Snecifications for Polvvinv1 Chloride Ribbed Pine
48 D Gunite Snecifications
49 SanitarY and Storm Manhole Liner Restoration
50 Proiect Information SiP11S
51 D In""Line Skatinp Surfacinp System
52.1 1 Resident Notification of Start of Construction - bv City
52.2 1 Resident Notification of Start of Construction - bv Contractor
53 D Gabions and Mattresses
54 ] Lawn Maintenance Snecifications
55 D Milling: Onerations
56 Clearing: and Grubbinu
57 Rinran
58 Treatment Plant Safety
59 Traffic SiQOal Eouinment and Materials
60 SiQOing: And Marking:
61 Roadwav Lig:hting:
62 X Tree Protection
63 1 Prolect Web Pag:es
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1. SCOPJ: OF WORK~
1.1 SCOPE DESCRlPfION
Project Name: CITY OF CLEARWATER - PIER 60 - STORAGE BUILDING
Project Number: 07-OOO033-EN
PROJECT SCOPE - The work to be performed under this contract shall be the construction
of a new, 24' X 30' (720 SF) concrete masonry unit, concrete pile supported, FEMA rated
storage building located in Pier 60 Park at 10 Causeway Boulevard, Clearwater, Florida. Work
is to include all plant, labor, equipment, and materials, to City Standards as shown on drawings
prepared by HDR Architecture, Inc. for the City of Engineering Division numbered 2007030.
Upon building construction completion, the site shall transition uniformly to the adjacent
property.
~RNRRAI, PROVISIONS FOR AI,I. WORK
PAY ITEMS - The payment item for the construction of the storage building is lump sum.
AWARD OF CONTRACT - The award of contract will be made to the Contractor with the
lowest overall price combination to accomplish all of the proposed work in the best interest
of the City of Clearwater.
SURVEY STAKE OUT - Engineering Division personnel will provide the Contractor with
vertical and horizontal survey reference control points. The Contractor shall then set his own
batter boards or controls for the complete construction stake out of the storage building.
OVERTIME INSPECTION - Contractor shall note that Construction Services does not
have sufficient funding to allow for normal overtime inspection. If required, the Contractor
will be charged $40.00 per hour for construction inspection. Contractor is encouraged to
accomplish work which requires immediate inspection during normal work hours.
Contractor may work on items, which do not require immediate inspection at his discretion.
CITY CONTACT PERSON - For any technical information needed prior to construction,
contract Mr. Glen L. Bahnick, Jr., Assistant Engineering Director at (727) 562-4760.
PROTECTION OF EXISTING PROPERTY- If adjacent property is affected or
endangered by any work done under this contract, it shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor to take whatever steps are necessary to protect the adjacent property and notify the
Construction Inspector.
PROGRESS MEETINGS - The Contractor shall note that the Construction Manager may
conduct weekly progress meetings during construction operations. The Contractor is
cautioned to accept direction only from the Construction Manager, particularly where the
Contractor may expect additional contract costs.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
UTILITY LOCATIONS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS - All underground utilities
shall be located by the Contractor prior to construction. Relocation of utilities, if necessary,
will be made by others. It shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to verify existing
dimensions, elevations, site utilities and conditions at the site before proceeding with
building construction.
NOTICE TO PROCEED - Notice to Proceed will be given as soon as possible after the
award of contract and the scheduling of a pre-construction conference.
PAVEMENT DAMAGE - Any asphaltic concrete pavement and/or concrete walkways that
are damaged due to construction activities shall be repaired by the Contractor, per City
Specifications.
SHOP DRAWINGS - Shop Drawing submittals for construction materials are required for this
project.
BUILDERS RISK - The Contractor shall note in the contract that the City of Clearwater does
not accept any builders' risk during the construction period.
STAGING AREA: A storage/staging ,area will be available to the Contractor adjacent to the
project site. Contractor shall restore storage/staging areas to original condition.
RECORD DRA WINGS - Prior to final payment, the Contractor shall provide a set of marked,
reproducible ''record'' mylar construction drawings for all site work. The City shall provide the
mylar of the site plan. If the drawings are made on Auto-CAD or other electronic drafting
system then the City will require a computer disc and paper copy of record drawing.
SAFETY - The Contractor is to take any and every step necessary to protect the work, the
workers and the public from harm during the progress of the work. This is of particular
importance in as much as the construction site is an active recreational park facility.
PROJECT SIGN - Project sign is required on this project. An item is included in the proposal
form for installation and maintenance of the project sign. See Technical Specifications for
description and requirements of project sign. Project sign shall be a single fixed sign.
PERMITS AND PERMIT FEES- The Contractor shall obtain "no fee" City of Clearwater
Building permits and City of Clearwater Clearing and Grubbing permit prior to construction
commencement. Applications for the various permits shall be coordinated by the Contractor
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
and submitted as soon as possible after the award of contract so that the permits may be
obtained as soon as possible. Necessary drawings will be provided for the Contractor's use.
City Development impact fees and permit fees, where applicable, will be paid by the City of
Clearwater.
UTILITY WORK - The only Utility work associated with this work is the construction of an
outside potable water hose bibb. An existing on-site water main shall be tapped to provide
water service to the proposed storage building.
SITE WORK - Foundation excavation and concrete pile driving. Uniform grading upon
building construction. Coordinate all site utility work with the City of Clearwater's
Construction Services Division.
SOIL EROSION - The Contractor is to perform all construction activity so as to prevent
soil erosion into adjacent drainage feature in accordance with City erosion and siltation
standards. The installation of silt fences shall be included in the lump sum pay item for the
storage building..
SITE MAINTENANCE - The Contractor shall perform regular site maintenance to keep the
site free of accumulated construction debris and rubbish caused by his work. The Contractor
shall perform his work so as not to create conditions that produce excessive dust. Site
maintenance is of a particular importance on this project inasmuch as this site is an operating
recreational facility.
REPAIR OF SPRINKLER SYSTEMS - Any sprinkler systems damaged by the work will
be repaired by the Contractor as a part of the existing contract proposal items.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY
At the completion of all work the coptractor shall be responsible to have furnished to the project
inspector a replacement of the wooden lath and stakes used in the construction of this project.
Excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line and
grade have been set, as determined by the City Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the
rate of$100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be
computed in one-hour increments. Minimum charge is $100.00. The City will generate the
project Record construction drawings.
3 DEFINITION OF TERMS
For the purpose of these Technical Specifications the following definition of terms shall apply:
City
City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, FL.
Engineer
The City Engineer of the City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida, or his authorized
representative.
Contractor
The person, firm or corporation with whom this contract or agreement has been made by
the City of Clearwater or its duly authorized representative.
Inspector
An authorized representative of the City Engineer of Clearwater, assigned to make
official inspections of the material furnished and the work performed by the Contractor.
F.D.O.T.
The Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction as
Specifications
issued by the Florida Department of Transportation (latest English edition).
A.A.S.H.T.o.
American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials.
A. J.v.S.
American Welding Society
A.S. T.M.
American Society for Testing Materials
A.S.A.
American Standards Association
A.N.S.!.
American National Standards Institute
A. J.v. J.v.A.
American Water Works Association
o.S.H.A.
Occupational Safety & Health Administration
4 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.C.L
American Concrete Institute
Representative of Contractor .,
The Contractor shall assign a responsible person or persons, one of whom shall be at the
construction site at all times that work is progressing. The names and positions of these
persons shall be submitted to the City Engineer at the time of the pre-construction
conference. This person or persons shall not be changed without written approval of City
Engineer.
Estimated Quantities
The Contractor's attention is called to the fact that the estimate of quantities as shown on
the Proposal Sheet is approximate and is given only as a basis of calculation upon which
the award of the contract is to be made. The City does not assume any responsibility that
the final quantities will remain in strict accordance with estimated quantities nor shall the
contractor plead misunderstandings or deception because of such estimate of quantities or
of the character or location of the work or of other conditions or situations pertaining
thereto.
The City reserves the right to accept and use any portion of the work whenever it is considered to
the public interest to do so. The Engineer shall have the power to direct on what line or street the
Contractor shall work and order thereof.
5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK
The contractor is responsible to take all necessary steps to conduct all excavation in a manner
which provides for the successful completion of the proposed work while at all times
maintaining the safety of the workmen, the general public and both public and private property.
The contractor's methods of work will be consistent with the standard practices and requirements
of all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies, particularly the Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA) requirements for excavation. Unless otherwise specifically stated in
these plans and specifications, the methods of safety control and compliance with regulatory
agency safety requirements are the full and complete responsibility of the contr8;ctor.
For the purposes of the Contractor's safety planning in the bidding process, the contractor is to
consider all excavation to be done in the performance of this contract to be in soil classified as
OSHA "Type C". The Contractor's attention is called to specific requirements of OSHA for
excavation shoring, employee entry, location of excavated material adjacent to excavation, the
removal of water from the excavation, surface encumbrances and in particular the requirement of
a "Competent Person" to control safety operations. The Contractor will identify his Competent
Person to City staff at the start of construction.
City staff are required from time to time to perform inspections, tests, survey location work, or
other similar activity in an excavation prepared by the contractor. City staff in conformance with
the OSHA Excavation Safety Requirements are to only enter an excavation in compliance with
these OSHA standards. The City's staff reserve the option to refuse entry into the Contractor's
excavation if, in the opinion of the City's staff, the entry into the Contractor's excavation is
unsafe or does not conform OSHA requirements. If this circumstance occurs, the contractor must
either provide the necessary safety requirements or provide alternate means for the
accomplishment of the City's work at the Contractor's expense.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
The restoration quantities, if any, contained in the bid proposal for this contract to not contain
sufficient quantities to allow the contractor to perform excavation work using strictly the "open
cut" method whereby no shoripg systems are used and trench side slopes are cut to conform to
OSHA safety requirements without a shoring system. In addition to safety reasons, the
Contractor is required to use excavation and trench-shoring methods in compliance with all
safety requirements which allow the Contractor to control the amount of restoration work
necessary to complete the project.
Not more than one hundred (100) feet of trench shall be opened at one time in advance of the
completed work unless written permission is received from the Engineer for the distance
specified. For pipe installation projects, the trench shall be six (6) inches wider on each side than
the greatest external horizontal width of the pipe or conduit, including hubs, intended to be laid
in them. The bottom of the trench under each pipe joint shall be slightly hollowed, to allow the
body of the pipe to rest throughout its length. In case a trench is excavated at any place,
excepting at joints, below the grade of its bottom as given, or directed by the Engineer, the filling
and compaction to grade shall be done in such manner as the Engineer shall direct, without
compensation.
6 CONCRETE
Unless otherwise directed, all concrete work shall be performed in accordance with the latest
editions of the Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures by the Portland Cement Association, the
American Concrete Institute, and FDOT's Standard Specifications. All appropriate testing shall
be performed according to the American Society of Testing Materials.
Unless otherwise specified, all concrete shall have fiber mesh reinforcing and have a minimum
compressive strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. The cement type shall be Type I and shall
conform to AASHTO M-85. The aggregate shall conform to ASTM C-33. All ready mix concrete
shall conform to ASTM C-94. The slump for all concrete shall be in the range of 3" to 5", except
when admixtures or special placement considerations are required.
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all
concrete placement.
All concrete shall be tested in the following manner:
Placement ofless than 5 cubic yards (cy) shall be tested at the Engineer's discretion. Otherwise,
for each class, for each day, for every 50 cy or part thereof exceeding 5 cy, one set of 3
compressive strength cylinders will be required (1 at 7 days and 2 at 28 days). At the discretion
of the Engineer, unacceptable test results may require the Contractor to provide further tests, as
determined by the Engineer, to determine product acceptability, or need for removal, and
compensation or denial thereof.
7 EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK
7.1 EXCAVATION
Excavating for concrete work shall be made to the required depth of the sub grade or base upon
which the concrete is to be placed. The base or sub grade shall be thoroughly compacted to a
point 6" outside said concrete work before the forms are placed. Concrete shall be poured "in the
dry".
8 REINFORCEMENT
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
7.2 FORMS
Forms for concrete work shall be either wood or metal (except curbs, metal only, unless by
written permission from Engineer). They shall be free from warps or bends, shall have a depth
equal to the dimensions required for the depth of the concrete deposited against them and shall
be of sufficient strength when staked to resist the pressure of concrete without moving or
spnngmg.
When required, reinforcement shall be placed in the concrete work. Bar reinforcement shall be
deformed: ASTMA-A 615, steel shall be billet Intermediate or Hard Grade: Rail Steel
A.A.S.H.T.O. M42. Twisted Bars shall not be used, Fabric Reinforcement shall conform to the
requirements of AASHTO M55 (ASTM AI85). Welded deformed steel wire fabric for Concrete
reinforcement shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 221 (ASTM A497). Epoxy coated
reinforcing Steel Bars shall meet ASTM 775/A77 M-86 requirements.
8.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Reinforcement shall not be paid for separately. The cost of such work shall be included in the
contract unit price for the item of work specified.
9 OBSTRUCTIONS
Any pipes, conduits, wires, mains, footings, driveways, or other structures encountered shall be
carefully protected from injury or displacement. Any damage thereto shall be fully, promptly, and
properly repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the owner thereof.
Should it become necessary to change the position of water or gas or other pipes, sewer drains,
or poles, the Engineer shall be at once notified of the locality and circumstances, and no claims
for damages arising from the delay in adjusting the pipe, sewer drains or poles shall be made.
Failure of the plans to show the location, nature or extent of any existing structures or
obstructions shall not be the basis of a claim for extra work. Any survey monument or
benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless
otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon completion of the work by a registered land
surveyor. Any concrete removed due to construction requirements shall be removed to the
nearest expansion joint or by saw cut. Contractor shall consult Inspector for the approved means.
10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS.
CURBS. SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT
Driveways, sidewalks, and curbs destroyed or damaged during construction shall be replaced and
shall be the same type of material as destroyed or damaged, or to existing City Standards,
whichever provides the stronger repair. All street pavement destroyed or damaged shall be
replaced with the same type of material, to existing City Standards, unless the existing base is
unsuitable as determined by the Engineer, then the base shall be replaced with City approved
material. All replaced base shall be a minimum 8" compacted thickness, or same thickness as
base destroyed plus 2", if over 6", and compacted to 98% of maximum density per AASHTO T-
180.
Unless called for in the proposal as separate bid items, cost of the above work including labor,
materials and equipment required shall be included in the bid price per lineal foot of main or
square yard of base.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
The bid price for street pavement, restoration or replacement when called for in the proposals,
shall include all materials, labor and equipment req1;1ired to complete the work, and shall be paid
for on a square yard basis. .When replacement is over a trench for utilities, the area of
replacement shall be limited to twice the depth of the cut plus twice the inside diameter of the
pipe. All over this will be at the Contractor's expense.
The bid price for restoration or placement of driveways, curbs and sidewalks, when called for in
the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work and
shall be paid for on the basis of the following units: Driveways, plant mix - per square yard:
concrete - per square foot; curbs - per lineal foot; sidewalk 4" or 6" thick - per square foot.
Concrete walks at drives shall be a minimum of 6" thick and be reinforced with 6/6 X 10/1 0
welded wire mesh (also see Articles 8 and 30).
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all
driveway, curb, sidewalk and street restoration and replacement work.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1\
I
I
I
I
I
12 DEWATERING
Unless specifically authorized.'by the Engineer, all pipe, except subdrains, shall be laid "in the
dry". The contractor shall dewater trench excavation as required for the proper execution of the
work, using one or more of the following approved methods: well point system, trenched gravity
underdrain system, or sumps with pumps.
Well point systems must be efficient enough to lower the water level in advance of the
excavation and maintain it continuously in order that the trench bottom and sides shall remain
firm and reasonably dry. The well points shall be designed especially for this type of service, and
the pumping unit used shall be capable of maintaining a high vacuum, and at the same time, of
handling large volumes of air as well as of water.
The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of all water resulting from trench dewatering
operations, and shall dispose of the water without damage or undue inconvenience to the work,
the surrounding area, or the general public. He shall not dam, divert, or cause water to flow in
excess in existing gutters, pavements or other structures: and to do this he may be required to
conduct the water to a suitable place of discharge may be determined by the Engineer.
The cost of dewatering shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of pipe, or, in the
case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structures.
13 SANITARY MANHOLES
13.1 BUILT UP TYPE
Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the
drawings. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semicircular in shape conforming to
inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of
as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and
evenly. Invert channels shall be formed by one of the following methods: form directly into
concrete manhole base, build up with brick and mortar, lay half tile in concrete, or lay full
section of sewer pipe through manhole and break out top half of pipe.
The manhole floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels.
Free drop in manholes from inlet pipe invert to top of floor outside the channels shall not exceed
twenty four inches.
Standard Drop Manholes shall be constructed wherever free drop exceeds twenty four inches.
Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be
smoothed from inside of manholes.
The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch of mortar.
Brick used may be solid only. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a
stretcher course.
13.2 PRECAST TYPE
Precast Sanitary Manholes shall conform to this specification unless otherwise approved by the
City Engineer.
AASHTO M 85 Type II cement shall be used throughout with a minimum wall thickness of 5
inches. The precast sections shall conform to ASTM C 478 latest revision. Section joints shall be
a tongue and groove with "ram,neck" gasket or "0" ring to provide a watertight joint. Minimum
concrete strength shall be 4000 psi at 28 days.
Three sets of shop drawings and location inventory shall be submitted to the City Engineer for
approval. Approval of shop drawings does not relieve contractor of responsibility for compliance
to these specifications unless letter from contractor requesting specific variance is approved by
the City Engineer.
Location inventory submitted with shop drawing shall detail parts of manhole per manhole as
numbered on the construction plans. All manhole parts shall be numbered or lettered before
being sent to the job site to permit proper construction placement. A plan or list of the numbering
system shall be present on the job site when manhole components are delivered.
Precast manhole dimensions, drop entry, grout flow of channel, etc., shall be as shown on City of
Clearwater Engineering Detail #302 Sheet 2 of3.
Manhole sections shall be rejected if abused during shipping or placement and if pipe openings
are not properly aligned. The "break in" to precast manholes for pipe entry will not be allowed.
The manhole base shall be set on a pad of A 1 or A 2 Classification soil approximately five (5)
inches thick to secure proper seating and bearing.
Between the top of the manhole cone and the manhole cover frame, a manhole adjustment ring
shall be installed. The intent of the manhole adjustment ring is to accommodate future grade
changes without disturbing the manhole.
MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS)
All grade adjustments of manhole frame and cover assemblies shall be completed
utilizing the following: High Density Polyethylene Grade Adjustment Rings - Comply
with ASTM Standard D-1248 for recycled plastic.
a. Material properties shall be tested and certified for usage by the following ASTM
methods:
b. Property Test Method Acceptable Value
c. Melt Flow Index ASTM D1238 0.3 to 30 g /10 min.
d. Density ASTM D792 0.94 to 0.98 g / cm3
e. Tensile Strength ASTM D638 2.00 to 5 x 103 lb / in 2
f. Polyethylene adjusting rings shall not be used when they are exposed to heated
hot mix asphalt pavement.
g. Tapered configuration: When used in a single configuration tapered adjusting ring
thickness will range from 0.5 inch to 3.0 inch.
h. Grade adjustment rings are to be installed on clean flat surfaces according to the
manufacturer's recommendations with the proper Butyl Rubber sealant/adhesives.
2. The inside diameter of the adjustment ring shall not be less than the inside diameter of the
manhole frame.
3. Manholes shall be constructed with at least two adjustment rings.
13.2.1
1.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-I
I
I
I
I
il
fl
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
(I
I
I
I
I
I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
4. Maximum height of adjustment ring stack: 12 inches max. for new manholes and 16
inches max. on existing manholes.
13.3 DROP MANHOLES
Standard drop inlets to manholes shall be constructed of commercial pipe, fittings and specials as
detailed on the drawings.
13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS
Manhole frames and covers shall be set in a full bed of mortar with the top of the cover flush
with or higher than finished grade as directed. Refer to Detail 301.
13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS
The exterior and interior of all built up manholes shall be coated with two coats of bitumastic
black solution 300 M as manufactured by Koppers Company, Inc. or approved equal. Interior of
built up manholes which have sewers entering with a free drop or which receive discharge from a
force main shall have the inside plastered with V2 inch of grout and coated as precast manholes
below.
The exterior and interior of all precast manholes shall be coated with at least 15 mils dry
thickness of PRO CO EP 214351 Epoxi Mastic as manufactured by Protective Coatings Inc.
13.6 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES
Connections to existing sanitary manholes using approved PVC sewer main shall be made with a
manhole adapter coupling by Flo Control, Inc., or approved water stop coupling.
14 BACKFILL
Material for backfill shall be carefully selected from the excavated material or from other sources
as may be required by the Engineer. Such material shall be granular, free from organic matter or
debris, contain no rocks or other hard fragments greater than 3" in the largest dimension and all
fill shall be similar material.
Backfill placed around pipes shall be carefully placed around the sides and top of pipe by hand
shovels and thoroughly compacted to 12" above the pipe by tamping or other suitable means.
Backfill under all types of paving shall be compacted in layers not to exceed 12" in thickness
unless alternate method is approved by the Engineer. Backfill shall be a minimum of 98%
compaction as determined by the modified Proctor Density Test to the bottom of pavement.
Backfill outside of pavement areas shall be compacted the full depth to the ground surface to a
minimum of 95% compaction of AASHTO T 180 Standard Density Test.
The cost of backfill shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of the pipe, or, in the
case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structure.
15 STREET CROSSINGS. ETC.
At such crossings, and other points as may be directed by the Engineer, the trenches shall be
bridged in an open and secure manner, so as to prevent any serious interruption of travel upon
the roadway or sidewalk, and also to afford necessary access to public or private premises. The
16 RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER. STORM
DRAINAGE STRUCTURES
I
I
I
I
f
I,
il
'I
I
I
J
f
'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
material used, and the mode of constructing said bridges, and the approaches, thereto, must be
satisfactory to the Engineer.
The cost of all such work must be included in the cost of the trench excavation.
Sanitary Sewer or Storm Drainage Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans
or as indicated by the Engineer.
16.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work.
17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL
All unsuitable material, such as muck, clay, rock, etc., shall be excavated and removed from the
site. All material removed is property of the Contractor, who shall dispose of said material off-
site at his expense. The limits of the excavation shall either be shown on the plans, or determined
in the field by the Engineer in conjunction with the City's Materials Tester.
17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of measurement shall be the amount of cubic yards of unsuitable material excavated
and replaced with suitable material as determined by either cross sections of the excavation,
truck measure, or lump sum as specified in the Scope of Work and Contract Proposal.
17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
The unit price for the removal of unsuitable material shall include: all materials, equipment,
tools, labor, disposal, hauling, excavating, dredging, placing, compaction, dressing surface and
incidentals necessary to. complete the work. If no pay item is given, the removal of unsuitable
material shall be included in the most appropriate bid item.
I
I
i
I
I
,
I:
I
I
"
I
I
I
I
I
I
I,
e
I
,I
30 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS
30.1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS
Concrete sidewalks shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans
or herein specified. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete sidewalks shall have fiber mesh
reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Unless otherwise
specified, all concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum width of four feet (4'). Concrete
sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of four inches (4"), except at driveway crossings
where a minimum thickness of six inches (6") is required. Also, 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh
reinforcement is required for all sidewalk that crosses driveways. The welded wire mesh shall be
positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the
welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals of not
more than 100 hundred feet, and scoring marks shall be made every 5 feet. Concrete shall be
poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8
shall also apply.
30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS
Concrete driveways, whether new construction or replacement, shall be a minimum of six (6)
inches in thickness with 6/6 X 10/1 0 welded wire mesh reinforcement and a minimum horizontal
distance between expansion joints of no less than four (4) feet measured in any direction. The
welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No
compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Concrete shall be
poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8
shall also apply.
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the
placement of all concrete sidewalks and driveways.
30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of measurement shall be the number of square feet of 4" concrete sidewalk, 6" concrete
sidewalk, and 6" concrete driveways in place and accepted.
30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be the unit price per square foot for each item as measured above, which price
shall be full compensation for all work described in this section and other applicable parts of the
specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, welded wire mesh where
required, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I"
I
I
.-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
37.1 AUDIONIDEO TAPE OF WORK AREA SHALL BE PREPARED
BY THE CITY ..
This project will not require the preparation of an audio/video tape of work areas by the
Contractor.
37.2 AUDIONIDEO TAPE OF ALL WORK AREAS SHALL BE
PREPARED BY THE CONTRACTOR
37.2.1 CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIONIDEO TAPE
Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall have a continuous color audio/video tape
recording taken along the entire length of the Project including all affected project areas. Streets,
easements, rights-of-way, lots or construction sites within the Project must be recorded to serve
as a record of a pre-construction conditions.
37.2.2 SCHEDULING OF AUDIONIDEO TAPE
The video recordings shall not be made more than 21 days prior to construction in any area.
37.2.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS
The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional videographer. The color audio
videotapes shall be prepared by a responsible commercial firm known to be skilled and regularly
engaged in the business of pre-construction color audio-video tape documentation.
37.2.4 EQUIPMENT
All equipment, accessories, materials and labor to perform this service shall be furnished by the
Contractor. The total audio video system shall reproduce bright, sharp, clear pictures with
accurate colors and shall be free from distortion, tearing, rolls or any other form of imperfection.
The audio portion of the recording shall reproduce the commentary of the camera operator with
proper volume, clarity and be free from distortion and interruptions. In some instances, audio
videotape coverage may be required in areas not accessible by conventional wheeled vehicles.
Such coverage shall be obtained by walking.
37.2.5 RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO
Each tape shall begin with the current date, project name and be followed by the general
location, i.e., viewing side and direction of progress. Accompanying the video recording of each
videotape shall be a corresponding and simultaneously recorded audio recording. This audio
recording, exclusively containing the commentary of the camera operator or aide, shall assist in
viewer orientation and in any needed identification, differentiation, clarification, or objective
description of the features being shown in the video portion of the recording. The audio
recording shall also be free from any conversations.
37.2.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO
All video recordings must continuously display transparent digital information to include the
date and time of recording. The date information shall contain the month, day and year. The time
information shall contain the hour, minutes and seconds. Additional information shall be
displayed periodically. Such information shall include, but not be limited to, project name,
SectionIV.doc
Page I
Revised: 5/11/2005
contract number, direction of travel and the viewing side. This transparent information shall
appear on the extreme upper left hand third of the screen. Camera pan, tilt, zoom-in and zoom
out rates shall be sufficiently c,ontrolled such that recorded objects will be clearly viewed during
videotape playback. In addition, all other camera and recording system controls, such as lens
focus and aperture, video level, pedestal, chrome, white balance, and electrical focus shall be
properly controlled or adjusted to maximize picture quality. The construction documentation
shall be recorded in SP mode.
37.2.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION
The audio and video portions of the recording shall maintain viewer orientation. To this end,
overall establishing views of all visible house and business addresses shall be utilized. In areas
where the proposed construction location will not be readily apparent to the videotape viewer,
highly visible yellow flags shall be placed, by the Contractor, in such a fashion as to clearly
indicate the proposed centerline of construction. When conventional wheeled vehicles are used
as conveyances for the recording system, the vertical distance between the camera lens and the
ground shall not exceed 10 feet. The camera shall be firmly mounted such that transport of the
camera during the recording process will not cause an unsteady picture.
37.2.8 LIGHTING
All taping shall be done during time of good visibility. No taping shall be done during
precipitation, mist or fog. The recording shall only be done when sufficient sunlight is present to
properly illuminate the subjects of recording and to produce bright, sharp video recordings of
those subjects.
37.2.9 SPEED OF TRAVEL
The average rate of travel during a particular segment of coverage shall be directly proportional
to the number, size and value of the surface features within that construction areas zone of
influence. The rate of speed in the general direction of travel of the vehicle used during taping
shall not exceed 44 feet per minute.
37.2.10 VIDEO LOG/INDEX
All videotapes shall be permanently labeled and shall be properly identified by videotape number
and project title. Each videotape shall have a log of that videotape's contents. The log shall
describe the various segments of coverage contained on the video tape in terms of the names of
the streets or location of easements, coverage beginning and end, directions of coverage, video
unit counter numbers, engineering surveyor coordinate values (if reasonably available) and the
date.
37.2.11 AREA OF COVERAGE
Tape coverage shall include all surface features located within the zone of influence of
construction supported by appropriate audio coverage. Such coverage shall include, but not be
limited to, existing driveways, sidewalks, curbs, pavements, drainage system features,
mailboxes, landscaping, culverts, fences, signs, Contractor staging areas, adjacent structures, etc.
within the area covered by the project. Of particular concern shall be the existence of any faults,
fractures, or defects. Taped coverage shall be limited to one side of the Site, street, easement or
right of way at anyone time.
SectionlV.doc
Page 2
Revised: 5/1 1/2005
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
j
I
I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
l
I
I
I
>>
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
37.2.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES
The cost to complete the requirements under this section shall be included in the contract items
provided in the proposal sheet. There is no separate pay item for this work.
38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL
38.1 STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS
No disturbed area may be denuded for more than thirty (30) calendar days unless otherwise
authorized by the City Engineer. During construction, denuded areas shall be covered by
mulches such as straw, hay, filter fabric, seed and mulch, sod, or some other permanent
vegetation. Within sixty (60) calendar days after final grade is established on any portion of a
project site, that portion of the site shall be provided with established permanent soil stabilization
measures per the original site plan, whether by impervious surface or landscaping.
38.2 PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES
Fill material stockpiles shall be protected at all times by on-site drainage controls which prevent
erosion of the stockpiled material. Control of dust from such stockpiles may be required,
depending upon their location and the expected length of time the stockpiles will be present. In
no case shall an unstabilized stockpile remain after thirty (30) calendar days.
38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS
During construction, all storm sewer inlets in the vicinity of the project shall be protected by
sediment traps such as secured hay bales, sod, stone, etc., which shall be maintained and
modified as required by construction progress, and which must be approved by the City Engineer
before installation.
38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES
Sediment basins and traps, perimeter berms, filter fences, berms, sediment barriers, vegetative
buffers and other measures intended to trap sediment and/or prevent the transport of sediment
onto adjacent properties, or into existing water bodies; must be installed, constructed, or, in the
case of vegetative buffers, protected from disturbance, as a first step in the land alteration
process. Such systems shall be fully operative and inspected by the City before any other
disturbance of the site begins. Earthen structures including but not limited to berms, earth filters,
dams or dikes shall be stabilized and protected from drainage damage or erosion within one
week of installation.
38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASINS
Areas of 3 acres or more shall be required to have temporary sedimentation basins as a positive
remedy against downstream siltation and will be shown and detailed on construction plans.
During development, permanent detention areas may be used in place of silt basins, provided
they are maintained to the satisfaction of the City.
The Contractor will be required to prohibit discharge of silt through the outfall structure during
construction of any detention area and will be required to clean out the detention area before
installing any permanent subdrain pipe. In addition, permanent detention areas must be totally
cleaned out and operating properly at final inspection and at the end of the one year warranty
SectionIV.doc
Page 3
Revised: 5/11/2005
period. When temporary sedimentation basins are used, they shall be capable at all times of
contain-ing at least one (1) cubic foot of sediment for each one hundred (100) square feet of area
tributary to the basin. Such~apacity shall be maintained throughout the project by regular
removal of sediment from the basin.
38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES
Land alteration and construction shall be minimized in both permanent and intermittent
waterways and the immediately adjacent buffer of25 feet from top of bank of the waterways and
the buffer area whenever possible, and barriers shall be used to prevent access. Where in channel
work cannot be avoided, precautions must be taken to stabilize the work area during land
alteration, development and/or construction to minimize erosion. If the channel and buffer area
are disturbed during land alteration, they must be stabilized within three (3) calendar days after
the in channel work is completed.
Silt curtains or other tilter/siltation reduction devices must be installed on the downstream side of
the in channel alteration activity to eliminate impacts due to increased turbidity. Wherever stream
crossings are required, properly sized temporary culverts shall be provided by the contractor and
removed when construction is completed. The area of the crossing shall be restored to a
condition as nearly as possible equal to that which existed prior to any construction activity.
38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS
All swales, ditches and channels leading from the site shall be sodded within three (3) days of
excavation. All other interior swales, etc., including detention areas will be sodded prior to
issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy.
38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION
The construction of underground utility lines and other structures shall be done in accordance
with the following standards:
a. No more than 400 lineal feet of trench shall be open at anyone time;
b. Wherever consistent with safety and space consideration, excavated material shall be cast
to the uphill side of trenches. Trench material shall not be cast into or onto the slope of
any stream, channel, road ditch or waterway.
38.9 MAINTENANCE
All erosion and siltation control devices shall be checked regularly, especially after each rainfall
and will be cleaned out and/or repaired as required.
38.10 COMPLIANCE
Failure to comply with the aforementioned requirements may result in a fine and/or more
stringent enforcement procedures such as (but not limited to) issuance of a "Stop Work Order".
City of Clearwater Standard Detail Drawings No. 601 607 are examples of accepted methods that
may be used or required to control erosion and siltation.
SectionIV.doc
Page 4
Revised: 5/1112005
I
I
I.
I
,I
I
'J
I
I
i
I
",
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I,
I
I
City of Clearwater - Erosion Control
This notice is to inform the prime contractor that the City of Clearwater holds them responsible
for soil erosion control on their site.
The City of Clearwater Public Works Department has the responsibility to minimize the amount
of soil erosion into the City's streets, storm sewers and waterways.
The construction of a new residence or commercial site and major remodeling of an existing site
creates a potential for soil erosion. These instances are usually the result of contractors and
subcontractors accessing the property with equipment or construction materials. Then rain storms
redistribute the eroded soil into the adjacent streets, storm systems and waterways.
When erosion takes place, a Planning & Development Services Inspector or a Public Works
Inspector will place a correction notice at the site. The procedure will be as follows:
1 st occurrence Warning
2nd occurrence $32 reinspection fee
3rd occurrence $80 reinspection fee
4th occurrence Stop work order
Dependent on the severity of the erosion, the City's Public Works Administration Department
may elect to rectify the erosion problem and charge the contractor accordingly.
The attached. drawings and details are recommendations for the contractor to use as means to
support the site from eroding. The contractor may elect to shovel and sweep the street daily or on
an as needed basis. However, erosion must be held in check.
If the contractor would like to meet with a Public Works inspector on any particular site, please
contact Construction at 462-6126 or Planning & Development Services at 562-4741.
Erosion Control Required - City of Clearwater's Code of Ordinances requires erosion control on
all land development projects.
Erosion control must be in place and maintained throughout the job. Failure to do so may result
in additional costs and time delays to the permit holder.
Contact Public Works Administration with specific questions at 562-4750.
SectionIV.doc
Page 5
Revised: 5/1112005
.. - .. ;--- .. '- ..'.. _... - --- .. .. ".' .. -
Section IV - Technical Specifications
CITY OF CLEARWATER
NOTICE OF
EROSION VIOLATION
UNDER SECTION 3-701 (DIVISION 7 - EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL) OF THE CITY OF CLEARWATER CODE OF
ORDINANCES, THIS SITE HAS BEEN FOUND IN VIOLATION. THIS SITE MUST BE RESTORED TO AN EROSION
CONTROLLED SITE PRIOR TO ANY FURTHER DEVELOPMENT TO CONTINUE.
Warning
$32.00 Reinspection Fee
$80.00 Reinspection Fee
Stop Work Order
CITY OF CLEARWATER
PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT SERVICES 727 562-4741
&
PUBLIC SERVICES/CONSTRUCTION 727 462-6126
DATE POSTED:
Inspector's Name:
Received by:
(Signature indicates only a copy of this notice has been
received and does not in any way indicate admission of guilt
or concurrence with findings of the inspector.)
Inspector's Signature:
IT IS A VIOLATION TO REMOVE THIS NOTICE
ANY UNAUTHORIZED PERSON REMOVING THIS SIGN WILL BE PROSECUTED
SectionIV.doc
Page 6
Revised: 5/11/2005
I
I,
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
il
t
I
I
.'
I
I
I
I
Section IV - Technical Specifications
39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING
The tie in locations for utility laterals of water, sanitary sewer, and gas shall be plainly marked on
the back of the curb. Marking placed on the curb shall be perpendicular with respect to the curb
of the tie in location on the utility lateral. Marks shall not be placed on the curb where laterals
cross diagonally under the curb. The tie in location shall be the end of the utility lateral prior to
service connection.
Markings shall be uniform in size and shape and colors in conformance with the code adopted by
the American Public Works Association as follows:
SAFETY RED Electric power, distribution & transmission
Municipal Electric Systems
HIGH VISIBILITY SAFETY YELLOW Gas Distribution and Transmission
Oil Distribution and Transmission
Dangerous Materials, Produce Lines, Steam Lines
SAFETY ALERT ORANGE Telephone and Telegraph Systems
Police and Fire Communications
Cable Television
SAFETY PRECAUTION BLUE Water Systems Slurry Pipe Lines
SAFETY GREEN Sewer Systems
Marks placed on curbs shall be rectangular in shape and placed with the long dimension
perpendicular to the flow line of the curb. Marks placed on valley gutter and modified curb shall
be 6" x 3" and placed at the back of the curb. Marks placed on State Road and vertical curb shall
be 4" X 2" and be placed on the curb face.
40 AWARD OF CONTRACT. WORK SCHEDULE AND
GUARANTEE
It will be required that the work will commence not later than five (5) calendar days after the
Engineer gives written notice to proceed, which notice shall be given as outlined in Article 2 -
General Conditions.
It is further required that all work within this contract be completed within
consecutive calendar days. Contract date to commence at issuance of notice to proceed. If the
Contractor fails to complete the work within the stipulated time, the City will retain the amount
stated in the Contract, per calendar day, for each day that the contract remains incomplete. The
work shall be discontinued on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved Holidays. If it becomes
necessary for the Contractor to perform work on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved City of
Clearwater Employee Holidays, that in the opinion of the Assistant Public Services Director, will
require the presence of Inspectors, the Contractor shall pay the City of Clearwater, Florida, the
amount of Three Hundred Twenty Dollars ($320.00) per eight-hour day for each Inspector given
such assignment.
SectionIV.doc
Page 7
Section IV - Technical Specifications
The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage
to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one year from the date of final
acceptance.
SectionIV.doc
Page 8
I
,I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION IV-A
SUPPLEMENTAL
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICA TIONS
I
I
I
I,
I
I
I
I
I
I
:1
I
I
'I
:1
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02222
BUILDING EXCAVATION, FILLING, AND BACKFILLING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 DESCRIPTION
A. Definitions:
1 Unsuitable mateIial: DebIis and/or soil mateIial judged unsuitable by Geotech fOI support of
slabs and foundations or for use as a fill or bac1dill material.
2. Maximum density: As determined using ASTM-D1557 (Modified Proctor).
3 Geotech: Geotechnical Engineer or Representative of Foundation Consultant employed by
0wneI to inspect foundation work.
1..2 EXTRA WORK
A. Removal and replacement of unsuitable mateIial will be paid as extra work.
1. Notify (Owner's agent) in time to estimate and record quantity removed
2. If Contractol is unwilling to accept estimate, notify Architect or Construction Manager prior
to backf"illing and a SUlveyor will be hired at Contractor's expense to measure and determine
excavated volumes..
3 . Recorded quantity will be basis fOI' payment
4. Include unit plice on Bid Form.
1..3 QUALlIY ASSURANCE
A SubSUlface soils investigations have been made at pl'Oject site
1 Soils infOlmation was obtained for use in preparing foundation design. The soils report is
from Dunkelberger Engineering and T eating. Inc., 8260 Vico Comt, Unit B, Sarasota,
Florida 34240, Repolt Number SAR-07-564.
2 . Availability of soils . report infoIlnation is indicated in specifications.
3 B~e site and soils report and independently determine character of materials to be
encountered
B.. Inspection and compaction density tests:
1 Contractor will hire the Geotech to inspect earthwolk and to conduct in-place compaction
moisture-density tests Contractor will provide copies of reports to HDR.
2.. Initial test at each location will be paid by Contractor.
3 If initial test fails, Contractor pays for retesting
C Iolerances of subgrade:
1_ 30 nun 0.10 F'I plus/minus flam required elevations.
1.4 SUBMIIIALS
A. Product data:
1 Maximum Density cmves for fill and backfill material.
2. Sieve analysis for granular fill
1.5 JOB CONDITIONS
A. ContractoI is respoDSlble for:
1 Detemrining safe slopes of excavations for the earth materials encounteIed.
2. ShOling and bncing excavations as required to protect personnel, utilities, existing
construction and new wolk
3 Removing bracing when safe.
1160114
City of CJearwater
City of CleaJWllter - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11,2007
02222 - 1
4. Protecting from damage (or replacing as directed) sidewalks, pavements and other facilities
resulting from settlement, lateral movement, undermining erosion or other hazards created
by earthwork operations"
5 Complying with rules and regulations governing earthwork and respective utilities.
6. Providing adequate barricades and warning lights as required to protect persons and
property and to satisfy applicable regulations"
7. Maintaining bench marks, movements and other reference points and replacing any
disturbed or destroyed
I
I
I
J
I
fi60114
City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater " Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD" May 11,2007
02222 - 2
I
il
I
I
J.
.J
rl
II
il
[I
:1
JI
:-
]
'1
I
PART 2. PRODUCTS
2..1 MAIERIALS
A. Fill and backfill material:
1. Clean selected materials, approved by Geotech, from site excavation or from off site borrow
areas.
2. Submit Maximum Density clIIves for each source of fill or backfill material.
PART 3. EXECUTION
3..1 EXCAVATION - GENERAL
A, Do not perform blasting
B Excavate to dimensions and elevations indicated regardless of materials encountered
1. Allow additional space as required for consttuction operations and inspection of
foundations.
G. Remove old foundations, building consttuction, and other materials concealed beneath present
grade, as required to execute work, and as indicated.
D.. Remove and replace unsuitable material with compacted backfill as directed by Geotech.
E Properly level offbottoms of excavations
F. Where cuts are required to bring floor slabs to pIOper elevations, excavate to level below slabs
allowing for required granular fill
1.. Remove rocks, lumps, vegetation and other foreign material
2 Scarify top 205 mm 8 IN of earth below granular fill and recompact to 95 percent of
maximum density.
3. Where compacted subgrade is distmbed by frost, moistme, or construction operations, re-
scarifY and recompact as directed by Geotech.
G. Control grading around building..
1 Pitch surface to prevent water from running into excavated areas or damaging struct1IIe
2. Maintain pits and trenches where footings will be placed free of water.
3. Provide pumping required to keep excavated spaces clear of water during construction.
4 When springs or running water are encountered, notify Architect Provide free discharge of
water by trenches or pumps, and drain to appropriate point of disposal as directed.
3..2 FOOIINGS AND PILE CAPS
A. Provide undistUI bed, level, dry, unfrozen surfaces free of foreign or loose material for placement
of footings and pile caps.
B. Obtain Geotech's approval of footing subgrade before placing concrete.
C, Do not cany excavations lower than indicated, except when directed by Geotech.
I
,
I
'I
I,
I
I
I;
I
I
,
I
I
I
I
I
I;
I
I
D, If excavations are made below indicated level, fill with concrete of same strength as foundation
concrete at no extra cost.
E, When excavations become soft and wet, remove soft material and replace with concrete of same
strength as foundation concrete, at no extra cost
F , When freezing temperatures are expected, do not excavate to full depth unless footings or pile
caps can be placed immediately Protect bottoms of excavations fiom freezing if placement is
delayed,
3,3 SUBGRADE PREPARAIION9 FILLING, AND BACKFILLING
A, Remove rocks, lumps, frozen ground, soft or wet material, vegetation, and otheI foreign material
upon which fill or backfill is to be placed
B . Before SCaIifying sub grade, obtain approval of Geotech.
C.. Site preparation should consist of site densification of the existing grade" Using a vibratory
drum roller, use multiple overlapping passes with a loller to achieve 95 percent of the maximum
Modified Proctol dzy density for a minimum depth of 1 foot below snipped grade, Ground
water should be lowered 2 feet below stripped grade elevation priOI to pezfozming site
densification, .
D Scarify top 205 rom 8 IN of excavation smface 01 subgrade and compact to 95 percent of the
Modified ProctOI maximum density..
E Place fill material in 150 rom 6IN lifts and compact each lift to 95 percent of the Modified
ProctOI maximum dzy density
F.. Maintain moisture between 0 and 3 percent above optimum moisture content during compaction,
G, Compact fill and backfill using suitable mechanical tamping equipment to obtain specified
density
I Use mechanical hand tampers fOJ' filling and bacldilling next to walls.
2. Compact granulaI fill using vibratory methods
H. Correct and recompact compacted material not meeting specified compaction requirements
Continue corrective measures until Iequired compaction bas been attained
I, Do not backfill against foundations, CUlbs, and footings until concrete fonDS have been removed,
masomy wOlk has been pointed, and concl'ete finishing, have been completed,
3.4 GRADING NEXI 10 Bun.DING
A. 10 provide drainage evenly slope finished grade away from building walls at slopes not less than
one (1) vertical to fifty (50) horizontal.
3.5 ACCEPTANCE OF WORK
A. Obtain Architect's and Geotech's approval of each earthworlc operation before next opezation,
B. Notify Architect and Geotech in sufficient time for inspection,
3..6 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND WASTE MAIERIAL
A, Remove waste and excess materials including excess earth, unsuitable materials, tnish and debris
and legally dispose of it offOwner's propelty.
END OF SECTION
ll60114 City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater" Pie! 60. Beach Storage Building CD "May 11. 2007
02222 " 3
SECTION 02317
PRECAST PRESTRESSED CONCRETE DRIVEN PILING
I
,
;
I
:1
,
,-
II
~
f ,.
It
;
il
i
:
il
I'
il
11
il
'I
I
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 DESCRIPTION
A Section Includes:
1. Precast prestressed concrete dIiven piling..
B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Fonns, and Conditions of the Contract
2.. Division 1 - General Requirements.
3 Section 03006 - Concrete Testing.
4. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement.
S Section 03300 - Concrete, Materials and Proportioning.
6 Section 03310 - Concrete Mixing, Placing, Jointing, and Curing..
C Unit Prices:
1 Measurement:
a. By total number of acceptable installed piles using per pile prices in bid proposal form
2. Payment Contract bid price for piling to be based on number of piling and base bid length
indicated
a Bid price to include all costs for material, labor, equipment and accessories required for
complete pile installation as shown on the Drawings and indicated in this Specification
Section.
b Payment will be made for piles that are discontinued due to hitting obstructions and for
additional piles and foundation construction required at locations of discontinued piles.
Payment will be adjusted on a per pile basis. Adjustment contract bid price to be based
on unit prices
c No payment will be made fOI the following:
1) Damaged or rejected piles or for the installation of piles and additional foundation
construction resulting from the damaged or rejected piles
2) Piles installed beyond specified tolerance limits and piles and concrete foundation
construction required due to piles installed beyond tolerance limits
3) Piles driven for Contractors convenience
D. SubSUlface soils investigations have been made at project site
1 A report of Geotechnical Investigation has been made by Dunkelberger Engineering and
Testing, Inc, 8260 Vico Court, Unit B, Sarasota, Florida 34240
2 Soils information was obtained for use in preparing foundation design
3. Location of soils report is included in specifications.
4. Examine site and soils report and detennine character of materials to be encountered.
5 Contractor may make additional test borings and othei exploratory operations, provided
such operations are acceptable to Owner and Architect.
E.. Pile design service load (unless noted otherwise on dIawings):
L Axial: 50 Kips
2. Shear: 10 Kips
3.. Moment: 59 Ft-Kip
F . Definitions:
L Pile: Precast. prestressed, reinforced concrete piling dIiven into sub soil to provide capacity
to support design load(s) indicated.
060114
City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May II, 2007
02317 -I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,
I,
I
I
j
I
I
I
I
2. Geotech: Geoteclmical Engineer 01 Representative of Foundation Consultant employed by
ContIactOl to inspect foundation work.
1..2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A Pile design:
1 Pile design supplied by contIactor.
2 Pile design by a Professional StIUctuI1lI EngineeI registered in the State of Florida
experienced in the design of precast presbessed concrete piling,
B, Driving lolerances:
1 Pile centeIs: PlUs/minus 3 IN from indicated location
2. Plumb position: Not more than 1 in 120 or 3 IN (whichever is greater) out of plumb in entire
length.
C, Inspections:
1. All piles shall be continuously inspected by the Geot.ech.
2. The Geotech shall be present during all pile installations.
D Referenced Standards:
1. AmCIican Concrete Institute (ACI):
a 318, Building Code Requirements for StIuctwal Concrete
2. ASIM IntemationaI (ASIM):
a. A82, StandaId Specification Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement.
b. A416, Standard Specification fOI Steel StIand, Uncoated Seven-Wire for Prestressed
Concrete.
c. A615, Standard Specification for DefOImed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars fOl' Concrete
Reinforcement (Including Supp1ementaIy Requirements S 1)
d. C618, Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural pozzolan for use as a MineJ:al
Admixture in Concrete.
e,. C31, Standard Practice for Making and CUIing Concrete lest Specimens in the Field
f C33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates
g C39, Standard I est Method for Compressive Strength of CylindIical Concrete
Specimens.
h. C143. Standard Test Method fOI Slump ofHydrairlic Cement Concrete.
i. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement
j. C173, Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the
Volumetric Method
k. C231, Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the
Pressure Method.
C26O, StandaId Specification for Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete
m. C494. Standard Specification fOI Chemical Admixtures for Concrete
n C595. Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements. '
o. E329. Standard Specifications for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of
Materials Used in Construction
3 Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCl):
a. MNL 120, PCI Design Handbook Precast and Prestressed Concrete
b SID-I 12, Standard Prestressed Concrete Piles.
c MNl.-116. Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Precast Prestressed
Concrete Products
E Qualifications:
I, Provide precast prestressed concrete piles produced by an active member of the Prestressed
Concrete Institute
a Precast concrete manufacturing plant shall be certified by the PrecastlPrestressed
Concrete Institute (PCI), Plant Certification Programs, 01' the manufacturer shall
establish a quality control program based on PCI MNL-116 prior to start of production
')60 114 City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater. Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May II, 2007
02317 -2
A. Prior to driving piles, inspect existing building adjacent to site to determine and document extent
of existing visible cracking in walls, floors, and ceilings.
B.. Do not begin pile installation until the earthwork in the mea where piles are to be driven has
been completed as shown on the Plans and indicated in these Specifications.
C. Pile driving shall comply with safety provisions outlined in Contract Documents
I
I
I
I
I
r
.
;
II
f .
II
II
i
II
i
)1
1~1
"
;
j
i
II
,
,
I'
il
;
2 Provide piles manufactured by a plant which has regularly and continuously engaged in the
manufacture of piles of same type as those required for a minimum of 3 years.
3. Pile manufacturer's testing facilities to meet requiIements of ASIM E329.
1"3 SUBMI II ALS
A. Shop Drawings:
1. See Section 01340.
2.. Product technical data including:
a. I ype and size of piling.
b. Size, number, configwation, spacing and locations of all prestress strands, ties and
other reinforcement
c. Detailed descriptions of pile driving equipment and pile cut-ofI'procedure
B Record of three of Contractor's past installations of required type of pile under similar soil
conditions .
1.. Provide record for both pile supplier and pile installer .
C Submit design calculations with the shop drawings for the proposed piling. Completely show
design for all r'equired axial loads and moments Calculations to be sealed by a Professional
Structural Engineer registered in the State of Florida..
1 Interaction diagram of actual load and moment capacity.
D. Results of pile load tests
E Pile report.
1 Submit proposed fOlm of pile report before driving and actual completed pile report after
driving
F. Concrete mix design proposed for pile production See Specification Section 03300 for mix
design submittal requirements..
G.. Compression strength test results of concrete used for production of piling
H Fourteen days prior to installing test piles, submit the pile and pile driving equipment data to the
Geotechnical Engineer
1..4 SUE CONDIIIONS
<)60114
City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater. Pier 60, Beach Sto1'llge Building CD - May 11, 2007
02317 - 3
II
II
il
;
il
,
il
I
I
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2..1 PILE TYPE
A. Piles to be 14 IN square precast prestressed concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive
strength of 5000 psi.
1. Piles are to be designed for an "Extremely Aggressive" environment per F 100ida Department
of I ransportation Structure Design Guidelines.
2.2 REQUIRED ULTIMATE PILE CAP ACllIES
A. Axial compression with shear and moment:
1. Axial compression = 75 Kips
. 2 Shear = 17 Kips
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
3 Moment = 100 Ft-Kips
2.3 MATERIALS
A. Concrete Materials and PropeIties:
1.. Piles are to be designed for an "Extremely Aggressive" environment pel' Florida Department
of lransportation Sttucture Design Guidelines.
2. Minimum 28-day compressive s1IeDgth: 5000 psi.
3. Aggregates: ASl'M C33, Size No.67.
4. WateI: Potable, clean, free of oils, acids, and organic matte!.
5 Cement:
a Minimum cement content: Seven sacks per cubic yard (658 IBSlCY).
1) ASIM CI50, Iype II or ill.
2) ASIM C595: Type IP (MS), IS (MS), I (PM)(MS), and I (SM)(MS).
6. Maximum water cement ratio by weight: 0.45
7 Slump: Maximum of 4 IN, 111inimllm of 1 IN.
a. Meas1l1'e slump in accordance with ASIM C143.
g .Ail: entIainment:
a. ConfoIm to ASIM C260
b. Air content: Maximum '7 percent.
c. Measure air content in accordance with ASIM C173 01' C231.
9. Admixtures:
a. ASIM C494, cblOlide free
b. pozzolanic admixtures including fly ash: ASIM-C618, Class F.
B. Reinforcement:
L Prestressing strands: 270 K high tensile strength, low relaxation, stress relieved, uncoated
seven-wire sttand conforming to ASIM A416.
2. Spual ties: ConfOlm to ASIM A82.
3. DefOJmed reinforcing: ConfoIm to ASIM A615
C. Optional Pile I ip Protection Device:
1. Shape: "H" shaped specially manufactured for emlledment into and protection of precast
prestressed concrete pile tips.
a. Only used if requiIed by Contractor's piling design
2 Steel with a minimum yield strength of36,OOO psi.
3. Of sufficient thickness, stl'ength and embedment into the pile to be able to be dIiven through
soils encountered without deformation to the protection device and without being dislodged
fiom the pile tip.
2..4 PILE DESIGN
A Design, reinforce and prestress the piles in accordance with the requirements of:
1 2004 Florida Building Code.
2. ACI 318.
3. PCI Design Handbook Precast and Prestressed Concrete.
B. Ihe stricter requirements of the above three references to govern.
C Piling to be designed not only to resist the stresses due to the requiIed working capacities, but
also to resist those stresses induced by transporting, harvf1ing, and driving.
2..5 FABRICAIION
A Do not fabricate piles until shop drawings and the proposed concrete mix design have been
applOved by Architect and returned to Contractor.
B Chamfers and Comers: All comers of square piles to be chamfered to at least 3/4 IN or rounded
to a minimnm 1 IN radius.
1)60114 City of Clearwater
City ofCleaJwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11,2007
02317 -4
C. Pick Up Points: Unless special lifting devices are attached for pick up, pick up points to be
plainly marked on all piles.
D. Pile Splicing: Piles to be full length without splices Do not manufacture piles until pile length
has been detemrined from results of pile load tests or from other criteIia
E. Manufacture: Manufacture, quality and dimensional toleJances of piles to be in accordance with
requirements of PC I MNL-116 and this Specification Section.
F . Provide concrete cover on pile reinforcing as required by ACI 318.. Minimum concrete cover to
be 1-1/2 IN.
I
.
.
I
!
I
1
G. Do not deliveJ piles to project site until piles have reached their 28-day required compressive.
strength.
2..6 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A Employ seJvices of an independent testing laboratory to perform all required pile concrete
testing
B Concrete testing may be peJfonned by pile manufacturer if the testing facilities meet the
requirements of ASTM E329.
1 Record piles represented by each batch of test cylinders
C Owing production of piles, make and test one set of three 6 IN DIA x 12 IN high concrete
cylinders for each 50 CY of concrete placed
1 Test one cylinder at 7 days and two cylinders at 28 days Strength test result to be the
average strength of the two cylinders tested at 28 days.
2. Make and test cylinders in accordance with AS 1M C31 and C39_
3. With each set of three cylindeJs, make one test for air content in accordance with AS1M
C173 or C231.
4. Send one copy of all test results to Architect.
D.. Make all tests using same concrete as employed in production of piles. Cure all test cylinders in
same manner as used to cure production piles..
II
i
I
',I
II
i.
,
'I
II
il
1'1
il
II
il
'I
II
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3..1 INSPECTION
A Do not include in bid price the cost of inspection services indicated herein as being peJformed
by the Geotech.
I. Coordinate pile driving with Geotech.
2. Provide 48 how' notice of scheduled work, and access to piles.
3..2 LINES AND LEVELS
A Complete necessary excavation and furnish lines and levels as required to install piles- at their
indicated locations and to verifY final as driven locations of piles.
3..3 Pll.E CUT OFF ELEVAIIONS
A. Obtain pile cut off elevations from foundation plans and details
I. Drive pile to elevation indicated or cut-off piles after driving.
2. 10p of pile at cut-off shall be level and with full cross-section of sound concrete.
3 Clean and splay exposed reinforcement or install required anchor reinforcement as
indicated.
4.. Coordinate cut off procedure to be used with pile manufacture details.
3..4 Pll.E DRIVING
')60114 City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pia 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May II, 2007
02317 - 5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A. Accurately locate and drive piles by such methods and equipment so as not to impaiI the pile
strength 01 damage piles in any way. Jetting is not permitted.
I Adequately support and hold piles in correct vertical position during driving by means of
adequate dIiving equipment.
2. Provide pile driving with fixed leads, which will hold pile fumly in position and provide
axial alignment with hammer.
3 Provide suitable driving heads to prevent damage to pile butts
4. Drive piles with steam, aU, 01 diesel hammer with a minimum energy of 30000 ft. lbs
capable of driving piles to requiIed final tip elevation or elevations or to required final
dIiving resistances
B. Allow each pile installation to be witnessed by the Geotech who will detemrlne that the required
driving resistance or tip elevation has been obtained and, if necessary, may revise the initially
determined driving 1esistance or tip elevation depending on c:b:iving conditions encountered..
C When directed by Geotech, 1etap piles to at least the pile's original tip elevation or final dIiving
resistance at least 24 hours after pile driving.
1 Pile over dIiving will only be allowed when approved
2 Remove any soil that has heaved dmiog 01 after pile dIiving, as necessary, to Tnlll;nm;n lines
and levels in finished work.
3 At cut off elevation, all pile butts shall be level with full required cross sectional area. No
spalled edges 01 cracked top swfaces will be allowed
4 Report damaged butt top swfaces and repair as directed by .Architect.
D. Drive all piles to tip elevation 01' to final dIiving resistance as established by Geotech
3..5 CUSHION OR CAP BLOCKS
A Protect tops of piles during dIiving by means of cushion or cap blocks with loss of hammer
energy held to a minimum.
1. Do not pIOvide continuous or frequent introduction of materials to cushion hammeI blows
2 Provide cushion 01 cap blocks of solid block of hardwood or laminated softwood of proper
shape and dimensions to fit hammer. Strength of laminated materials to be equal to 01
gleatel than one solid block.
3 . Position grain of block parallel to axis of pile.
3,,6 OBSTRUCTIONS
A. Should any obstIuction including, but not limited to boulders, rocks, rubble, fill, existing
foundations or timbers be encountered which prevent c:b:iving of pile to its required tip elevation
andlor final c:b:iving resistance, threaten pile damage or cause pile to drift from required location
horizontally andlor vertically, cease driving and take corrective action as directed by Architect
3..7 DAMAGED Pll.ES
A Replace damaged piles as directed by Architect at no additional expense to Owner.
B. Each pile to be free from defects and damage due to constIuction, fabrication, delivery,
installation or other causes.
C Damaged piles include, but not necessarily limited to, piles bent, buckled, spalled, cracked, of
insufficient 28-day compressive strength, with fabrication tolerances beyond those indicated, or
with any other defect as determined by Architect that would weaken the pile.
D. Should any pile as detelmined by Architect be damaged, be tQo short to develop required final
driving resistance or to reach required. tip elevation 01 othelwise not confolm to this
Specification Section, withdraw pile and drive another pile in its place
1. If it is impossible to withdraw damaged OJ rejected pile, install another pile at location
indicated by Architect.
2 Revise foundation, as directed by Architect, as required by new location of pile.
']60114 City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11,2007
02317 - 6
3. Additional pile and foundation to be at Contractor's expense..
E. Correct to satisfaction of Architect at no additional cost to Owner any pile or other construction
that bas been damaged by pile installation.
3..8 PILE REPORI
I
I
.
I
I
I
,I
A Provide Architect with a copy of a pile report for all driven pile providing following
information:
Pile location
a. + or - 025 IN tolerance for pile location measurement.
b. Deviation of pile alignment
c. Top of pile elevation after cut-oiI'
2. Original pile driving record and date driven
a.. Type and size of hammer used.
b. Written record of any damage or unusual occurrences during pile driving.
3. Length of pile (tip to cut off)
4. Hammer blow count per foot for last 5 FT and per inch for last foot.
S. Pile material strength test results.
6 Description of piles that were rejected (pile number, location, reason for rejection).
a Pile top elevation
7. Submit prior to placing reinforcing steel for pile caps
3..9 REJECTION OF PILES
END OF SECTION
I
;1
!
I
'I
A Replace rejected piles by installing additional piles as directed by Architect
B. Piles may be rejected for:
L Location outside oftolerance
2 Being broken or collapsed
3. Inadequate strength of pile materials.
4. Failure to meet specifications.
; ,.
'I
iil
'I
il60114
City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May II, 2007
02317 -7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1\
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 03006
CONCRETE TESTING AND EVALUATION - CONTRACTOR
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 DESCRIPTION
A. Test concrete mateIials and operations and inspect as work progresses Failure to detect
defective work or material shall not prevent later rejection when such defect is discovered nor
sbaIl it obligate Architect/Engineer for final acceptance.
B Testing services paid for by Contractor.
l..2. QUALIIY ASSURANCE
A. Testing standards:
1 ASTM-C31: Making and Cwing Concrete Test Specimens inField
2 ASTM-C39: Compressive Strength ofCy1indrical Concrete Specimens.
3. ASlM-C42: Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete.
4. ASTM-C143: Test for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete
5 ASTM-Cl72: Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete..
6. ASTM-C173: lest for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method.
7. ASTM-C231: Test for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method.
8 ACl318: Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.. .
9 ASTM-E329: Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous
Materials as Used in Construction.
B. Testing agency qualifications: Acceptable to ArchitectlEngineer; meeting requirements of
AS IM-E329; provide evidence of recent inspection by Cement and Concrete Reference
laboratory of National Institute of Standards and Technology and correction of deficiencies
noted Approved testing agency shall be hereafter referred to as "testing agency".
1.3 SUBMI'IIALS
A. Project information:
1 Testing agency qualifications.
2 Production sample test reports: Include same data as for mix design reports.
3. Reports ofContractor-optionaI tests.
4. Test reports on in-place testing, if such testing is performed
PART 2. PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3..1 ROUTINE TESTING SERVICES
A Following testing services shall be performed by testing agency:
1. Review and check-test Contractor's proposed materials for compliance with specifications.
2. Review and check-test Contractor's proposed mix design
3 Secure production samples of materials at plants or stock-piles during course of work and
test for compliance with specifications.
4.. Conduct strength tests of concrete during construction in accordance with following
procedures:
060114
City of CIearwa1llr
City ofCleuwa1l:r - Pier 60, Beach S10rage Building CD .. May ] 1, 2007
03006 .. ]
a Secme composite samples in accordance with ASIM-Cl72 Obtain each sample from a
different batch of concrete on a random basis. Select test batch at random before
commencement of concrete placement.
b Mold and cme three specimens from each sample in accOIdance with AS 1 M-C3I
RepOlt deviations from requirements.
c T est specimens in accordance with ASTM-C39. I est two specimens at 28 days for
acceptance and one at 7 days fOI infonnation Acceptance test results shall be average
of strengths of two specimens tested at 28 days. If one specimen in a test manifests
evidence of improper sampling, molding or testing, discard; strength of remaining
cylinder shall be considered test result. Should both specimens in a test indicate above
defects, discard entire test.
d, Make at least one strength test fOI each 60 m3 75 CU YD, or fraction thereof: of each
mix design of concrete placed in one day. When total quantity of concrete with a given
mix design is less than 12 m3 15 CU YD, strength tests may be waived by
ArcbitectlEngineer
5, Determine slump of concrete for each strength test and whenever consistency of concrete
appears to vary, using ASIM-C143,
6 Determine ail' content of normal weight concrete fOI each strength test in accordance with
ASIM-C231,
7, Determine air content and unit weight of lightweight concrete for each strength test in
accordance withASTM-C173 and ASIM-C567.
8 Determine temperature of concrete for each strength test
3.2 ADDIIIONAL rESTING SERVICES
.
I
-
I
I
i
I
-
;
I
A, Following non-routine services shall be pelformed on occasions indicated:
I , Additional testing and inspection, whenever changes in materials or propoltions are
requested by ContractOI
2 Additional testing of materials OI concrete, whenever they firil by test or inspection, to meet
specification requirements.
3, Other testing services needed or required by ContractOl, such as:
a. Field cured test specimens fOI determining when concrete may be post-tensioned or
when forming shOIing or resholing may be removed.
3,3 DUIIES AND AUmORlIIES OF DESIGNATED JESIING AGENCY
,
I
,
il
il
il
I
A In addition to testing seIvices above; provide necessaIY testing services for qualification of
proposed materials and establishment of mix designs,
B, Use oftesting service shall in no way relieve Contractor of responsibility to furnish materials
and construction in full compliance with Contract Documents.
C, Submit proposed concrete materials and concrete mix designs, with results of testing performed
to qualify materials and to establish mix designs Place no concrete until Contractor has received
approval in writing See submittals paragraph,
il
i
JI
II
il
II
'I
11
il
A Inspect, sample and test mate~als and production of concrete, When it appears that material
furnished 01' wOlk performed by Contractor fails to fulfill specification requirements, report such
deficiency to ArchitectlEngineer and Contractor"
B. Report test and inspection results to ArchitectlEngineer and Contractor immediately after they
are performed.. Include exact location in work at which batch represented by a test was
deposited. Reports shall include detailed information on storage and CUling of specimens prior to
testing
G. Agency and its representatives are not authorized to alter requirements of Contract Documents,
nor to approve or accept any portion of work
3..4 RESPONSffiILIIIES AND DUIIES OF CONIRACrOR
1)60114 City 01 Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11, 2007
03006 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D To facilitate testing and inspection:
1. Fumish labol to assist testing agency in obtaining and handling samples at site or sources of
materials.
2. Advise testing agency sufficiently in advance of operations to allow fOI completion of
quality tests and for assignment of personnel.
3 Provide and maintain adequate facilities for safe storage and proper cming of concrete test
specimens on site for filst 24 HR as required by ASTM-C3 L
3.5 EV ALUAIION OF CYLINDER STRENGIH IESTS
A Evaluate test results fOI standard molded and cured test cylinders separately fOI' each concrete .
mix design. Such evaluation shall be valid only if tests have been conducted in accordance with
procedures. For evaluatiOJ!ofpotential strength and mrifonnity, each mix design shall be
represented by at least five tests
B. Strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory so long as averages of all sets of three
consecutive strength test results equal or exceed specified strength (fc) and no individual
strength test result falls below specified strength (fc) by more than 3450 kPa 500 PSI.
3.6 'IESIING IN-PLACE CONCRETE
A When strength tests indicate deficiencies, testing of concrete in place may be required in order to
evaluate actual strength. Pay for concrete tests and engineering time and analysis required to
evaluate actual in-place concrete strength made necessary by low strength cylinde.r tests.
B. Testing by impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device: Such tests shall be used
to detelmine relative strengths at various locations in structure as an aid for selecting areas to be
cored Such tests, unless propeIly cahbrated and correlated with otheI test data, will not be used
as a basis fOI acceptance or rejection
C. Core tests: Obtain and test largest practical diameter cores 50 rom 2 IN minimum in accordance
with AS TM-C42. If concrete in structuIe will be dry under service conditions, air dry cores
(temperature 16 to 26 degC 60 to 80 degF, relative hmnidity less than 60 percent) for '7 days
before test I est dry. If concrete in structure will be more than superficially wet undeI service
conditions, test cores after moisture conditioning.
1 . I ake at least three represeIJtatives cores from each member or area of concrete in place that
is considered potentially deficient location determined by ArchitectlEngineer so as least to
impair strength of structure.. If, before testing, one 01 more of cores indicates evidence of
having been damaged subsequent to or during removal from structure, replace it.
2 Concrete in area represented by a core test will be considered adequate if average strength
of cores is equal to at least 85 percent of and if no single core is less than 75 percent of
specified strength (rc)
3. Fill cOle holes with low slump concrete OJ" mortal.
3..7 ACCEPTANCE OF IN-PLACE CONCRETE
^" Completed concrete work which meets applicable requirements will be accepted without
qualification.
1 . Completed concrete work which fails to meet one or more lequirements but which has been
repaired' in a manner acceptable to ArchitectlEngineer to bring it into compliance will be
accepted without qualification..
2 Completed concrete wolk which fails to meet one or more requirements and which cannot
or has not been brought into compliance will be considered rejected until remedied as
provided in these Contract Documents
B Dimensional tolerances:
1. Formed surfaces resu1ting in concrete outlines smaller than permitted by tolerances are
potentially deficient in strength and subject to provisions of strength requirements..
I i60 114 City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beac:h Storage Building CD - May II, 2007
03006 - 3
2. Fonned surfaces resulting in concrete outlines larger than permitted by tolerances may be
rejected and excess material subject to removal. If removal of excess material is pennitted,
accomplish in such a maDDeI as to maintain strength of section and to meet other applicable
requirements of function and appe8Iance.
3. Concrete members cast in wrong location may be rejected if strength. appearance or
function of structure is adversely affected or if they interfere with other construction
4. Inaccurately fonned concrete sUlfaces exceeding limits of tolerances and which are exposed
to view, may be rejected Repair or remove and replace ifrequired.
5 Finished slabs exceeding tolerances may be repaired provided that strength or appearance is
not adversely affected High spots may be removed with a terrazzo grinder, low spots filled
with a patching compound, or other remedial measures pe:tformed as pe:tmitted
C. Appearance:
I. ArchitectUIal concrete with swface exceeding limitations will be rejected.
2 Other concrete exposed to view with defects which adversely affect appearance of specified
finish may be repaired only by approved methods.
.3. Concrete not exposed to view is not subject to rejection fOI defective appe8Iance
D, Strength of structure: Strength of structw'e in place will be considered potentially deficient if it
fails to comply with any requirements which control soength of structure, including but not
necessalily limited to following:
L Low concrete strength,
2 Reinforcing steel size, quantity, strength, position, or arlangement at variance with
requirements on reinforcement.
3.. Concrete which diffe:ts from required dimensions 01 location in such a manner' as to reduce
strength .
4, Cluing less than that specified
5. Inadequate protection of concrete from extremes Oftempel8ture dwing early stages of
hardening and strength development
6 Mechanical injury, construction :fires, accidents or premature removal offoIDlwork likely to
result in deficient strength
7. Workmanship likely to result in deficient strength.
3..8 REMEDIES FORREJEC1ED WORK
I
I
I
.
I
i
I
I
A Structural analysis and/or additional testing will be required when strength of structure is
considered potentially deficient.
B Core tests may be requited when strength of concrete in place is considered potentially deficient.
C, If core tests are inconclusive or impractical to obtain 01 if structural analysis does not confirm
safety of structure, at Owner's option, load tests may be required and theiI results evaluated in
accordance with ACI 318
D Remove and replace concrete WOIk determined to be deficient by stIuctUIal.analysis or by results
ofa load test as directed by AtchitectlEngineer, at Contractor's expense,.
E. At option and direction of Owner, in lieu of removal and replacement, reinforce deficient
concrete as directed by Architect/Engineer at Contractor's expense..
F. Pay costs incurred in providing additional testing and/or engineering required to remedy
potentially deficient concrete.
G. Repair 01 replace work rejected for appearance or tolerance deficiencies, as directed, at no
additional expense to Owner,
~
I
i
I
II
'I
i
!I
II
END OF SECTION
,I
I
II
i
II
i
'160114
City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11,2007
03006 - 4
II
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 03100
CONCRETE FORMWORK
PART 1. GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPIION
A. Definition(s):
1. Formwolk: Total system of support for fIesb1y placed concrete including mold 01' sheathing
which contacts concrete as well as supporting members, hardware, and necessary bracing.
2 Exposed construction: Exposed to view.
3. Exposed to view: Concrete SUlfaces seen by the public from eye level from any walking
surface in a public location aftCl completion of building
4 Public location: Building aIeas accessible to public and employees not responsible for
maintenance Storel'Ooms, unfinished space and large mechanical rooms are consideted
public locations. Equipment closets, elevator and mechanical penthouses are not public
space.
B Use forms, wherever necessary, to confine concrete and shape it to required dimensions Use
forms of sufficient strength to withstand pressure resulting from placClDent and vibration of
concrete, with sufficient rigidity to 1TIA;ntain specified tolerances
C See concrete :finish requirements in Section 03312.
D Earth fOlms are not permitted
1..2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Design, engineering, and conslIuction offormwOIk is responsibility ofConlIactol.
1. Design, engineer, and conslIuct fOIDlWOlk for applicable gravity and lateral loads and
pressures as well as other design considerations 01 applicable lequirements of legal local
building code.
2. Develop sholing and re-shoring pattern and sequence so as not to exceed safe slIuctural
capacity of supporting s1Iuctwal systems. Confer with Architect, if there is any question,
regarding the capacity of the slIuctural system
B Design, prepare fOlmwolk drawings and conslIuct formwolk in accmdance with ACl347, Guide
to Fonnwork for Concrete.
PART 2. PRODUCTS
2..1 MATERIALS
A. Form facing materials: As indicated under description of finishes required
B. Form accessories, partially or wholly embedded in concrete, such as ties and hangers: Shall be of
a commercially manufactured type Do not use non-fabricated wire Use form ties constructed so
ends or end fasteners can be removed without causing appreciable spalling of concrete faces.
After ends or end fasteners of form ties have been removed, embedded portion of ties shall
terminate not less than 2 diameters or twice minimum dimension of tie from formed faces of
concrete to be permanently exposed to view, but in no case less than 19 mID 3/4 IN. When
formed face of concrete is not to be pennanently exposed to view, form ties may be cut off flush
with formed surfaces Use ties with 19 mm 3/4 IN diaIneter cones on both ends fOJ water
retaining slIuctuIes.
2.2 FABRICAIION OF FORMS
'l601l-1 City of Clearwater
City of CIearwaler - Pier 60, Beach Stmage Building CD - May II, 2007
03100 -1
A. Construct fOlmwOlk so concrete swfaces will confoIm to tolezance limits listed: T olezances non-
cumulative, Most restIictive toleIance govems. Iolerance limits noted are maximum deviations
(plus or minus) on each side of intended line,
1 , Deviation from plumb:
a, In lines and surfaces of columns, piers, and walls:
1) In any length: 1 in 500 but not less than 3 mm 1/8 IN,
2) In any stOIY: 10 mm 3/8 IN,
3) MaximumfoI entire length: 19 rom 3/4 IN
b For exposed comez columns, control-joint grooves, and othez conspicuous veItical
lines:
1) In any length: 1 in 1000 but not less than 3 mm 1/8 IN
2) In any story: 5 rnm 3/16 IN
3) Maximum fOI enme length: 13 mm 1/2 IN.,
2 Deviation from level or from grades specified:
a. In slab soffits, ceilings, and beam soffits, measured before removal of supporting
shores:
1) In any length: 1 in 750 but not less than 3 mm 1/8 IN..
2) In any bay: 10 mm 3/8 IN.
3) Maximum for enme length: 13 mm 1/2 IN.
b. In exposed lintels, sills, , horizontal grooves, and otheI conspicuous horizontal lines:
1) In any length: 1 in 1000, but not less than 3 mm 118 IN.
2) In any bay: 6 mm 1/4 IN
3) Maximum fOI entire length: 13 mm 1/2 IN..
3 Deviations from tIue plane of concrete sUIface exposed to view caused by bulging of form
facing material between supports:
a.. 5 mm 3/16 IN or V300 of span between SUppOIts whichever is smaller.
4 Deviation from established position in plan of linear building lines, columns, walls:
a. In any length: 1 in 500, but not less than 3 mm 1/8 IN
,
,
I
i
-
I
i
,
I
I
;
I
j
II
i
'..1"'.
!
;
;
11
II
II
il
A, Make forms sufficiently tight to prevent loss of cement fines Place chamfer stIips in outside
comers offorms to produce 45 degree beveled comers on permanently exposed surfaces Inteziol'
comers on such swfaces and edges of formed joints will not require beveling..
B. To maintain specified finish tolerances, camber formwork to compensate for anticipated
formwOIk deflections pIior to hardening of concrete.
C lTovide positive means of adjustment (wedges or jacks) of shores and struts and take up
settlement during concrete placing operation. Securely bIace fOIms against lateral deflection.
D Provide tempOllUY openings 'at base of column and wall forms and at othez points where
necessazy to facilitate cleaning and observation immediately before concrete is placed.
E.. At constmctionjoints, contact swface offOIm sheathing for flush swfaces exposed to view shall
overlap hardened concrete in previous placement minimum 25 mm 1 IN. Hold forms against
hardened concrete to prevent offsets or loss of mortal at constIuction joint and to maintain a true
surface.
F, Construct wood fOIms for wall openings to facilitate loosening, ifnecessazy, to counteract
swelling.
G. Fasten wedges (used for final adjustment of forms pIior to concrete placement) in position afteI
final check
H, Anchor fOlmwork to shores or other supporting surfaces OJ members so upwaJd or lateral
movement of anypaxt offormwork system is prevented during concrete placement.
1. Provide JUnways for moving equipment with struts or legs, supported directly on formwork or
stIuctwal member without resting on reinfOI'Cing steel.
2..3 TOLERANCES
,
,I
II
;
,
1)6011" City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater" Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD" May 11.2007
03100 -2
il
il
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
b. In any bay: 13 mm 1/2 IN.
c. Maximum fOI entire length: 19 rom 3/4 IN
5. Deviation in sizes and locati-on of sleeves, floor openings, and wall openings: 6 nun. 1/4 IN
6 Deviation in cross-sectional dimensions of columns and beams and in thickness of slabs and
walls: .
a. Minus: 6 rom 1/4 IN.
b Plus: 13 mm 1/2 IN.
7 Footings:
.a. Deviations in dimensions in plan:
1) Minus: 13 mm 1/2 IN
2) Plus: 50 mm 2 IN
b. Misplacement or eccentricity:
1) 2 percent of footing width in direction of misplacement but not more than 50 nun. 2
IN
c Thickness:
1) Decrease in specified thickness: 5 percent.
2) Increase in specified thickness: No limit (except that which may inteIfme with
other construction).
B. Iolerances apply to concrete dimensions only, not to positioning of vettical reinforcing steel,
dowels, 01 embedded items, except where specifically noted othetwise
C. Establish and maintain in undisturbed condition and until final completion of project, sufficient
control points and bench maIks to be used for reference putposes to check tolerances.
D. Regardless of tolmances listed allow no portion of building to extend beyond property line of
ploject
PART 3. EXECUTION
3..1 PREPARAIION OF FORM SURFACES
A. Clean form sUlfaces and embedded matetials of mortar, grout and foreign mateIial before
concrete is placed.
B. Unless otherwise specified or approved, treat SUIfaces of forms as follows:
1. Before placing of reinforcing steel or concrete, cover surfaces of fOlIns with coating
material that will effectively prevent abSOIption of moisture and plevent bond with concrete,
and not stain concrete. A field applied folIO release agent 01 sealeI or factory applied non-
absOIptive J.ineI may be used
2. Do not allow excess fonn coating material to stand in puddles in forms nor in contact with
haIdened concrete against which fresh concrete is to be placed
3.2 REMOVAL OF FORMS
A. When repaiI of surface defects 01 finishing is required at eady age, remove forms as soon as
concrete has hardened sufficiently to lesist damage from Ietnoval operations
B. Remove top forms on sloping surfaces of concrete as soon as concrete has attained sufficient
stiffness to prevent sagging. PeIfoun needed repairs 01 treatment required on such sloping
SUlfaces at once, followed by specified curing.
G Loosen wood forms for wall openings as soon as this can be accomplished without damage to
concrete
D FounWOIk fOI columns, walls, sides of beams, and other parts not SUPPOlting weight of concrete
may be removed as soon as concrete has hardened sufficiently to resist damage from removaL
1.160114
City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11,2007
03100 - 3
E Where no re~shoring is planned, leave forms and shoring used to support weight of concrete in
beams, slabs and other concrete members in place until concrete has attained its specified
strength. Where re-shoring is planned, supporting fOIIIIwork may be removed when concrete has
reached 70 percent of specified strength, provided re-shoring is installed immediately.
F When shores and other vertical supports are arranged so non-load-carrying form-facing material
may be removed without loosening or disturbing shores and supports, facing material may be
removed at earlier age as permitted
3.3 RE-SHORING
l
.
I
I
I
!
A When re-shoring is permitted or required, plan operations in advance. While re-shoring is
underway, allow no live load on new construction.
B During re-shoring do not subject concrete in beam, slab, column or other structural member to
combined dead and construction loads in excess ofloads permitted by Architect for developed
concrete strength at time of re-shoring. Place re-shores as soon as practicable after stripping
operations are complete but in no case later than end of working day on which stripping occurs.
Tighten re-shores to carry required loads without overstressing construction. Leave re-shores in
place until:
1. Tests representative of concrete being supported have reached specified strength.
2 In-place concrete is at least 7 days old.
3. loads imposed by construction operations do not exceed design loads..
C. For floors supporting shores under newly placed concrete leave original supporting shores in
place or re-shole Re-sboring system shall have capacity sufficient to resist ilnticipated loads and
equal to at least one half of capacity of &hOling system above. Locate re-shores directly under
shore position above unless otherwise peImitted.
D. In multi-story buildings extend Ie-shoring over sufficient numbeJ: of stories to distribute weight
of newly placed concrete, fOlms, and constIuction live loads in such a manner that capacity of
floors as determined by design load and developed concrete strength at time of stripping and re-
shoring is not exceeded.
3,,4 REMOVAL STRENGTH
I
t
I
il
il
il
il
A When removal of fOImwOIk OI ~shoring is based on concrete reaching specified strength,
concrete shall be presumed to have reached this strength when either of following conditions has
been met. .
I When test cylinders, field cmed along with concrete they represent, have reached specified
strength ,
2. When concrete has been cured as specified for same length of time as age at test date of
labOIatory-cured cylinders which reached specified strength Detelmine length of time
concrete has been cured in stIucture by cwnulative number of days or fractions thereof; not
necessarily consecutive, during which temperature of air in contact with concrete is above
10 degC 50 degF and concrete has been damp or sealed from evaporation and loss of
moisture
I
I
I
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
')60114
City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May I I, 2007
03100 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 03200
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
PART 1. GENERAL
1.1 DESCRlPIION
A. Reinforcing bars, welded wire fabric and supplementaIy 01' miscellaneous items, and devices
incidental to genetal use of reinforcing steel for concrete.
B. I esting ofreinforcing steel welding shall be performed by OwneJ's testing agency at Owner's
expense.
1..2 QUAUIY ASSURANCE
A Standards:
1 ASIM A663: Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Merchant Quality.
2 ASIM-A615: Def01med and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement
3. ASIM-A675: Steel Bars, Carbon, Hot-Wrought. Special Quality, Mechanical Pmperties.
4. ASIM-A 706: Low-Alloy Steel Defmmecl and Plain Bars fOI Concrete Reinforcement
5 ASIM-A775: Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing Steel Bars.
6. ACI 315: Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Stnlctures
7. American Welding Society ANSI/AWS-Dl.4 Welding Code-Reinforcing Steel.
B. Initial test for reinforcing bar welding sbal1 be paid by Owner. Retests due to failed initial tests
shall be paid by Contractor.
1.3 SUBMITfALS
A. Shop drawings:
I Shop drawings indicating size, munbeI, dimensions and locations of reinforcing steel and
accessories, insufficient detail to permit installation of reinforcing without reference to
Contract drawings
a. Details of concrete reinforcement and accessories not indicated on Contract Documents
sha1l be in accord with ACI 315
B Project infonnation:
1. CeItification that reinforcing to be welded confonns to ASIM-A706
PART 2. PRODUCTS
2..1 MAIERlALS
A. Acceptable IJ.llUIUfacturers:
1. Epoxy adhesive fOI anchoIing reinforcing:
a. Base:
1) Hi1ti, HIT System.
2. Other manufacturers dCl!uing approval comply with Section 00440.
B Reinforcing - General: Conform to ASIM-A615, Grade-60
C. Reinforcing - Welded: Reinforcing to be welded shall conform to ASTM-A706.
060114
City of Clcarwater
City of Clearwater - PieI 60, Beach Sblrage Building CD - May 11,2007
03200 . 1
A Bars used for concrete reinforcement shall meet following requirements for fabricating
tolerances:
1.. Sheared length: Plusltninus 25 mID 1 IN.
2 Depth of truss bars: Plus 0, minus 13 mID 1/2 IN.
3. Overall dimensions of stirrups, ties, and spirals: Plus/minus 13 mm 112 IN.
4. Other bends: Plus/minus 25 mm 1 IN
B. For bars with "End BelUing Splice Couplers", bar ends shall terminate in flat swfaces, within 1-
1/2 degrees of a right angle to axis of bars and shall be fitted within 3 degrees of full bearing
after assembly.
I
I
~
I
I
[
;
.
I
il
II
[I
II
'I
II
,I
il
il
,I
il
'I
D. Smooth dowel bars for construction joints: Conform to ASTM-A663 or ASTM-A675, Grade-60
Where indicated, provide a metal dowel cap at one end of dowel to permit longitudinal
movement of dowel within concrete section. Provide for movement which equals joint width
plus 13 mm 1/2 IN. Unless otherwise indicated, use 16 mID 5/8 IN diameter dowels spaced 455
mm 18 IN on center.
E Epoxy coating for reinforcing: Conform to AS IM-A 775. Coat reinforcing specifically noted on
drawings as well as applicable splice couplers. Touch up damaged coating areas in field
F Epoxy anchored reinforcing: Install reinforcing anchored in concrete with epoxy adhesive, in
accOIdance with epoxy manufacturer's instructions.
2.2 FABRICATION
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3,,1 PLACING REINFORCEMENT
A. Provide minimum concrete coveting for reinforcement as follows:
L Concrete deposited against earth: 75 mm 3 IN..
2 Formed surfaces exposed to weather or in contact with elUth: 50 mm 2 IN fOI reinforcing
bars No 19 No.6 or larger; 38 mID 1-1/2 IN foneinforcing bars less than No.l9 No.6
3. Interior surfaces: 38 mID 1-112 IN for beams, girders, and columns; 19 mm 3/4 IN for slabs,
walls andjoists with No .36 No.ll bars or smaller, and 38 mm 1-1/2 IN with No.43 No.14
and No.57 No 18 bars
B Place bars to following tolerances:
1 ClelU. distance to formed swfaces: Plus/minus 6 mm 114 IN
2 Minimum spacing between bars: Minus 6 mm 114 IN.
3. Top bars in slabs and beams:
a.. Members 205 mID 8 IN deep or less: Plus/minus 6 mm 114 IN.
b. Members between 205 and 610 mm 8 and 24 IN deep: Plus/minus 13 rom 1/2 IN..
c Members more than 610 mm 2 F'T deep: Plus/minus 25 mID I IN
4. Crosswise of members: Spaced evenly within 50 nun 2 IN
5 l.engthwise of members: Plus/minus 50 mm 2 IN.
C BlUS may be moved as necessary to avoid interference with other reinforcing steel, conduits, or
embedded items If moved more than one bar diameter, or enough to exceed above tolerances,
resulting arrangement of bars subject to approval
D. Assure that reinforcement, at time concrete is placed, is free of materials that may adversely
affect or reduce bond. Reinforcement with rust, mill scale or a combination of both will be
accepted as being satisfactory without cleaning 01 brushing provided dimensions and weights,
including heights of defounations, or a cleaned sample is not less than required by applicable
AS1M
1)60114 City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May II, 2007
03200 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
J
I
I
,\
I
I
I
E. Support reinforcement and fasten together to prevent displacement by constrnction loads or
placing of concrete beyond tolmances indicated. On ground, provide supporting concrete blocks
or other approved method. Over fonnwork, use concrete, metal, plastic or other approved bar
chairs and spacers. Where concrete SUIface will be exposed to weathel in finished strncture,
furnish accessories within 13 mm 1/2 IN of concrete surface of non-coIrosive material or pl'Otect
against corrosion.
F. As indicated on drawings, offset veJtica1 bars in columns at least one bm diameteJ at lapped
splices. To ensure proper placement, fmnish templates for colnnm veJtical bars and dowels
G. Splices not specifically indicated shall be subject to approval
H Unless permitted by Architect/Engineer, do not bend reinfOlcement after embedding in haIdened
concrete .
I. Unless pelDritted by Architect/EngineeJ, do DOt tack weld reinforcing.
END OF SECTION
1)60114 City ofC1earwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach SlOTa. Building CD - May II, 2007
03200 - 3
SECTION 03300
CONCRETE MATERIALS AND PROPORTIONING
I
i
I
.
I
!
PART 1. GENERAL
A. Product Data:
1 Concrete Mix Designs:
a. Submit the following data for each concrete mix proposed for use:
1) Proportions of materials.
2) Slump.
3) Air en1Iainment
4) 7-day and 28-day compression test results of trial mixes or standard deviation
analysis of an established mix.
b Submit source and certification or proof of quality (and cornpahbility of admixtures) for
each of the constituents of the proposed concrete mixes. Compatibility of admixture
must be certified.
I) Cement
2) Aggregate
3) Water.
4) Admixtures:
a) Ail Enttaining Admixture
b) High-Range Water Reducer
c) Fly Ash.
d) Other.
I
i
I
'I
~
rl
ii,
il
il
I
I
1..1 DEFlNIlIONS
A Normal Weight Concrete: Concrete for which density is not a controlled attribute.
R ASIM: ASTM International, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103.
C ACI: American Concrete Institute, 9094 Farmington Hills; Detroit, Michigan 48333-9094.
1..2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. ASTM designated specifications for material quality and test methods appear throughout this
specification.
1. The serial designation prefixed with AS TM shall identify the specification which shall be a
part of this specification
B. Standards for concrete work: Comply with applicable provisions of following ACI publications
(latest edition) except as otherwise indicated.
L ACI 301 "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings"
C. Concrete Mix Design:
1. Employ and pay for testing agency acceptable to Architect and Owner to perform materials
evaluation, testing and design of concrete mixes,
2 Certificates, signed by material producer and Contractor, may be submitted in lieu of
material testing when approved by Architect
D.. Concr'ete Testing:
1. Specified in Section 03005 (Owner Pays)
2. Contractor to assist witli related communication and temporary storage of test cylinders at
jobsite
1..3 SUBMUIALS
06flll.l City of Clearwater
City of CleaTWllter - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11,2007
03300 - I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
c. Review and approval of mix designs by Architect does not relieve the Contractor of
responsibility to provide concrete of the quality and strengths required by the Contract
Documents..
1) Ihe Architect's approval is contingent upon satisfactory perfOImance and strengths
being achieved in the field
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2..1 MATERIALS
A Genetal:
1 Materials ultimately 1lSed in production must be of same quality, properties and proportion
as indicated in approved concrete mix design (as approved by Architect).
B. Under-slab VapOI Retarder: Specified in Section 03310.
G. Cement:
1. Portland cement conforming to ASTM-ClS0 or blended cements conforming to ASIM- .
C595.
2. Color: Natural gray.
D. Aggregates:
1 Oenetal:
a. Regard fine and coarse aggregates as sepmate ingredients.
b. Each size of coarse aggregate. as well as combination of sizes when two or more are
used, shall conform to grading requirements of applicable ASIM specifications.
2 Nonnal Weight Concrete:
a ASIM-C33, also aggregate shall be obtained from a source appJOved by the State
Highway Department for use in concrete for state blidges.
E. Potable Water:
1. Clean, free of oils, acids, organic matter.
2 Demonstrate potabality by test that mixing water (including contribution by aggregates
cementitious materials, and admixtures) does not contain a deleterious amount of chloride in
accordance with ACI 318
F AdmixtuIes:
1 General:
a. Use only when specifically required or permitted by Con1Jact Documents, otherwise
must be approved by Architect.
b. Ilia! mixes and tests shall be prepared with job materials, including admixture, to
demoDStlate that there will be no subsequent reduction in strength or dwability of
hardened concrete
c. Conform to appropriate following specifications:
2 Calcium chloride and admixtures containing calcium chloride are not permitted..
3. Aii-entraining Admixtures: ASIM-C260
4 Mid-Range Watcr Reducer: ASIM-C494, Iype A
5 High-Range Water Reducer (Super Plasticizer):
a. ASIM-C494, Type F 01 G. Subject to complying with these specifications, the
following manufacturers of Super Plasticizer are approved:
1) ''Daracem - 100" by Grace Construction Products.
2) "Rheobuild" by Master Builders.
3) "Eucon 37" or "Eucon 537" by Euclid Chemical
4) "PSP-N", "PSP-N2", "PSP-R" and "PSP-L" by Procrete Industries
b.. Other manufacturers desiIing approval comply with Section 00440.
6 Water-reducing, Retarding, and Accelerating Admixtures: ASIM-C494.
06111 H City ofCJearwater
City of Clearwater. Pier 60, Beach Srorage Building CD - May J J, 2007
03300 - 2
I;
A. General:
1. Contractor and concrete supplier are responsible to provide concrete, in-place, which
satisfies all the requirements listed in the following table
2. Contractor and concrete supplier are also responsible to adjust the concrete mixes, as
needed, to:
a. Correct for non-conformance..
b Correct for a vlUiation in the quality of a constituent.
c. Compensate for extreme conditions in the field.
B Establish conClete material proportions by any of the proportioning methods described in ACI-
301 guidelines.
I,
I
~
~
I
'7. Pozzolanic Admixtures (including Fly Ash):
a. ASTM-C618, Class C or Class F.
b Samples shall be obtained, prepared, and tested in accordance with ASIM-C31 L
8. Syrithetic Fiber Admixtures - Use in structural slabs
a.. Monofilament polypropylene polyethylene blend, 1 1/2 to 2" in length. I ensile strength
of fiber shall be a minimum of 90 ksi. Modulus of elasticity shall be a minimum of
1300 ksi.
b Base
1) WR.Grace Co,; StIllX 90/40.
2) Dosage rate 5 Ibs/cu yd.
2..2 PROPORIIONING CONCRETE MIXES
C. Instructions for use of I able:
1 . General:
a.. Provide concrete mixes with properties indicated in locations identified iD "use"
column
2. 28-day Strength:
a Installed concrete must meet or exceed the minimum 28-day compressive strength
indicated.
b laboratory mix design strengths must exceed this strength by the appropria.te amount
per ACI-30I.
c.Determine strength in accordance with ASTM-CI92 and ASIM-C39
3 Diy Unit Weight:
a. If no value is listed, assume normal weight
b Dry unit weight of light weight mixes shall be maximum air dry unit weight permitted
c. eouelate fresh weight with air dry of same mix to use as basis of acceptance on job
site. Test in accordance with ASTM-C567.
d. Dry unit weight for concrete fOI Radiation Shielding shall be minimum air dry unit
weight permitted Use heavy aggregate ifnecesslUY.
4 Maximum Aggregate Size:
a. Maximum size of course aggregate determined in accordance with:
1) ASTM-C33 fornOImal weight concrete.
0(0011. CityofClearwatel
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11,2007
03300 - 3
;
;
.
i
~
I
!
I
~
I
I
;
.
-
;
I
;
-
I
I
Footings and 4.0 3 4 580
PileCa
Structural
floors, girders, 4.0 3/4 4 4 580
slabs columns
All other uses 4.0 3/4 7 4 560
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
b, Some mixes are designated "3/4 IN or I IN", permitting the contractor I supplier option.
5 Air Content
a. Required percentage of entrained and entrapped ail as measured by ASTM-C23I ,
ASTM-CI73, or ASTM-C138, as appropriate.
b. Tolerance of ail content as delivered is i: 1-112% for normal weight and i: 2% for
lightweight concrete
6 WateI Reducer:
a Mid Range Wate! ReduCCI or High Range Water Reducer sbal1 be provided in mixes
indicated, .
b ConlIactor, as option, may elect to use Water Reducers in other mixes to improve
wOlkability or permit pumping.
7. Maximum W/C Ratio:
a, Maximum. ratio of pounds of water allowed to potmds of cementitious material used in
the concrete mix.
8. ~Slump:
a. Mixes without Water Reducers:
I) Slump tolerance: Up to I IN above maximum indicated is allowed, provided the
aVeIage of 5 consecutive batches does not exceed the indicated amount by more
than a 1/2 IN.
b Mixes with Water ReduceIs:
1) Slump indicated is "aftel" dosing.
2) Slump tolemnce "afteI" dosing: +1-1/2 IN and -I IN is permitted for each batch.
3) Slump. tolerance "prior" to dosing: + 1/2 IN and -1 IN from design mix slump..
c. Determine slump in accoldance with ASTM-CI43.
9, Cement:
a. I ype: Provide cement type indicated.
b Minimum cement content in poUDds per cubic yard (PeY) to be provided in the mix
c Increase cetnent content if neceswy to satisfy the strength and slump requirements
listed for the mix.
d As option, the conlIactorlsuppliet may use Fly Ash fO! partial replacement of cement. .
I) For each unit of cement that is removed, replace with 2 (two) units of Class F Fly
Ash 01 1 ( one) unit of Class C Fly Ash
2) Maxinmm amount of cement replaced shall not exceed 20% of the mini11Tllm
content listed for the mix.
e The use of multiple types of supplemenwy cementitious matetials (as a substitute for
cementitious material specified) is not allowed within the same mix
D Admixtures:
I. Use admixtures in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
2 Use only approved admixtures.
3 High Range Water RedUCeI' (Super Plasticizer) shall be dispersed at the job site by one
individual designated by the Contractor and trained by a representative of the supplier..
a. Establish a dosing area on-site with holding tanks and metering devices.
b A field representative with expeIience in the use of Supet Plasticizer shall be present at
start-up and shall retnain until satisfactOIy concrete is achieved
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARAIION
A Material Safety Data Sheet and storage labeling shall be available at the job site and conform to
current governing regulations.
3..2 STORAGE OF MAIERIALS
Of~J 114 City of Clearwater
City ofQeaJWllter.. Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD.. May 11,2001
03300 .. 4
A. Store cement in weathertight buildings, bins, 01 silos which will exclude moisture and
contaminants .
B. Arrange aggregate stockpiles and use in a manner to avoid excessive segregation and to prevent
contamination with other materials or with other sizes of like aggregates.
I. To insure that this condition is met, pelform test for determining conformance to
requiIements fOl cleanliness and grading on samples secured from aggregates at point of
batching.
2. Do not use frozen or partially frozen aggregates.
C Allow sand to drain until it has reached a relatively uniform moisture content before use.
D. Store admixtures in manner to avoid contamination, evaporation, 01 damage.
I. For those used in form of suspensions or non-stable solutions, provide agitating equipment
to assure unifOlm distnbution of ingredients.
2. Protect liquid admixtures from freezing and temperature changes which would adversely
affect their charactelistics.
,
I
,
.
I
,
I
j
3..3 MIXING AND DELIVERY
I
I
A. Batch, mix and tIanspOIt concrete in accordance with ASIM-C94.
B. Batch and mix admixtures in accoldance with manufacturer's instructions..
C Concrete shall have a slump of2 to 4 IN when it atlives at job site.
1. WateI additions at job site shall be limited to comply with W:C Ratio requirements
D Following addition of High Range Water Reducel, mix for a minimlJm of 70 revolutions or 5
minutes to assure a consistent mixture
I
;1
END OF SECTION
'I
I
E Reduction of required average strength:
I During construction, and after sufficient data becomes aval1able, laboratory strength of
mixes may be reduced in accordance with Section 3.1 I of ACI-301, subject to approval by
the Architect.
I
I
I
,I
I
I
060114
City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 1], 2007
03300 - 5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 03310
CONCRETE MIXING, PLACING, JOINTING AND CURING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 DEFlNIlIONS
A. Pom plan: Contractor's construction joint pattern and placement sequencing superimposed on a
structural plan.
B. Screed: Viblating straight edge tool used to strike off fresh concrete to desired elevation, slope,
etc.
C Screed rail: Accurately set support ( often pipe) for screeds to follow as concrete is struck ofl: .
1,,2 QUALIIY ASSURANCE
A Materials standards:
1. ASIM-CI71: Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete
2 ASIM-C309: liquid Memb..a~Fonning Compounds for Curing Concrete..
3. ASIM-C1315: Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane Forming Cluing Compounds
Having Special Properties for Curing and Sealing Concrete
B. Production standards:
1. ASIM-C94: Ready-mixed Concrete..
2 ACI 305R: Hot Weather Concreting.
1..3 SUBMITIALS
A Shop drawings:
I. Pom plans: Indicate pl'Oposed locations of construction joints and pOUl sequencing..
2. Screeding and finishing plan.
B Project infonnation:
1. CUling compound technical data.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2..1 MATERIALS
A Concrete materials and proportioning: See Section 03300.
B. Chemical Curing Compound - Residual Free:
1. Blend of sodium. potassium, and meta silicates that effectively cme the concrete, leaving
surfaces residual and membrane free, ready to receive subsequent toppings, coatings, or
penetrating treatments.
Base Product: "Cure" b L&M.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3,,1 MIXING AND PRODUCTION OF CONCRETE
A. Batch, mix and transport ready-mixed concrete in accord with ASTM-C94.
li60114
City ofClearwaler
City of Clearwa1l::r - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11,2007
03310 - 1
1)60114
1 Plant equipment and facilities shall conform to "Check List for Certification of Ready Mixed
Concrete Production Facilities" of National Ready Mixed Concrete Association, 900 Spring
Street, Silver Spring, MD 20910
B.. Site batched and mixed concrete will be petmitted only after ability to control quality has been
demonstrated to satisfaction of Architect
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.1
I
I
il
il
:1
I
'I
City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11,2007
03310 - 2
I
-I
f
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.2 MIXING - CONIROL OF ADMIXTURES
A ChaIge air-entrainiIig admixtures and otheI chemical admixtures into mixer as solutions.
1 Measure by means of an approved mechanical dispensing device
2. liquid added shall be considered a part of mixing water.
3. Admixtures that cannot be added in solution may be weighed 01 measured by volume if so
recommended by manufacturer
B. If two 01 more admixtures are used. add them sepatately to avoid possible interaction that might
interfere with efficiency of either admixture, or adversely affect concrete.
C. Complete addition of retarding admixtures within I minute after addition of water to cement has
been completed. or pliol to beginning ofIast tbree-quarteJs of required mixing, whichevCJ
occurs first.
3.3 MIXING - IEMPERlNG AND CONtROL OF MIXING W AIER
A. Mix concrete only in quantities fOI immediate use. Discard CODClcte which has set
B. When concrete anives at project with slump below that suitable for placing, water may be added
only if neitheI maxinnon permissible water-cement ratio nOI maximum slump is exceeded
I IncOlporate wateI by additional mixing equal to at least half of total mixing required.
3.4 PREPARAIION BEFORE PLACING
A. Equipment:
1. Remove hardened concrete and foreign material from inner SUJfaces of conveying
equipment.
2 Provide spare vibrator onjob site dming concrete placing operations
3. In cold weather, have protective blanlrets ready and heaters operational and in-place before
placing conCIete.
B. ForIns:
1 Complete formwork: Remove frost, snow, ice, watel and foreign material; secure
reinforcement in place, position expansion joint mateIial, anchors, and other embedded
iteIns and have entire preparation inspected prior to concrete placement
2 In hot weatbet when temperature of reinforcing 01 forms is greater than 49 degC 120 degF
spray forIns and reinforcement with water jlist prior to placing concrete
C. SCIeeds and screed rails:
1 General:
a Develop a sCIeed system to accmately strike otl fresh concrete to the SUI faces defined
on the 'drawings..
b. Anticipate the deflection of the formwork and its suppoIt system and provide and place
extra concrete as necessary to produce finished SUJfaces within specified tolerances at
designated elevations and contours at no additional cost to the Owner..
c. When fOlm work is cambered whether shored or un-shored and screeding is performed
perpendicular (i.e., up and over) to the crown of the camber set screed rails to follow
the camber and provide a slab of unifoIm thickness
I) When screeding parallel ~th the camber set one screed at midspan along the
ClOwn of the camber and one along the girdet or support.
2) Two passes of the screed is neceSS8IY to covel one full bay.
d. 0theI screeding methods may be used provided the deflection of un-shored fOImwork is
taken into consideration
e Accurately strike off concrete to produce a level surface after steel SUPPOIting system
has deflected due the dead weight of the fresh concrete .
f If not required in the documents and subjected to the approved of the Architect, the
Contractor as option may cambet the formwork.
g All concrete shall be struck offwith a vibtating screed.
060 114 City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD . May 11,2007
03310 - 3
h Use ofa "wet screed" system will not be pemritted unless:
1) The concrete is s1Iuck with a pneumatically vibrated "floater screed".
2) A highway straight edge is used to true the swface perpendicular to the direction of
the screeding
3) A satisfactory finish is produced on a trial slab..
i. Submit a screeding and finishing plan for approval.
1) A representative trial slab pour shall be provided to demonstrate that the specified
tolerances and a satisfactory surface can be provided by the proposed method of
screeding and finishing.
0.. Subgrade for slabs on grade:
1. Subgrade shall be well drained and of adequate and uniform load bearing nature.
a Keep in-place density of subgrade soils at least to minimum indicated.
2 Keep subgrade free of frost before concrete placing begins.
a. If temperature inside a building where concrete is to be placed is below freezing, raise
temperature and maintain above .10 degC 50 degF long enough to remove frost from
subgrade and reinforcing
3 Keep subgrade moist at time of concreting.
a.. If necessary, dampen with water in advance of concreting.
b. Allow no free water standing on subgrade nor muddy or soft spots when concrete is
placed
3.5 PROIECIION
I
;
I
;
.
.
I
i
II
A. Unless adequate protection is provided and approval is obtained, do not place concrete when
temperature is below freezing or during rain
B. Do not allow rainwater' to increase mixing water nor to damage surface finish.
C Concrete damaged by rain 01 weather and judged defective by Architect shall be removed and
replaced by Contractor at no additional cost to Owner or corrected by procedures listed in
Section "Testing and Acceptance"
3..6 CONVEYING
:
II
!
II
II
I
,
il
i ._-
II
il
i
;
1.1
,
11
;
II
'1
A. Handle concrete from mixer to place of final deposit as rapidly as practicable by methods which
prevent segregation or loss of ingredients and asswe that quality is maintained
B. Use equipment conforming to ASIM-C94.
C Use horizontal belt conveyors or mount at a slope which will not cause excessive segregation or
loss of ingredients
1. Protect concrete against undue drying or rise in temperature.
2. Handle to prevent segregation
3 . Do not allow mortar to adhere to belt.
4 Discharge long runs into a hopper' or through a baffle.
D.. Use metal or metal-lined chutes with slope between 1 vertical and 2-3 horizontal
1 Chutes more than 6100nun 20 FT long and chutes not meeting slope requirements may be
used provided they discharge into a hopper before distribution.
E Pumping or pnewnatic conveying equipment shall be of suitable kind with adequate pumping
capacity
1. Control pnewnatic placement so that segregation is not apparent in discharged concrete.
2 Loss of slump in pumping or pneumatic conveying equipment shall not exceed 50mm 2 IN
3. Do not convey concrete through pipe made of aluminum or aluminum alloy
3,:7 DEPOSIIING IN FORMS
A Work includes:
I
I
I
OliO 114 City of'Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May II, 2007
03310 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no concrete is deposited on
concrete which has hardened sufficiently to cause formation of seams or planes of weakness
within section.
2. Place at such a rate that concrete which is being integlated with fresh concrete is still plastic..
3. Do not deposit concrete which has partially hardened or has been contaminated by foreign
mateIials.
4. Remove temporary spreadeIs in forms when concrete placing has reached an elevation
rendering their setvice unnecessary
5 They may remain embedded in concrete only if made of metal or concrete and if prior
approval has been obtained
B Do not sta1t placing concrete in suppolted elements until concrete previously placed in columns
and walls is no longer plastic and has been in place at least two hoUls
C. Deposit concrete as nearly as practicable in its final position to avoid segregation due to re-
handling 01 flowing,
1 Do not subject concrete to procedure which will cause segregation.
2. Concrete shall not drop more than 1830mm 6 FJ . FOI' gl-eateI heights, provide chutes, spouts,
tIeIDies, 01 otheI approved device.
D Concrete buckets shall be equipped with mbber discharge tubes.
I Tube size shall be effective in directing flow of concrete directly dOWDwaId between
reinforcing .
2. Unless it can be demonstIated, no segregation will occur with glcater distances, maximum
free fall distance of concrete below flexible tube is limited to 1220mm 4 FT.
E Consolidation:
1. Consolidate concrete by VIbration, so that concrete is thoroughly worlced around
reinforcement, around embedded iteJDS and into comers of fonns e1iminating air or stone
pockets which may cause honeycombing. pitting, 01 planes of weakness
2 Use internal vibratoIS having a minimum frequency of 8000 vibrations per minute to
consolidate concrete effectively..
3. Do not use vibIators to tIansport concrete within fonns.
4 Insert VIbrators and withdraw at points approximately 455mm 18 IN apaIt.
5 At each insertion allow duration sufficient to consolidate concrete but not sufficient to cause
segregation; generally flOm ~ to 15 sec.
6. Where concrete is to have an as-cast finish, bIing a full SUlface of mortar against form by
vibration process, supplemented if necesSaIY by spading, to wOlk COaISe aggregate back
from fOlmed SllIface
3..8 SLAB PLACEMENI
A. Cooulinate mixing and placing with finishing.
1. Do not place concrete on subgrade 01 fonns mOle rapidly than it can be spread,
stIaightedged, and daIbled or bull floated.
2 Petform these opetations before bleed water has an OppOltunity to collect on sUlface
B 10 obtain good SUItaces and avoid cold joiIrts, plan size of finishing crews with due regard for
effects of concrete tempel1lture and atmospheric conditions on rate of hardening of concrete
I. If construction joints become necessary, constIUct as required under joints and embedded
items .
C Jointing:
1. Do not put joints in the slab on grade
D. Consolidation:
1 . Thoroughly consolidate concrete in slabs
2. Use internal vibration in beams and girders of framed slabs and along bulkheads of slabs on
grade
1)(;0114 City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater. Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May II, 2007
03310 - S
I
3.. Obtain consolidation of slabs with VIbrating screeds, roller pipe screeds, internal VIbrators, or
other approved means.
3,,9 JOINI'S AND EMBEDDED HEMS
.
I
A. Construction joints (other than slab on grade):
1 Locate joints not indicated so as to least impair strength of structure,
a Place joints in locations approved by ArchitectlEngineer
2. In general, locate near middle of spans of slabs, beams, and girders uDJess a beam intersects
a girder at this point, in which case, offset joint in girder a distance equal to twice width of
beam.
a. Locate joints in walls and columns at underside of floors, slabs, beams, or girders and at
tops of footingl!.pr floor slabs. . .
b Place beams, girders, brackets, column capitals, haunches, and drop panels at same time
as slabs
c. Make joints perpendicular to main reinforcement.
3 Continue reinforcement across joints
4. Clean swface of concrete at joints thoroughly and remove laitance
a. Prior to placing adjoining concrete, dampen (but do not satwate) hardened concrete of
construction joints
B Joints in slabs-on-grade:
1. Construction joints:
a. Place keyed or dowelled construction joints as indicated on plans and at locations
where a slab pour is terminated or interrupted.
b Size of pours and sequence of slab placement is Contractor's option, except
constniction joints shall be located at a control joint location.
c Construction joints act as control joints.
2. Control joints:
a.. Do not provide controljoints..
C. Place sleeves, inserts, anchors, and embedded items required for adjoining work OI for its
support, prior to concreting
I Give Contractors whose work is related to concrete or supported by it ample notice and
. OppOItunity to introduce and/or furnish embedded items before concrete placement.
2. Position expansion joint material, waterstops, and other embedded items accwately and
support against displacement
3 Fill voids in sleeves, inserts and anchor slots temporarily with readily removable material to
prevent entry of concrete.
I
.
;
II
II
,I
,I
II
i
l
II
1
il
1
060 114
A Work includes: Beginning immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying,
hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury, and maintain with minimal moisture loss at
relatively constant temperature for period necessary for hydration and hardening of concrete
Materials and methods of cwing subject to approval
B Preservation of Moisture:
1.. For concrete swfaces not in contact with forms apply one offollowing procedures
immediately after completion of placement and finishing:
a. Ponding or continuous sprinkling.
b Application of absorptive mats or fabric kept continuously wet
c Application of sand kept continuously wet
d.. Continuous application of mist spray (not exceeding 66 degC 150 degF)
e Application of sheet curing materials.
City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May II, 2007
03310 - 6
II
il
3..10 SLAB FINISHING
A. See Section 03312
3.11 CURING AND PROJECTION
;
II
il
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
f. Application of other moisture-retaining covering as approved
g. Application of curing compound.
I) Apply in accord with recommendations of manufacturet immediately aftet water
sheen, which may develop after finishing, has disappeared .
2) Do not use on surface against which additional concrete or other material is to be
bonded adhesively applied, unless it is proven that curing compound win not
prevent bond unless positive measures are tBken to remove it completely from
areas to receive bonded applications.
2. Minimize moisture loss from smfaces placed against wooden forms or metal follDS exposed
to heating by sun by keeping follDS wet until they can be safely removed.
a After form removal cure concrete tmtil end of time prescribed
3. Continue cming I ype I concrete fOI at least 7 days; I ype ill conclete at least 3 days.
a. If tests made of cylinders. kept adjacent to stJucture and cured by same methods,
indicate average compressive strength has reached 70 percent of specified strength.
(fc'), moisture tetention methods may be terminated.
b If one of cming procedures indicated above is used initially, it may be replaced by one
of other procedures indicated any time aftel concrete is 1 day old, provided concrete is
not permitted to become surface dIy during ttarisition
C. I emperature, wind and Immidity:
1. Cold weather:
a. When mean daily outdoor temperature is less than 4 degC 40 degF rnainbtin
temperature of concrete between 10 and 21 degC 50 and 70 degF fox required curing
period.
b. When necessary make arrangements fOJ heating, covering, insulating, Ot housing
concrete wOlk adequate to maintain required temperature without injUlY.
c Do not use combustion heaters dwing first 24 hours unless precautions are tBken to
prevent exposure of concrete to exhaust gases which contain carbon dioxide.
2 Hot weather:
a When neceSSaIY make provision for windbreaks, shading, fog spraying, spIinkIing,
ponding, or wet covering with a light colored matelial.
b 1 ake such protective measures as quickly as conCIete hardening and finishing
operationS will allow.
3. Rate oftemperature change:
a Keep changes in temperatme of ail immediately ad,jacent to concrete dming and
immediately following cUling period as unifOIm as possible.
b Do not exceed 3 degC 5 degF in any I hour or 35 degC 50 degF in any 24-hoUl peIiod
D. Protection from mechanical injUlY:
I Dming cming petiod, protect concrete from damaging tnechanical distuJbances, such as load
stresses, heavy shock, and excessive vibration
2. Protect finished concrete surfaces from damage by constIuction equipment, materials, 01
tnethods, and by lain 01 running water.
3. Do not load self-suppOJting structures in such a way as to overstress concrete.
E. Protection of slabs-on-gxade from frost:
1. Interior slabs exposed to freezing temperatw:es shall be adequately protected so thatfiost
does not develop in SUPPOIting subgxade.
END OF SECTION
1)60114 City ofC1carwater
City of CleaJWllter - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May II, 2007
03310.7
SECTION 03312
CONCRETE FINISHING AND REPAIR OF SURFACE DEFECTS
I
I
I
,I
il
II
:1
PART 1. GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A Definitions:
1. Floor finish tolerances shall be based on F-Number System defined within ASTM-EI155 as
sunnnarized below:
a Floor Flatness F-Number: Ffdefines the maximum floor cwvature allowed over 600
nun 24 IN computed on the basis of successive .300 nun 12 IN elevation differentials
b Floor Levelness F-Number: FI defines the relative conformity of the floor swface to a
horizontal plane measured over a 3050 mm 10 FT distance.
c.. Above number pait shall always be stated in form: FflFl
d. Specified overall value is enumerated and is based on the composite of all measured
valves in a placement
e Minimum local valve (ML V) describes the flatness or levelness below which repair or
replacement is required MI. V is based on an individual placement and applies to a
minimum local area not crossing construction or control joints..
I
I
I
I
1,,2 QUALIIY ASSURANCE
A. Standards:
1. ASIM-E1155: Standard Test Method for Detelmining FloOl Flatness and Levelness - Using
F-Number System
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A Bonding agent: Approximately one (1) part Portland cement to one (1) part fine sand passing a
No 30 mesh sieve Mix to consistency of thick cream
B. Patching compound: Same materials and approximately same proportions as used for concrete,
except omit coarse aggregate. Shall consist of not more than one (1) part POItland cement to two
and one half(2-l/2) parts sand loose volume For exposed concrete, part of Portland cement
shall be white to produce a color matching color of smrounding concrete, as determined by a
trial patch Add no more water than necessary for handling and placing. Mix compound in
advance and allow to stand with frequent manipulation, without addition of water, until it has
reached stiffest consistency that will permit placing.
C. Grout for grout cleaned rubbed finish: Mix one (1) part Portland cement and one and one-half
(1-1/2) parts fine sand with sufficient water to produce a grout with a consistency of thick paint.
D Grout for cork floated IUbbed finish: Mix one (1) part Portland cement and one (1) part fme sand
with sufficient water to produce a stiff grout
E. Proprietary materials: At ConlIactor's option, proprietary compounds for adhesion, patching, or
finishing may be used in lieu of 01 in addition to foregoing grouts Use such compounds in
accordance with manufacturer's recommendations..
I
I
I
I
I
,)60114
City ofClearwateT
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11, 2007
03312 -1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FINISHING - GENERAL (EXCEPT TOP SURFACE OF SLABS)
A Aftet removal OffOIlDS, repair and give SUlfaCes of concrete finishes indicated.
B. Unspecified finish: If finish is not designated, use following finishes as applicable:
1 Concrete smfaces below finish grade: Rough fOIm finish.
2. Unpainted concrete surfaces above finish grade: Smooth fonn finish.
3,,2 REPAIR OF SURFACE DEFECIS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A. RepaiI: surface defects immediately afteI fOIm removal Remove honeycombed and other
defective concrete down to sound concrete. Chip ifnecessazy to make edges perperidicu1ar to
SUlface or slightly undercut. No feather edges will be peIInitted. Dampen area to be patched and
an area at least 150 mm 6 IN wide SUlrounding it to prevent absorption OfwateI from patching
compound. After SUlface water has evaporated from area to be patched, brush bonding agent into
surface. When bonding agent begins to lose water sheen, apply patching compound. Thoroughly
consolidate compound into place and strike off so as to leave patch slightly higher than
surrounding surface. 10 permit initial shrinkage, leave undisturbed for at least 1. HR before final
finish Keep patched area damp for 7 days Do not use metal tools in finishing a patch which will
be exposed
B. I ie holes: Unless stainless steel. non-corrosive, 01 acceptably coated ties are used, tie holes shall
be filled Clean and thoroughly dampen tie holes; fill solid with patching compound.
33 AS-CASI FINISHES
A Rough form finish: No selected fOIm facing materials are specified fOI rough fOlm finish
smfaces. Concrete swfaces must confoIm to tolerances in Section 0.3100 "Concrete FODnWOIk".
Patch defects and tie holes Chip or ruboft fins exceeding 6 mm 1/4 IN in height Otherwise,
leave SUlfaces with texture imparted by fOIms
B Smooth fOlm finish: Use fOIm facing material to produce a smooth, hard, uniform texture on
concrete It may be plastic coated plywood, metal, plastic liners, 01 other approved mafeIial
capable ofproducing desired finish. AIIBDge facing material OIderlyand symmetrical, with
numbeIof seams kept to practical minimum Support by studs or other backing capable of
preventing excessive deflection. Do not use material with raised gIain, patches, or other defects
which will impair texture of concrete surface_
1. Patch tie holes and defects Remove fins completely
2 When surface texture is impaired and fOImjoints misaligned by more than 3 mID 1/8 IN
grind bushlJaromeI', 01 correct affected conclete as directed by Architect. SlurlY grout areas
evidencing minor mortaz leakage to match adjacent concrete Repair major mortaI leakage
as a defective area.
3..4 RUBBED FINISHES
A. General: Fonn and repair concrete surfaces to receive rubbed finishes, in accordance with
requirements for smooth fonn finish. Remove foIDIS and perform necessary patching as soon
aftet placement as possible without jeopardizing stIucture_
B Smooth: Produce smooth robbed finish on newly hardened concrete no later than day following
form 1emoval Wet surfaces and rub with carborundum brick or other abIasive until unifolm
color and texture are produced Use no cement grout other than cement paste drawn from
concrete itself by rubbing process.
116()1l4
City of Clearwater
City of Clearwall:r - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11,2007
03312 - 2
C. Grout cleaned: Undertake no cleaning operations until contiguous surfaces are completed and
accessible Wet surface of concrete sufficiently to prevent absOIption of water from grout and
apply grout uniformly. Immediately after applying grout, sCIUb surface vigorously with a cork
float or stone to coat swface and fill all bubbles and holes. While grout is still plastic, remove
excess grout by working smfuce with a IUbbeJ float, sack, or other means. After surface whitens
from drying, rub vigorously with clean burlap. Keep finish damp for at least 36 hours after fInal
rubbing
D Cork floated: Remove foImS at an early stage, within 2 to 3 days of placement where possible.
Remove ties Remove b1lJIS and fins.. Dampen waIl sunace Apply grout with film lUbber float
or with trowel, filling surface voids. Compress grout into voids If grout surface wies too rapidly
to permit proper compaction and fInishing, apply a small amount of water with a fog sprayer.
Produce final texture with a cOIk float using a swirling motion
3,,5 SLAB FINISHING
A. General:
I Place slabs to finish tolerances specified.
2. Slab fInish: Use following finishes at building locations noted
a.. Floated swirl fInish: Floors
B. Finishing tolerances:
1. For shored construction, measurements for conformance with fInishing tolerances shall be
made as soon as slab can tolerate foot traffic, and before shores are removed.
2 The FIlevelness tolerance is not applicable to unshored form WOIk such as cast in place
topping on prestressed tees, slabs on unshored steel and metal deck, or unshored-
postensioned slabs on steel beams
.3 Horizontal finishes will be accepted provided:
a. Applicable specifIcation requirements are satisfied
b. Water does not pond in areas sloped to wain.
c. Floor finish tolerances Ff7FI COnfOImS to that specifIed for particular finish and
minimum local valves are not less than 75 percent of the floor finish tolerance
specifIed.
4 Accumulated deviation from intended true plane of finished surface does not exceed 25 mm
1 IN.
S. Accuracy of floor finish does not adversely affect installation and operation of movable
equipment, floOI suppoIted items OI items fitted to floor (doors, tracks, etc.)
C Finishes:
1. Floated finish: After concrete has been placed, consolidated, struck off; and leveled, do not
work fiuther until ready fOJ floating Using a magnesium float, begin floating when water
sheen has disappeared and swface has stiffened sufficiently to permit operation. During OJ
after first floating, check planeness of entire surface with a 3050 mm 10FT straightedge
applied at not less than two different angles Cut down high spots and fill low spots during
this procedure to produce a surface within Ff201F115 tolerance throughout. Refloat slab
immediately to a unifOIm sandy textuIe..
I
,
I
;
.
I
;
I
II
II
rl
I
il
t
i
II
il
11
I
I
END OF SECTION
I
I
060114
City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Stol1lge Building CD - May II, 2007
03312 - 3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 04150
MASONRY ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL .
U QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Welding Standard: Perform welding in accordance with applicable provisions of A WS Structwal
Welding Code DI.I
B. ASIM standards indicated.
C Building Code:
1. 2000 International Building Code.
2. And local amendments
1..2 DEFINIIIONS
A. Expansion Joints (versus Control Joints, Construction Joints etc):
I. Movement joints used in brickwork are defined as ''Expansion.J oints" per BIA "1 echnical
Notes 18A"
a Construct such Expansion Joints per BIA I echnical Note 18A.
2 Movement joints used in CMU work are defined as "Control Joints" by NCMA Iek #10-
2B
a. Construct such Control Joints per I ek #1 0-2B and other NCMA standards.
1.3 SUBMIIIALS
A. Project information:
1. List of products proposed fot use.
1.4 PRODUCI DELIVERY, SIORAGEAND HANDLING
A. Store mateIials under cover in a dty place and in a manner to prevent damage.
B Innnediately before placing, clean reinfou:ement of substances detrimental to good bond
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2,,1 MATERIALS
A Acceptable manufacturers:
1.. Masomy Anchors (adjustable wall ties):
a Base:
1) Hohmann & Bmnard (H&B).
a) Ibm-wall Flashing - None
2. Horizontal Reinforcing:
a Base:
1) Hohmann & Bamatd (H&B).
b Optional:
1) Dw--O- Wall
2) Sandell Manufacturing Company, Inc
3) Wire-Bond, Masomy Reinforcing Corp of America.
4) Heckman..
3. Galvanizing Repair Paint:
a Base:
060111
City ofC1earwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60. Beach Storage Building CD - May 11, 2007
04150 - 1
I) ZRC Worldwide.
b. Optional:
I) Tnemec.
4 Compressible Fillez:
a Base:
1) Hohmann & Barnard (H&B)
b. Optional:
1) Sandell Manufactwing Company, Inc..
I
I
;
~
I
,
-
;
I
:1
,
il
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
5. Structural Steel lintels and Shelf Angles:
a.. Specified in Section 05120
6. Other manufactutezs desiring approval comply with Section 00440
22 MASONRY VENEER ANCHORS - STEEL COLUMNS & SPANDREL BEAMS
2,3 MASONRY WALL ANCHORS
A Utilize the following type of anchor devices where tezminal ends of masonry walls (i e eMU)
abut Steel Columns:
L Offset Strap anchoz:
a. Base Product: "359FW" by H&B
b. Material:
1) Type 304 Stainless Steel..
c. Mechanically attached to steel column.
2. Wire tie:
a. Base Product: "302W" byH&B.
b Matelial: Same as listed for strap
c Width: As required for width of CMU.
d.. length: 12 IN.
e. Diametez: 3/16 IN.
B. Rigid Steel Anchors (where CMU walls intezsect othez CMU waIls):
1. Minimum 1/8 IN x I IN x 12 IN.
2 Galvanized G90
.3. Ends bent down 2 IN
2..4 HORIZONIAL REINFORCING
A Geneza1:
1. Cold wawn steel wire, ASIM-A82
2. Side Rods Diameter: .3/l61N.
.3 Cross Rods Diameter: 9 GA.
4. Materials:
a.. In exterioz walls:
1) Stainless Steel, ASTM-A580 Iype 304
B Horizontal Reinforcing - Fzee-standing CMU WaIls:
1. Scope: Free standing, single-wythe CMU walls not serving as a back-up wall for masomy
veneers
2 Description: Horizontal reinforcing composite:
a Width( es) aSI'equired
.3. Base Product ''#220 l.ox-AlI Ladder Mesh" by H&B,
2..5 VERnCAL REINFORCING
A Reinforcing Bars:
I. ASIM-A615, Grade-60
2. Size: #4's minimum, oz as otherwise indicated See stzuctwal drawings and notes
O(J() III . City ofClellTWater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD _ May 11,2007
04150 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3. Refer to Section 03200, and Drawings
2,,6 MISCELLANEOUS ANCHORAGES
A General:
1 . Include miscellaneous anchorages as required or indicated, such as those necessary to secure
stonel APC copings and silts..
2. Type:
a. As indicated.
3 Material: Same as indicated for veneet anchors above.
4. Base Product: "FISA and/Ol FI SA-LB" by H&B
2,,7 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS
A Bond Breaker Strips: Asphalt saturated felt, unpetfonted; ASTM-D226, Type L
1. High zinc dust content paint fOl re-galvanizing welds and abrasions in galvanized steel.
2. Base Product: "ZRC Galvilite" by ZRC WoIldwide.
3. Optional: "Organic Zinc Coating 90-93" by lnemec.
B.. CompresSlble Filler:
1. Closed cell neoprene sponge..
2. Ibickness: 1/4 IN.
3 Base Product: "NS" by H&B
PART 3. EXECUTION
3..1 INSTALLAIION-MASONRYWALLANCHORS
A. AnchOIing CMU Walls to building superstIucture 01 to othel intersecting CMU walls:
1. Where IDaSODIY walls abut concrete or steel stIuctmal elements including shear walls,
columns, and spandrel beams, anchor thereto with specialized anchors types indicated.
2 Where beating walls meet 01 intersect, erect walls separately and anchor together with ligid
steel anchors spaced not more than 24 IN apart vetticaUy..
a. Embed end bends of anchors in cores of masomy units filled with mortar or grout.
3. Where non-bearing walls meet 01 intersect otheI walls, erect walls separately and anchor
together with wire mesh ties spaced not more than 16 IN apart vertically.
a. Embed ties centered in mortar within joint
4. Fill solid with moltar 01 grout IDasomy unit cells within veItical planes of anchors, or use
solid IDasomy units above and below anchoIs
3.2 INSTALLATION - DOVEIAIL ANCHORS
1 . General HOIizontal Spacing of slots:
a. Concrete Walls:
I) ExteInal CoIners: First vertical row shall start within 4 IN of external comers and
no more than 16 IN on centeI thereafteI
2) Internal Corners: First VeItical row shall start within 8 IN of internal comers and
no more than 16 IN on centet thereafter
b. Concrete Columns:
I) Where Face Width of column is less than 24 IN: Locate a vertical row 6 IN from
each COIners.
2) Where Face Width of column is greateI than 24 IN: Locate a vertical row 6 IN
from each comers and no more than 16 IN 0 C. center thereafteI .
c. Concrete Spandrel Beams:
1) Locate as described for CoDCIete Walls ( above).
2. V mcal Extent of slots:
a Bottom and top edges of Dovetail Slots shall terminate no more than 4 IN from sills,
heads, lintels, parapets, shelf angles, tbru-wall flashing and similal horizontal elClDCnts
060 III City of Clearwater
City of C1earwaIer - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11,2007
04150 - 3
3 . Edge Condition Spacing:
a Locate horizontally within 8 IN of comers, control joints, expansion joints, jambs of
doors, jambs of windows, and other similar edges of masonry veneer walls.
B Dovetail Anchors used to anchor CMU walls to intersecting concrete structural items:
,1.. Use where CMU walls intersect Cast-in-Place concrete walls
2 Use where CMU walls abut Cast-in-P1ace concrete columns or other structural elements..
3, Other similar elements and where indicated
4. Must permit vertical differential movement
3,3 INS lALLATION - HORIZONIAL REINFORCING
I
I
I
-
I
A. Galvanizing Repair Paint:
1, Apply wherever galvanized masomy accessories are welded or where the galvanic coating
is scratched, abraded or otherwise damaged.
B. Compressible Filler:
1. Install in the masomy joint below relief angles to preclude mortar from being installed in the
joint.
2 Install sealant per Section 07900 in joint to insure water-tightness
II
II
[I
il
'I
il
;
,I
I
A. Reinforcing at CMU Walls:
L Horizontal Reinforcing (ladder/truss types):
a Maximum Vertical Spacing: 16 IN O,C.
I) Exception: Install at 8 IN a.,C. where stack-bond masomy is specified.
b. At vertical control joints and expansion joints:
1) lerminate horizontal reinforcing 4 to 6 IN from vertical joint.
2) Do not bridge CJ's with Horizontalladder/ttuss:
a) Install 2 smooth dowels or other' approved device across Control Joints which
resist shear loads but allow in-plane expansion, contraction and linear
shrinkage movements
2 Horizontal Reinforcing Bars (such as those in bond beams and masonry lintels):
a, Material specified in Section 03200.
b Sizes as indicated .
3. Vertical Reinforcing Bars:
a, Specified in Section 03200.
b_ Sizes as indicated.
B, Horizontal Reinforcing at Masomy Veneers:
I Install a single continuous wire.
2. Maximum Vertical Spacing: 16 IN 0. C.
3.. Non-continuous at Expansion Joints:
a. I erminate Horizontal Reinforcing 4 IN from vertical edge of joint.
b. Do not span the joint with reinforcing
3..4 INSTALLATION OF OIHER HEMS
I
END. OF SECTION
I
I
06illl.l
City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater. Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11, 2007
04150-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 04220
CONCRETE MASONRY (CMU)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A. Iolemnces:
1.. Maximum V8Iiation from plumb in vertical lines and surfaces of columns, walls and arises:
a 1/4 IN in 10FT.
b. 3/8 IN in a story height not over 20 FI .
c.. 1/2 IN in 40 FI or more.
2 Maximum variation fiom plumb for external COIners, control joints, expansion joints and
other conspicuous lines:
a. 1/4 IN in any story or 20 F'I maxinnu'n,
b, 1/2 IN in 40 F'I ormore,
3. Maximum V8Iiation from level of grades for exposed lintels, sills, parapets, hmizontal
grooves and other conspicuous lines:
a 1/4 IN in any bay or 20 F'I
b. 1/2 IN in 40 Fl' or more..
4_ Maximum variation from plan location of related portions of columns, walls and PBItitiOns:
a 1/2 IN in any bay or 20 FI.
b.. 3/4 IN in 40 FT or more,
5.. Maximum variation in ClOSS section of columns and thicknesses of walls from dimensions
indicated:
a. Minus 1/4 IN..
b Plus 1/2 IN
1..2 SUBMIfIALS
A Product Data:
1. Units to be used in Fire Rated walls: Certification of level of fire-resistance provided by
units proposed (determine by either Equivalent lhickness method referenced)
B. Samples:
1. Privide one sample of:
(a) Accent Block No 1
Al Block CorpoI3tion, (or simil8I)
1617 South Division Avenue
Orlando, FL 32805
Ph No. 407-422-3768
P8It # 397 .. Square in Square"
12" x 12" x 4" nom
1..3 PRODUCI DEUVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver units on pallets with tight covers or deliver in cubes and store covered on dunnage
B. Protect materials from elements
1..4 JOB CONDIlIONS
A. Protect against weather, when work is not in progress
B. Cover top of walls with waterproof membrane, extend at least 4 FT down both sides of walls;
anchor in place.
0611111
City of Clearwatc:r
City of Clearwater .. Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD .. May II, 2007
04220 .. I
I
I
A Construct following Mock-up wall for Architect review.
L Size: 4 x 6 F r miDimwn.
8.. include double wythe of Accent Block No.. t with stainless steel mesh between
wythes.. Include.. Similar' to section 2/AJ01 bottom 4 courses..
I
I
II
il
C. Provide cold weathet protection; Section 04050.
1,,5 MOCK-UP
PART 2. PRODUCTS
2.t MATERIALS
A. Concrete Masonry Units (eMU):
I Modular units complying with ASIM-C90.
2. Aggregate:
a Notmal Weight: In accordance with ASIM-C33.
3 Sizes and shapes as indicated or required for conditions.
4. Face shell and web thickness: Table 3, ASIM-C90.
5. Units to be used in Fire-Resistive wall assemblies:
a. Where units are used in assemblies with Fire-Resistive Rating:
1) Provide units with aggregate type, and equivalent thickness that yeild fue-
resistances indicated for each wall assemblies..
2) Acceptable calculation methodologies for determining Equivalent Thickness:
a) NCMA TEK7-1A.
b) ACI 216.1/ IMS 0216
3) Units tested per ASIM-E119 are also acceptable.
6 Provide solid units, or grouted hollow units, under lintels.
7. Provide matching concrete bricks as required.
8 Do not use chipped, cracked, spalled units exposed in finish work.
9. Provide reinforced concrete masonry lintels fabricated from precast or site cast load bearing
masonry units, filled and reinforced as indicated.
B. Cornet Units:
1. Exposed to view: Use bullnosed units at extetnal comers and jambs of openings
2 Not Exposed to view: Square-nosed units may be used where corners will not be visible in
completed wall.
e Concrete lintels and Sills:
1 Fabricate concrete lintels and sills in plant or site cast.
2. Use concrete having minimum 28 day compressive strength of 3000 PSI.
3.. Exposed surfaces to have surface texture and color to match adjacent concrete masomy
units .
4. Fabricate lintels to modular sizes to match cow'Sing.
5. Mark tops of lintels with lintel schedule number..
6 Fabricate lintels by one of following methods:
a Use masomy lintel units and reinforced concrete fill
b Cast lintels monolithically with reinforcement
c Provide vertical dummy joints matching pattern of vertical joints and SCoting in
concrete masomy walls in which installed..
D Concrete Accent Block
(a) Accent Block No. J
Al Block COIporation, (or similar)
1617 South Division Avenue
Orlando, FI. 32805
Ph No. 407-422-3768
;
I
II
'I
il
il
i
i.
;1
!I
I
I
I
I
061l1ll City of Clearwatel
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May II, 2007
04220 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PaIt # 397 .. Square in Square"
12" x 12" x 4" nom.
E. Masomy accessories: See Section 0415Q.
F. Mortar and grout: See Section 04110
G. Sealants: As specified in Section 07900.
H Grout fill: As specified in Section 04110
I. Reinforcing bars: . As specified in Section 03200 and indicated on drawings..
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3..1 INSPECIION
A VeJify suitability of substrate to accept woxk
B . Verify that anchors and flashings are comet.
C. Installation constitutes acceptance of substrate and responsibility for performance .
3..2 INSTALLATION - GENERAL
A. Build walls to thicla)ess indicated
B. Build single wythe walls to actual masomy thickness.
C. Build in flashing, reinforcing. weeps and related items..
D Perform cutting with masomy saws.
E. Cut as required to plOvide pattern indicated..
F. Use solid units where cutting or laying would expose holes
G. Install in running bond
H. A void use oness than half size units
I. Do not install damaged units
1. Do not wet concrete masomy units
K Build chases and recesses as indicated and required for work ofothel trades.
L IdeIItify putitions indicated on Dr:awings as having a required fire 01 smoke rating
I . Identification: Same as indicated on dr:awing legend.
2 Location: 10 F"I on center, both sides of paItition, above ceiling line
a.. Above access panels in hard ceiling.
3 Lettering: 2 IN Helvetica, painted with aid of stencils.
4. Color: Red
3.3 LAYING AND lOOLING
A Layout walls in advance for unifonn and acCUIate spacing of bond patteJns and joints.
1. pay special attention to coursing and spacing of accent blocks. See an:bitectural
drawings for additional information.
B PropeJty locate openings, movement type joints and offsets.
Clay masomy units with coIq)letely filled bed and head joints.
I Buttel ends with sufficient mortar to fi]] head joints and shove into place
2. Do not slush head joints
06fllll
City of Clearwater
City of C1eaJwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11,2007
04220 . 3
D. , Maintain nominal 3/8 IN joint widths
1. Cut joints flush where concealed
2. Ioolexposedjoin~
3. Compress mortar in below ground joints
E. During tooling of joints, enlarge voids or holes, except weepholes, and completely fill with
mortar,.
F Point up joints at corners, openings and adjacent work to provide neat, uniform appearance
G Remove masonry distwbed after laying.
1" Clean and relay in fresh mortar.
2 Do not pound uni~ to fit
3 . If adjustments are required, remove units, clean, and reset in fresh mortar
H. Where work is stopped and latel resumed, rake back 05 masonry unit length in each course; do
not tooth.
1. Remove loose uni~ and mortar prior to laying fresh masonry.
I As wOlk progresses, build in items indicated and specified.
.I Fill in solidly with mortar around built-in items.
2. Grout fill space between metal frames and masonry.
3 Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units, place layer of
metal lath injoint below and fill core with groilt
3..4 REINFORCING
,
I
I
I
-
I
II
A Provide continuous horizontal joint reinforcing, in walls.
1 . Embed longitudinal side rods in moItar for entire length with minimum cover of 5/8 IN on
extelior side of walls and 1/2 IN at other locations.
2 lap reinforcement minimum 6 IN at ends.
3. Do not bridge CJ's with Horizontal ladder/truss:
a Install 2 smooth dowels or other approved device across Control Joints which resist
shear 10a48 but allow in~plane expansion, contraction and linear shrinkage movements.
4. Make corners and wall intersections by use of prefabricated "L" and "T" sections.
5.. Cut and bend as required.
6 Install reinforcing at 16 IN OC vertically
7. Install reinforcing 8 IN OC in starter courses.
8 Use continuous joint reinforcing for bond tie between wythes
9 See Structwal drawings for additional information
B.. Reinforce masonry openings over 12 IN wide, where control and expansion joints are not
provided, with horizontal joint reinforcing placed in 2 horizontal join~ above lintel and below
sill.
1. Extend reinforcing minimum of 24 IN beyond jambs of' opening
C. At intersecting load bearing walls install rigid steel anchors not over 24 IN OC vertically.
1 Embed ends in grout filled cores
D. Install veltical reinforcing bars, as indicated.
1 When not indicated, provide the following minimum vertical reinforcing:
a.. Provide one No..4 continuous at 4 FT -0 IN on center.
b. Provide one No 4 continuous at each corner, at each side of'each opening, and at the
ends ofwalIs
II
)1
i
il
i
11
il
;
.1
:1
)1
!
3..5 GROUT FILL
I
A Where vertical or hOJizontal reinforcing bars are required, place and inspect prior to filling
operation.
B Fill cores containing vertical reinforcing.
I
0(}0111
City ofCtearwater
City ofCleanvater- Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11,2007
04220 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C Place in maximum 4 PI lifts
D. Leave lifts nrinimnm 1-1/2 IN below top of cowse to fOIro key with next lift
3,,6 CONTROL JOINIS (CJ)
A Provide Control Joints (and otheI movement joints) as indicated
1.. Where not indicated:
a. Locate CJ's at natuml planes of weakness in masomy wall such as:
I) Changes in wall height.
2) Changes in wall thickness, such as at pipe and duct chases and pilasters"
3) At (above) movement joints in. fouudations and floors on which wall is bealing
4) At (above) movememjoints in roofs and flOOR that beat on wall.
5) Openings: Within 8 IN of one or both jambs of door, window, louver and similar
openings:
a) Place CJ at one side of openings less than 6 F I wide
b) Place CJ at both sides of openings greater than 6 FT wide..
6) Cornem: Within 4 FI of comers (on at least one leg)
a) Opposing leg: No more than 20 FI from corner
7) Intersections: Within 12 PI of wall intersections.
b_ In addition to of the above, locate CJ's at no more than the following absolute
maximum (horizontal) distances:
1) Walls less than 16 Fl-8 IN tall: Not more than 1-1/2 times the wall height.
2) Walls greater 1han 16 FI -8 IN tall: No more than 25 Fl a.c.
B. Installation/construction ofCJ's:
1. Utilize sash blocks OJ similar shapes which have slotted end to accept gaskets.
a Pre-molded Control Joint Strips: Specified in Section 04150"
2 Cut ladder/truss type horizontal reinforcing as it crosses Cl's.
a Embed 2 smooth dowels horizontally across joint.
1) Size: #4'sx 24 IN long..
2) One end dowels to be greased or sleeved.
3. While mortar is still fresh, rake out mortar from joint, leaving a completely clean joint
4 After wall has cured, install backer rod and sealant on both wall faces.
a Sealant and Backer Rod: Specified in. Section 07900
C. Braek Away wall detailing
I Refer to structural drawings for typical break away wall joint detailing.
3,,7 LINIELS, FLASHING AND SEALANI'S
A Flashing and weep installation: Specified in Section 04150.
B Horizontal Reinforcing and other Masomy Accessories: Specified in Section 04150.
C. Sealant installation requirements:
1. Sealant and Backer Rod: Specified in Section 07900
2 Remove mortar in joint under relieving lintel and at ends
3 . Seal joints between CMU's and relieving lintels.
4. Seal Expansion and Control Joints
D. Provide precast masonry lintels wherever openings more than 12 IN wide are indicated without
other structUJal support or other supporting lintels
1 Thoroughly cure lintels before handling and installation
2 See lintel schedule for size and type required.
3. See stIuctural drawings for additional infommtion.
3..8 REPAIR, POINTING AND CLEANING
A Remove and replace loose, stained, or damaged units.
060lll
City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11,2007
04220 - 5
SECTION 05120
STRUCTURAL STEEL
I
I
I
.
~
II
i
PART 1. GENERAL
1..1 DESCRIPTION
A Structural steel work covered herein shall be the fabrication and erection of steel framing and
bracing members including connections and steel material either supporting or connected to steel
members shown on the structural plans and not specified in other sections.
1,2 QUALIIY ASSURANCE
A Quality standards latest edition of the following standards plus any corresponding published
revisions at the time of bidding shall be the applicable standard. The Local Building Code shall
govem when conflicts occw
L Local Building Code..
2 American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC):
a. "Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Structural Steel Building" or as
an alternate the "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings - allowable stress design
and plastic design may be used (referred to herein as the AISC Specification)..
b Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges dated March 7,2000
(referred to as AISC Code of Standard Practice).
c. Quality Certification Program
3. American Welding Society:
a Structural Welding Code - Steel ANSVA WS-Dl I (referred to herein as the A WS
Code). Ihe AWS Code shall govern the techniques and quality of welding and testing
procedures. Statements contained in the A WS Code requiring information to Bidders
and/or Contract Documents to define nondestructive testing or statements defining
responsibilities and obligations for services and payment shall be disregarded
4 Research Council on Structural Connections: Load and Resistance Factor Design
Specifications for Structural Joints Using ASIM-A325 or A490 Bolts (referred to herein as
the RCSC Specification)
5 Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC): Steel Structures Painting Manual Vol. 2, "System
and Specifications (referred to herein as the SSPC Specification).
B. Qualifications:
1 , Steel fabricator:
a Certified by AISC Quality Certification Program for Structural Steel Fabricators and is
designated as AISC Certified Fabricator, Standard for Steel Building Structures.
b Fabricators not certified shall have minimwn 10 years experience and shall employ an
approved testing agency to inspect fabrication work performed off site The testing
agency shall furnish weekly inspection reports and a final report to the Building
Official and the Architect certifying the work was performed in accordance with the
specifications and approved shop drawings The testing agency will inspect shop
welding in accordance with Section 6 of the A WS code.. The testing agency will also
perform the following inspections:
1) I est 10 percent of fillet welds with liquid dye penetrant.
2) I est 100 percent of full penetration welds and partial penetration welds with
ultrasonic, radiographic, or magnetic particle testing
3) Inspect high strength bolting in accordance with section 6 of specification fOI
structural joints.
4) Inspect stud welding in accordance with A WS code
il
II
II
:1
'I
11
,I
,
II
I
I
I
060114
City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May It, 2007
05120 - t
I
I
I
I'
I
I
I
5) Check 10percent of members fabricated to verifY they meet the dimensional
tolerances specified in Section 05120, PaIt 1 2, G.
2 Steel erector:
a. Minimum 10 years experience in erection of souctmal steel.
b. Cettified as Certified Steel Erector by AISC quality Cettification Program.
3 Certification by other equivalent programs subject to approval of the Structural Engineer
C Source quality control:
1. Provide access and facilities for testing agency dming shop and field inspections..
D I esting and inspection: I esting, (except testing to qualify welders and as needed for Contractor's
own quality control), will be performed at no cost to Contractor by a I esting/Inspection Agency
employed by Owner.. Owner's I esting/Inspection Agency may use nondestructive testing
methods in addition to visual inspection to verify weld quality. Repair ~jected welds as directed
by I esting/ Inspection Agency at no additional cost to Owner.
E Provide testing and inspection agency with sufficient notification and access so that inspection
and testing can be accomplished.
F. Ptevious acceptance of material or finished members by testing and inspection agency or
Architect!Engineet shall not prevent its rejection at later date if it does not comply with
specifications
G.. Iolerances:
1 Rolling: ASIM-A6.
2. Fabrication and Erection tolerances: AlSC Code of Standard Practice
1.3 SUBMIYTALS
A.. Shop drawings:
1.. Indicate details including cuts, copes, connections, holes and welds. Indicate shop and field
welds using A WS symbols. Indicate connections where high strength bolts are required.
2. Headed stud placement drawings.
B. Product data:
1 Source and certification of quality for high-strength bolts, nuts and washers..
C Project information:
1 Fabricator's AISC Certification or name of independent testing agency for use by non-
certified fabricator along with proof that fabricator has 10 years expetience in fabrication of
stIuctwal steel for buildings
2 Inspection reports and certification of shop fabrication by independent testing laboratory for
non-certified fabricator
3 . Steel erector's AISC Certification or proof that steel erectro' has 10 years experience in
erection of stIuctuIal steeL
D. Contract closeout information:
L Certificate by fabricator that steel was fabricated in accordance with the approved
construction documents.
2. Certificate by erector that steel was erected in accordance with the approved erection plans
and specifications
1..4 PRODUCY DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A. Handle and store steel members above ground on platfonns, skids or other supports
B Keep members free of dirt, grease and other foreign material and protect against corrosion.
1)60114 City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater. Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11,2007
05120 - 2
I
I
PART 2. PRODUCTS
I
I
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Steel, structural "w" shapes and tee's: ASIM-A992 (50 ksi yield point)
B Other steel shapes and plate: ASIM-A36.
C Iubing square 01 rectangular: ASIM-ASOO, Glade-B.
D Bolts, nuts, and washers, high-strength. ConfOIm to RCSC Specification
1. 1wist off style, conform to ASTMF18S2
a.. Approved bolts:
1) Iension control bolt by LeJeune Bolt Company, Bmnsville, MN
2) Im-Iension Fasteners by Nucor Fastener a Division ofNucor Corporation, St. Joe,
Indiana
3) Lohr Fasteners by Lom Structural Fasteners, Hmnble, I X.
E. Welding electtodes:
I Shielded metal-arc: A WS AS.1 01 A WS AS.5, E70XX
2. Submerged-arc: A WS AS 1701 A5.23, F7X-EXXX.
3. Gas metal-arc: AWS AS.18, E70S-X orE70U-L
4 Flux cored-arc: AWS AS 20, E701-X (except 2, 3, la, GS)
F Grout: Dry pack; 1 put Portland cement, 2- 112 puts sand, and no more water than needed to
make grout cohesive when squeezed in.hand.
1. POItland cement: ASIM-C150, I ype III
2. Sand: Graded as follows:
a Passing No..8 sieve: 95-100 percent
b. Passing No 16 sieve: 65-90 percent.
c Passing No.50 sieve: 10-30 percent
d. Passing No.IOO sieve: 3-10 percent
G. Grout: Pourable.
1 "Dmagrout" as manufactured by L&M ConstIuction Chemicals, 01 equal
H. Adhesive anchors:
1 Reinforcing, bRI dowels, reinforcing bars, threaded rods, bolts, etc., indicated to be epoxy
dowelled into concrete 01 solid masonry:
a.. HIT HY-150 adhesive by Hilti Fastening Systems ofIulsa, OK (ICBO RepOIt No ES-
AC58, ASIM-E1512) or equal.
2..2 FABRICAIION
I
!I
il
i
i
il
I
I
I
11
i
i
;
[I
I
i
II
i
A. GeneIal:
1 . Fablicate and assemble material in shop to greatest extent possible.
2. Use A32S bolts, twist-offtype, unless otherwise indicated
3. One sided or otheI types of eccentric connections not indicated, will not be permitted
without prim approval.
4 FlaIDe cut edges of stiffener plates at field 01 shop butt welds Do not sheRI'.
5. Cut, dIill, or punch holes at right angles to sUIface of metaL
a Do not make 01 enlarge holes by buming.
b Make holes clean cut, without tOID or lagged edges
c Remove outside burrs resulting from dIilling or reaming operations with tool making
I .6 mm 1116 IN bevel..
d. Provide holes in members to permit connection of work ofotheI tIades.
6 Make splices only as indicated
B. Welding:
II
;
II
I
I
I
I
li60 114 City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60. Beach Storage Building CD - May 11, 2007
05120 - 3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1. Welding, techniques of welding employed, appearance and quality of welds, and methods
used to correct defective work sball comply with A WS Code, and requirements indicated.
2 1 est and qualify welding operatom and tackers in compliance with A WS Code for position
and type of welding to which they will be assigned.
a. Conduct tests in presence of approved testing agency.
b Certification within last 12 DlOnths from a welding inspector will be acceptable
provided samples of welder's work are satisfactory
c. At discretion of testing agency, shop persormel continuously employed at welding
process for which they have been qualified may be accepted from older qualification
tests
:3 . Qualify joint welding procedures or test in accordance with A WS qualification procedures
4.. Before start of welding work, meet with testing agency and welders to review and verify
procedures
5. Comply with A WS Code to minimi7.e shrinkage and distortion stress.
6. Use back-up plates in accordance with A WS Code, extending minimum 01'25 mID I IN
either side of joint.
7. Make flange welds before making web welds.
8. For manual shielded metal-aIl: welding: Comply with Article 4 6 of A WS Code.
9 low hydrogen electrodes: Dry and stole electrodes in compliance with A WS Code.
10. Do not perform welding when ambient temperature is lower than -18 degC 0 degF, or where
SUlfaces are wet or' exposed to rain, snow, or high wind, or when welders are exposed to
inclement conditions
11 Before starting welding:
a Carefully plumb and align members
b. Fully tighten bolts.
c. Assembly and surface preparation shall comply with A WS Code
d. Preheat base metal to temperature stated in A WS Code.
1) When no preheat temperature is given and base metal is below 0 degC 32 degF,
preheat base metal to at least 21 degC 70 degF
2) Maintain temperature during welding
3) Preheating shall bring surface of base metal within distance from point of welding
equal to thickness ofthicke1 part being welded or 75 rom 3 IN, whichever is
greater, to specified preheat temperature
4) Maintain this temperature dUIing welding.
e. Each welder is to provide identifying mark at welds wOlked on.
2..3 SURFACE PREPARATION AND SHOP-APPLIED COATINGS
A. Hot-dip Galvanized (HDG) members:
1 Galvanize following members:
a. All members.
2 Clean thoroughly before galvanizing.
3 Galvanize in accordance with ASTM-AI23
PART 3. EXECUTION
3..1 EREClION
A Safety:
L Contractor is solely responsible for safety Consauction means and methods and sequencing
of work is the prerogative of the Contractor.
')601;4
City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60. Beach SlllrlIge Building CD - May 11,2007
05120 - 4
ilOOll4
B. Capacity of partially complete construction:
1 . Consider that full structural capacity of many structural members is not realized until
structural assembly is complete; lhat is, until decks and diagonal braces are installed.
Partially complete structural members shall not be loaded out of sequence without an
investigation.
2. Until elements of the permanent lateral bracing system of the structure are complete,
temporary lateral bracing for the partially complete structure will be required.
C, Iempofmybracing:
1. Adequate temponuy bracing to provide stability and resist loads to which the partially
complete structure may be subjected to including construction activities and operation of
equipment is the responsibility of the Contractor
2. lfnot obvious from the drawings, confer with the Architect to identify those stiuctural
elements that must be complete before the structure's permanent lateral bracing system is
effective The design of the temporary bracing system must consider the sequence and
schedule of placement of such elements and effects of loads imposed on the structural steel
frame by partially or completely installed work of other trades. Do not remove temporary
bracing'until the pennanent lateral bracing system is effective
D. General:
1. Set base and bearing plates accmately and grout immediately as indicated..
a Use metal wedges, shims or setting nuts as required.
b. Pack grout solidly between plate and bearing surface.
2 Clean bearing and contact SUI faces before assembly
E. Install A325SC bolts with washers Install and tighten in accordance with the RCSC
Specifications or in accordance with manufacturer's instructions when twist-off bolts are used,
F, Do not use gas cutting to couect fabrication errors on major members
1. Gas cutting on minor members may be permitted when members are not loaded, only after
approval by Architect
G. Tighten and leave in place erection bolts used in welded construction
H After bolts are tightened, upset threads of A307 unfinished bolts to prevent nuts from backing
off
I. After installation, touch up damaged or abraded areas of primed steel using same materials used
for shop priming
1 Clean field welds, bolted connections and abraded areas before touching up.
I
I
~
I
I
il
II
il
;1
fl
END OF SECTION
:1
il
il
I
I
I
I
City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater. Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD . May 11, 2007
05120.5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 05310
METAL ROOF DECKING
PART 1. GENERAL
1..1 QUALIIY ASSURANCE
A Comply with provisions offonowing codes and standuds, except as otherwise indicated.
1 A1S1 "Specification for Design of Cold-Fonned Steel Structural Members".
2. Steel Deck Institute (SDI), "Steel Roof Decking Design Manual".
3.. AWS "Sheet Steel in Structures, Specification fOl Welding" AWS DI.3..
4 International Conference of Building Officials (lCBO).
B. QualifY welding processes and operations in accordance with A WS "Standud Qualification
Procedure" .
1..2 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop drawings:
I. Complete layout indicating types of deck panels, anchorage, supplementary framing, cut
openings, accessories, and thicknesses.
B. Product data:
1 Manufacturer's load tables for deck to be furnished on this project.
1.3 PRODUce DELIVERY, SlORAGE AND HANDLING
A Protect materials from rusting, dirt or damage.
1..4 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Do not overload supporting members.. Until entire assembly is complete, structural elements may
not be stable 01 capable of supporting code or stated design loads
PART 2. PRODUCTS
2.1 MEIAL ROOF DECKING -75 MM 3 IN DEEP
A. Acceptable manufacturers:
L Metal roof decking, 75 mm 3 IN deep:
a. Base:
1) BlIP Steel Building Products; I ype N-24
2) Consolidated Systems; Type N.
3) Epic Metals; Type E300-
4) Roof Deck; lype N.
5) United Steel Deck; Type N
6) Verco Manufilcturing; Type N-24.
7) VulCIaft; Type 3N..
8) Wheeling Corrugating; I ype N.
2. Other manufacturers desiring approval comply with Section 00440
B Metal roof decking, 75 mm 3 IN deep: Rib type, sheet steel, _ mm 20 GA, minimum, with
minimum uncoated thickness of _ mm 0.034 IN.
1 . Galvanized.
2.. Galvanized decking: ASTM-A653, Zl80 G60 zinc coating, Fy = 230 MPa 33 KSI,
Structural Quality.
IlliOIH
City ofC1carwatcr
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Stomge Building CD .. May II, 2001
05310 -1
2..2 OTHER MATERIALS
Ii
Ii
Ii
I
I
A Screws: Stitch Teks, 12-14 x 19 mm 3/4 IN hex washexhead with pilot point.
B Steel shapes, miscellaneous: ASTM-A36.
C. Galvanizing for metal accessories: ASTM-A653, Zl80 G60.
D Galvanizing repair paint: High zinc-dust content paint, Mil.P-2l 035 (ships)
B.. Metal closure strips: Galvanized sheet steel, miniml11l1 0.86 mm 0..034 IN thick before coating,
ASTM-A653, Z180 G60 galvanized See Part 3 - Execution for locations.
23 FABRICAIION
1160114
City of Clearwater
City ofClearwateI" Pier 60. Beach Storage Building CD "May 11.2007
05310" 2
.
;
~
I
j
I
-
i
I
I
I
I
I
,
I
,
i
I
A. Form in lengths to span :3 or more support spacings, with flush, telescoped or nested 50 mm 2 IN
end laps..
I. Use deck configurations complying with SDI "Basic Design Specifications" and as
indicated.
B Form metal closure strips to configwation required to provide tight-fitting closures at open ends
and sides of decking.
PART 3. EXECUTION
3..1 INSPECTION
A Examine areas and conditions under which deck units are to be installed for conditions
detrimental to propex and timely completion of WOlk.
B Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected
G. Start of installation constitutes acceptance of responsibility for correct installation and
performance.
3.2 INS I ALLA lION -GENERAL
A. Install lOaf deck units and accessOIies as indicated
B. Do not start placemextt of roof deck units until supporting members are installed complete.
C. Place each deck unit on supporting structutal frame, adjust to final position, accurately align
with ends beming on sUPPolting members.
1 . Lap units at ends no less than 50 mm 2 IN.
2 Do not stretch or contract side-lap interlocks.
3. Place deck units flat and square and secw'e to framing without wmp 01' excessive deflection. .
D Plug weld sizes specified are effective fusion diameter of welds . .
1 . Weld metal shall penetrate layers of deck material at ends laps and have good fusion to
supporting members
E. Remove and replace decking which is structutally weak 01 unsound or which has bum holes due
to impropex welding or which Architect declares defective
F Cut and fit roof units and accessories around other wOIk projecting through Of adjacent to roof
decking.
1 Make cutting and fitting neat, square and oim.
2. Neatly and accurately install reinforcing at openings except:
a. Circular openings less than 150 nun 6 IN diameter.
b Rectangulm openings having no side dimension greater than 150 mm 6 IN.
I
I
I
I
I
..
3. Reinforce openings between 150 and 305 rmn 6 and 12 IN with 0 9 mm 20 GA flat steel
sheet 305 rmn 12 IN greateJ: in each dimension than opening Place sheet around opening
and fusion weld to top swface of deck at each comer and each side midway between each
comer .
4. For roof openings larger than 305mm 12 IN and at roof drains: SUppOIt deck edges as
indicated on DIawings
G. Install metal closure stIips for suppOIt of roof insulation.
1 Provide where lib openings in top surface of roof decking ocem adjacent to edge and
openings.
2 Weld closure stIips into position.
H Install metal closure strips at open uncovered ends and edges of roof decking, and in voids
between decking and other constIuction.
1. Weld into position to provide a complete decking installation
3..3 FASTENING OF 75 MM 31N DEEP DECKING
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A. Secure deck units to supporting frame and side laps as follows:
1 At interiOI supports and at ends of deck use 1-#12 IEK screw pel valley
2. At perimeter suppOIts #10 IEK Screws at 6 IN OC
3 At side laps #10 TEK Screws at 6 IN OC.
3..4 CLEAN AND TOUCH-UP
A Wire brush, clean and paint scarred areas, welds and lust spots on top surfaces of decking units
and supporting steel members.
B T ouch-up damaged galvanized surfaces with galvanizing repair paint applied in accordance with
manufacturer's. instructions.
C. T ouch-up shop painted surfaces with same paint used in shop, as recommended by deck
manufaCturel
END OF SECTION
1)60114 CityofC1cuwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach StorlIge Building CD - May II, 2007
05310 - 3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 05501
MISCELLANEOUS METAL FABRICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Materials and operations standards:
1 AAMA, Architectural Aluminum Manufacturet's Association.
2. AlSC. American Institute of Steel Construction.
3. ASTM, American Society fOI I esting and Materials
4 AWS, American Welding Society.
5. F S., Federal Specifications.
6. NAAMM, National Association of ArchitectuIal Metals Manufacturers.
1..2 SUBMIT TALS
A Shop Drawings.
1.3 JOB CONDIIIONS
A Provide sleeves, embedded anchors and other built in items in time for installation, or pay costs
of cutting in items later, and grouting .
B, Velify field conditions prior to fablication.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2..1 MATERIALS
A. Acceptable manufacturers:
1 . Matetials listed:
a. Base: As noted.
2. Galvanizing Repair Paint:
a. Base:
1) ZRC Wotldwide.
b. Optional:
1) Inemec
3 Shop Primer:
a Base:
1) Sherwin-Williams.
b Optional:
1) 1 nemec.
4 Coal I ar Epoxy (dissimilar material protection coating):
a Base:
I) lnemec
b. Optional:
I) ICI Dulux Paint Centers
5 Non-shrink Grout:
a Base:
1) Minwax
b. Optional:
1) Sauereisen
6 Decorative Bollard CoVels:
a. Base:
06illll
City of Clearwater
City of C1eaTWllter - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD .. May II, 2007
05501 - 1
I
I
I) 1hermoprene.
7. Other manufacturers desiIing approval comply with Section 00440.
2..2 MATERIAL DESCRIPIIONS
A. StrnctUIal steel: AS1M-A36, AS1M-ASOI, AS1M-A575 or AS 1M-AI 08
B Cast steel: AS1M-A2'7, Grade.65.35; and AS1M-AI48, Grade-80-50.
C. Steel forgings: AS1M-A668
D. Bolts: ASTM-AJ07, ASIM-A~25, ASIM.A354.
E.. Filler metal: A WS Standards
F. Cast iron: ASTM-A48, Class 30, minif111.m 30,000 PSI tensile.
G. Malleable iron: ASTM-A47 and ASIM-A197.
H. Steel pipe: ASTM-A53
I Aluminum: ASIM-B308 for paIticulu' alloy in standard shapes and extrusions, ASIM-B26 for
castings.
1. Stainless steel: ASIM-A484 and ASIM-A276.
1. Concealed: TyPe 302 or Type 304.
2.. Exposed: Type 304. .
a. Finish: AS TM-A480 AISI finish #4, unless otherwise indicated
K Anchorage devices - masonry:
I . Standard manufactured items .
2. lead expansion shields for machine screws and bolts 1/4 IN and smaller: Head out
embedded nut type.
:3. For machine screws and bolts latger than l/4 IN: Manufacturers' standard
4. Bolt anchor expansion shields for lag bolts: Zinc alloy, long shield anchors.
5. Bolt anchor expansion shields for bolts: Closed end bottom bearing type
L. Fasteners:
I . Galvanized or stainless where built into exteIior walls.
2.. Select fasteners for type, grade and class required.
3 Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon head ASIM-A307, Grade-A.
4. Lag Bolts: Square or octagonal head type.
5. Machine Screws: Cadmium plated steel.
6. Wood Screws: Flat head carbon steel.
'7 Plain Washers: Round, carbon steel.
8. Lock Washet~: Helical spring carbon steel
M Non-shrink Grout:
1. Compressive strength: 8,475 PSI at '7 days.
2. Base Product: "Super Por-Rok" by Minwax.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2..3 FABRICATION
A. Form to shapes indicated with straight lines, sharp angles, smooth cmves.
B. Drill or punch holes With smooth edges for temporary field cOlUlections and attachment of work
by other trades.
C. Make permanent shop and field connections with continuous fillet type welds.
D. Grind exposed welds smooth.
E Conceal fastenings where practicable..
F Shop fabIicate in as large assemblies as practicable
I
I
I
06fl 1 H City of Cleanvaler
City of Clearwater .. Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May II, 2007
05501 .. 2
I
I
I
I
I
G. Meet requirements specified under Stl:uctural Steel for fabricating items of stIUctural nature or
use
I
I
H. Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accord with A WS.
2..4 HOI DIP GALVANIZING
A HOG Coating: Comply with ASIM-AI23 or ASIM-A653
B Hot dip galvanize (lIDG) the following items:
1 . Steel items permanently exposed to weather
2. Steel items set into extetior walls such as loose lintels, ledge angles, etc..
3 Other items specifically indicated
C. Fully fabricate items prior to applying IIDG coating.
I. Items may not be welded after they have been HDG coated
D. Galvanizing Repair Paint:
I. Organic Zinc-Rich coating containing 95% metallic zinc
2. Conforming to FedeIal SpecificationOODP-21035A
3.. Zinc-rich paint for re-galvanizing welds and abrasions in galvanized steel.
4 Base Product: "ZRC Galvilite" by ZRC Worldwide.
a. Apply minimnm of I 5 mils, dIy film thickness (DFT).
b Preparation: SSPC SP-6.
2..5 SHOP PRIMING
I
I
I
I
I
A.. Preparation:
1.. Remove scale, rust and deleteIious matetials before pliming
2 Minimum Preparation Quality:
a. Weathet-protected: SSPC SP-3
b Exposed to weather: SSPC SP-6.
c. Items scheduled to receive Coal I aI Epoxy: SSPC SP-10.
d. Prepare to higher levels whete so recommended by coating manufacturer for product
and exposure
3 . Prime immediately after swface preparation, in accord with manufacturer's instl:uctions
B. Shop Primer:
1 Base Ploduct: Shetwin- Williams Pro-Cryl Universal ACIYJic Primer, B66-3l 0 Series
a. Use primer companble with finish coats of paint.
b Coordinate metal primer with finish paint requirements specified in Section 09902 and
Section 09904.
2 Apply shop plimer to felrous metal not indicated to be set in 01 receive concrete.
3. Apply minimum one coat at 2.0 to 3 5 mils, dIy film thickness (DFT)
a. Except: Apply 2 coats to items that will be inaccessible after erection.
4 Do not prime stainless steel, a1umimnn, copper, blass, or bronze unless specifically
indicated.
C. Coal T aI Epoxy (dissimilar matetials protection):
1 Base Product: "46H-413 High-Build Ineme-Iar" by lnemec
2.. Apply to following surfaces:
a Non-galvanized steel items which will be in contact with soil.
b. Non-galvanized steel items which will be embedded in concrete 01 masonry
c. Aluminum items which will be in contact with soil.
d Alumim.1m items which will be embedded in concrete 01 rnasomy.
e Dissimilar metals that will be in contact with one another,
3. Prepare surface in accordance with SSPC-SP10 - Near White Blast Cleaning.
4. Apply in accordance with paint manufacturer's instructions.
a Apply minimum of 14 to 20 mils, dry:fihn thickness (OF T).
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
0611111 City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60. Beach Stmage Building CD - May 11,2007
OSSOI - 3
I
I
D Repairsllouch-up:
1. Retouch scraped, abladed, weld bUIDs, and unprimed areas.
2. Use same product(s) specified fOI shop coats.
2.6 PAINTING
I
I
A Paint exterior steel items (in field) as Specified in Section 09902.
B Paint interior steel items (in field) as Specified in Section 09904"
C. Steel Suppod Angles, Members and Loose Lintels:
t, ASTM-A36 steel, Siies and configurations as indicated
2, Items to be lIDG (galvanized):
a. Items to be pennanently exposed to weatheI, high-humidity, or wet conditions..
b, Items set into exterior walls
D. Aluminum Accents
t Alloy as specified above
2. Clear Coat, Mill finish
3.. Dimensions as indicated
I
I
I
PART 3. EXECUTION
I
3..1 INSPEClION
I
A Verify suitability of substrate to accept installation,
B, Installation constitutes acceptance of responsibility fOI perfoIInance..
C. Ensure that adequate Wall Backing (as specified in Section 09110) has' been installed where
required for Handrails and similar wall-mounted items specified in this Section
3.2 INS lALLA lION
I
A Genelal:
1. Set work level, true to line, plumb.
2. Shim and grout as necessaxy.
3 . Weld field connections and grind smooth.
4 Where practical, conceal fastenings.
5, Secure metal to wood with lag screws of adequate size with appropliate washers
6.. Secure metal to concrete with embedded anchors, setting compounds, caulking and sleeves,
01 setting grout.
a; Use expansion bolts, toggle bolts, or screws for light duty service.
7. Meet structural requirements for erecting items of structural nature
8 Do not field splice fabricated items unless size requires splicing..
9. Weld splices
10 Provide fabricated items complete with attachment devices as Iequired to install.
B. Galvanic Repair:
I AfteI galvanized units have been erected and anchored apply galvanizing repair paint in
accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
2 Surface preparation: Remove contaminates in accord with SSPC SP.t
3.3 FIELD PAINTING
I
I
I
I
I
A, All items in this section which are exposed to view:
1. Painting of exterior items: Specified in Section 09902
2 Painting ofintmior items: Specified in Section 09904..
3. DO NOT paint exposed alUIninum except where indicated..
I
I
ot./) 114 City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11,2007
05501 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 06000
CARPENTRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. lumbex grading rules and species:
1. US Deputment of Commerce, PS-2~ 70.
2. Western Wood Products Association (WWPA).
3 Southern Forest Products Association (SFP A)
B. Plywood grading rules and recommendations:
1 For softwood plywood: US Department of Commerce PS.I-83.
2. For hardwood plywood: US Department of Commerce PS-51-71.
3 American Plywood Association (AP A)
C. Factory marking:
1.. Identify type, grade, moisture content, inspection service, producing mill. and otheI'
qualities.
2. MaIk each piece of fire retardant treated material with UndeIWJiters laboratory
Classification made. and me-retardant treatment, pressme-applied blue stain C0101 code fot
identification .
3. Standards for fire hazard classification and weathering for fire retardant treated material:
UnderwriteIs' Laboratories (Ul), American Wood Preservers Institute (AWPI), and
Amexican Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
a. ASTM-E84: Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics
b. ASTM-D2898: Standard Metbodof Accelerated Weathering ofHre Retardant Treated
Wood fot Fire Testing.
4 International Building Code requilements for identification and labeling.
D.. PreseIvative and pressure treatment standards: American Wood Preservers AsSociation
(AWPA)
1. Provide cOIItinuous monitoring of production and kiln temperatmes by third party inspection
agency to assure that produCtion methods are same as those used on elevated temperature
strength test specimeos Indicate compliance in factory marking.
1..2 SUBMlIIALS
A. Project information:
1 Certification of fire retardant treated material
1.3 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A Store in dIy, weather1ight. ventilated spaces
B Stack to provide air circulation.
C Store and protect materials in areas where moisture content can be maintained
D.. Time deliVeIY arid installation to avoid delaying progress of other wOlk.
E. Handle treated material and repair damage in accordance with A WP A-M-4
1.4 JOB CONDIIIONS
A. Make such variations at no added expense to Owner.
B. Contractor is responsible for fitting to recesses, including trim pieces, fillers and closures
OC,OIH
City ofClearwaler
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11, 2007
06000 - 1
I
I
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
I
2,,} MATERIALS - ROUGH CARPENTRY
A. Acceptable manufacturers:
L Fire-retaIdant treated dimension lumber and plywood:
a. Base:
1) Hoover Wood Treated Products, IDc
b. Optional:
1) Chemical Specialties.
B. Dimensional lumber for framing, blocking, nailers, furring, cant snips, grounds, and similar
members:
L Comply with dry size requirements ofPS-20, Douglas fir WWPA No.3, 01' SFPA No.2
2 Thoroughly seasoned, well fabricated materials of longest practical lengths and sizes.
3. Free of non -correctable waIp..
4 Discard matelial which would impaiI' quality of wOlk
5 Fire-retaIdant treatment: Hoover ExteriOl Fire-X Blue.
I
I
I
I
C Plywood:
L PSI, exterior type, A-C Grade.
2 Provide MOO-EXT -AP A Plywood, as indicated.
3. Fire-retaIdant trea1Jnent: HooveI Exterior Fire-X Blue
D. Fire-retardant treated lumber:
1 Base Product: Hoover, "Exterior Fire-X Blue".
2. Manufactured for its fire-retardant properties, but also having inherent decay-resistant
properties.
3. Usage: All dimensional lumber and plywood, unless indicated otherwise
4 Manufacture's ColOl Coding: Blue Stain.
E. Anchorage and fastening mateIia1s: Proper type, size, material and finish fOI application.
I
I
I
PART 3. EXECUTION
I
3,,1 PREPARATION - ROUGH CARPENIRY
I
A. Verify measurements, dimensions and drawing details before proceeding
B. Coordinate location offuning, nailers, blocking, grounds and similar SUppOIts fOI attached work
C. Examine conditions under' which work is to be installed
D. COIrect unsatisfactOIY conditions.
3..2 INSTALLATION - ROUGH CARPENIRY
I
I
A Attach wOIk secmely by ancholing and fastening as indicated 01 lequired to suppod applied
loading
1. Provide washers under bolt heads and nuts.
2.. Nail plywood in accordance with AP A recommendations
3 Countersink nail heads.
B. Set work to Iequired levels and lines, plumb, true
C. Cut and fit accurately.
D. Make connections tight
L Use common wire nails or screws for general work.
2. Use finishing nails for finish wOlk.
I
I
I
0(~1111
City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11,2007
06000 . 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3. Use fasteners of size that will not penetrate members whCI'e opposite side win be exposed to
view 01 receive finish materials
4 Install fasteners without splitting wood; predrill as required.
5. Do not drive threaded friction type fasteners.
6. T igbten bolts and lag screwS at installation and retighten as required.
7. Use galvanized nails and fasteners
E. Provide wood grounds, nailers, 01 blocking as required fOI attachment of othel woik and surface
applied items .
F Fonn to shapes indicated..
G. Grounds: Dressed, key beveled lumber minimum 1-1/2 IN wide of thickness required to bling
face of ground even with finish material.
H. Remove temporary grounds when no longer required.
I. Install wood fmling plumb and level with closure stlips at edges and openings
1. Shim asrequired
K. Field treat cuts and holes in pleselvative and fire retardant treated material in accordance with .
AWPA-M-4..
1.. Use only fasteners approved by the manufacturer of fire-retardant-treated or preservative treated
wood..
3.3 INSTALLATION OF BLOCKINGINAILERS FOR ROOFING AND PARAPETS
A General:
1. Comply with ANSYSPRI ES-l_
2. Min;TmIm Member Size: 2x6 (nominal size).
3. Fasteners:
a Corrosion resistant (long-tenn)
b. Countersink heads of all fasteners.
c. FastenCI types as requiied for substrate conditions..
d Diametel and spacing as required to resist forces indicated
4 F astenel Spacing:
a. Threaded Anchor Bolts; 3/8 IN or taIger:
1) Utilize 5/8 IN OD washers or lalger_
2) Maximum Spacing: 48 IN.
3) StaggeI 1/3 the nailer width.
b. Other fastener types:
I) Maxinmm Spacing:
a) Typical: 12 IN 0 C.
b) Up to 16 IN O. C. where necessaIy to match spacing of stIuctural members.
2) StaggeI 1/3 the nailCI width
3) At ends of nailers lengths (including butt ends and terminal ends): Install 2
fasteners and within 6 IN of ends.
5. Anchor nailers to resist minimum vertical force of 300 LBSlLF in any direction
a Locate fasteners approximately 4 IN from ends but not less than 3 IN.
b. Use minimum of3 anchors for each nailer
c. Where members are wider than 6 IN, stager fasteners flom side to side to avoid
splitting of the wood membeI
d. Comer region eDhancements:
1) Double the above listed vertical force which must be resisted.
2) Length and width of corneD! as prescribed by ANSIISPRI RP-4:
a) 40% of the building height, but not less than 8-1/2 FT .
B NaileD! used for perimeter securement of roofing membranes:
1 Refer to "General Requirements" above
061l1H CityofCJearwater
City of Clearwala' - Pier 60. Be8ch Storage Building CD - May II, 2007
. 06000 - 3
I
I
2 . Install nailers where indicated and where required to secure perimeter of membxane roofing.
3 Match height of nailers to adjacent insulation.
4. Where multiple layers are required to match depth of insulation:
a.. Attach base layet as indicated in "General Requirements" above
b. Apply a bead of construction adhesive between laminations..
c. Attach subsequent layers using fastener type which is appropriate for wood to wood
secUIeInent.
d Size and locate fasteners as required to resist uplift loading indicated
C Blocking used for securement of sheet metal edge flashings, parapet copings, and similar items:
I. Refer to "General Requirements" above.
2. Install blocking as indicated.
D. Wall Backing/Blocking:
I. Definition: In-wall reinforcements required where equipment and fiunishings are to be wall.
mounted (to stud-type walls)
a Metal studs: Metal backing, See Section 09110
b.. Wood studs: Wood Blocking:
1) Utilize Fire Treated material fabricated and located as indicated
3.4 INSPECIION
I
.1
II
I
,I
,I
A. Examine areas to receive work.
B Correct unsatisfactory conditions.
C. Start of work constitutes acceptance of responsibility for performance
3,,5 ADJUST AND CLEAN
I
A Promptly remove debris, dirt and rubbish
B.. AfteI installation, adjust operating parts
C. Leave items in petfect operating condition
D Remove and n:pIace rejected work
E.. Install temporary coverings to protect installed work
il
I
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
06lllll
City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater .. Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD.. May 1 I, 2007
06000.. 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 07605
STANDING SEAM METAL ROOFING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 QUALIIY ASSURANCE
A Assure compliance wiJh provisions offollowing codes and standards:
1 AISl "Specification for Design of Cold Formed Steel StIuctural Members"
2. Steel Deck Institute (SD!). "Steel Roof Decking Design Manual" .
3 A WS "Sheet Steel in Structures. Specification fm Welding" A WS 01..3..
4 International Code Council (Ice)
5 . "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" by SMACNA, current edition.
6 Underwriters laboratories (Ul):
a UL 263 - Fire Tests of Building Cons1Iuction and MateIials.
b ill 580 - I est for Wind.Uplift Resistance of Roof Assemblies
c_ UL-2218 - Impact Resistance I est
7. Other codes and standanls as locally adopted and amended
B Performance Criteria:
1 Static Ail InfiltIation:
a Maximum infiltration: 0_06 CFMIF r when tested at 6.24 PSF in compliance with
ASTM-E283.
2 Static WateI Infiltration:
a No evidence of wateI'leakage when tested in accordance with ASTM-E331 with an
inward static ail pIessme of 12 PSF
3. Wind Uplift Approval: ill-90 rating when tested per ill. 580.
1..2 SUBMITIALS
A Shop Thawings:
1. Complete layout indicating types of roofing. anchorage. supplemenwy fiaming. cut
openings. accessOIies. and deck thicknesses
R Samples:
1. Color samples offinishes
a. I ypical roof panel, bleak metal. mise flashing
C Project InfOlIml:tion:
I. Certification of conformance with wind uplift standard listed.
D Contract Closeout Inf011Illltion:
1. Warranty.
1.3 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A Plan WOIk so that material is leceived on site in order to avoid coDStIuction delays.
B Delivery:
I. Delivez mateIia1s in manufacturer's original, unopened. undamaged containers with
identification Labels intact
2. IdentifY fabricated components with UL 90 label where appIOpliate.
C. Storage and Protection:
1. Store mateIials protected from exposure to hmnful conditions.
2. Protect materials from rusting, dirt or damage.
3. Store material in dry. above ground location.
4. Stack pre-finished material to prevent twisting, bending. abrasion. scratching and denting.
Of>llll.. City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach SlDrage Building CD - May 11,2007
07605 - 1
I
I
5 Elevate one end of each skid to. allow for moisture to rUD off:
6. Prevent contact with material that may caUSe corrosion, discoloration or staining..
7.. Do not expose to direct sunlightOI extreme heat trim material with factory applied
strippable film.
1..4 JOB CONDITIONS
I
I
A Field Measurements:
1. VerifY actual measurements/openings by field measurements before fabrication
2. Show recorded measurements on Shop Drawings.
3. Coordinate field measurements, fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid
construction delays
B. Do not overload supporting members
C Until entire assembly is complete, structural elements may not be stable 01' capable OfsUPPOlting
code or stated design loads.
1..5 WARRANIY
A General Warranty:
1 . Provide 5-year warranty signed jointly by roofing materials manufacturer, installer and
Contractor.
2. Warlant watertightness of roof and associated flashing.
I
I
I
I
PART 2 . PRODUCTS
I
2..1 MEIAL ROOFING
A. Acceptable manufactwers:
1. Standing Seam Metal Roofing:
a Base:
1) F abral Metal Wall and Roof Systems
b Optional:
1) Petersen Aluminum
a) Tite-Loc Plus
(1) .032 Aluminum, or greater
I
I
I
2. Other manufacturers desiring approval comply with Section 00440.
a Must be able to provide ALUMINUM standing seam roofing system. Batten clip type
system NOT acceptable.
B. Standing Seam Metal Roofing:
1 . General:
a. Factory-formed, pre-finished, standing seam metal roofing system with concealed
fasteners over' solid substrate.
1) Include perimeter' trim items to match
2) Fabricate and install to withstand structural and thermal movement, wind loading
and weather exposure without defects.
b Minimum Wind Rating: Comply with VI. 90.
2 Material Standards:
a. Aluminum: 3l05-HI4.
3 Base Product:
a. "Stand N Seam" Roofing System
1) Standing Seam Panels.
4. Minimum Sheet lhickness:
a. Aluminum: 0.032 IN
5 Spacing of Standing Seams:
I
I
I
I
I
06011~
City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater. Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11,2007
07605 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I)
6. Height of Standing Seam:
7. Finish:
a Top side:
1) Minimum 70011. PVDF
2) Mm;m1lm DlI: 1 0 mils
3) Color(s):
a) Clear, anodized aluminum.
b Back side:
I) Clear, anodized, aluminum
8. I exture:
a. Smooth texture.
9 Protective film: Strippable vinyl film applied dming panel fabIication and finishing;
Removed after installation.
2,2 OIHERMA1ERIALS
A Nails: stainless steel
B Screws:
I stainless steel
C- open
D. open
E open
F. Metal closure strips:
1. Alnm;nllm
G. Wood substrate and battens:
I. Specified in Section 06000..
2. Non-Fire-Rated Assemblies:
a. minimum W' marine grade plywood
H Roofing Felt:
I No.. 30 Asphalt saturated felt, ASTM-D226, Type n; sanded or dusted with talc.
L Rosin-saturated building paper..
I. 5IBS/Square.
J. Ice Shield:
I.. Base Product
a "Grace Ice & Water Shield" manufactured by W.R Grace & Co
2. Optional:
a Other products approved in writing by An:hitect pIiOl to bidding
3 Complying with ASTM-D I 970; Standard Specification fOI Self-Adhering Polymer
Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials Used as Steep Roofing Underlayment for Ice Dam
Protection.
4. PrimeI: Bitutbene PrimeI WP-3000.
5. Properties:
a. Cold-applied, se1f-adhering membIane composed of a high density, cross laminated
polyethylene film coated on one side with a layer ofrubberlzed asphalt adhesive
Minimal Physical Properties - Ice Shield
p Test Method Reaulred Value
Color - Grav-Black
Thickness, Membrane AST~3767 40 mil
(Method A)
O(..!.llI.l City ofC1earwater
City of Cte&JWater - Pilll 60, Beach S1Drage Building CD - May 11,2001
07605 - 3
I
Tensile Strength, Membrane ASTM-D412 250 PSI
(Die C Modified)
Elongation, Membrane ASTM-D412 250%
(Die C Modified)
Low Temperature Flexibility ASTM-D1970 Unaffected tm -20"F
Adhesion to Plvwood ASTM-D903 3.0 LBlfN Width
Permeance (Max) ASTM-E96 0.05 Perms
Material Welaht Installed (Max) 0.3 Iblft2
il
II
il
,
i
II
23 FABRICATION
A. General:
1 . Continuous Length: Fablicate panels 50 F T and less in one continuous length
2 T lim and Flashings: Fabticate trim and flashings from same material as roof system
material.
B Form with flush, telescoped or nested 2 IN end and side laps.
C. FOlm metal closure strips to configwationrequited to provide tight-fitting closures at open ends
and sides.
D. Fabricate roofing in accordance with following SMACNA
jl
i
II
II
ll!
I
l
i
II
i
I
II
PART 3. EXECUTION
3..1 INSPECIION
A.. Examine areas and conditions under which roof decking units are to be installed fOI conditions
de1rimental to propel and timely completion of work
B. Correct unsatisfactory conditions
C. Stalt of installation constitutes acceptance of responsibility fOI comct installation and
pezfolmance.
3.2 PREPARAIION
I
II
A. Coordinate metal roofing with other W olk (drainage, flashing and trim, deck substIates,
Parapets, copings, walls) and other adjoining wOlk to provide a non-colrosive and leak-proof
installation
B.. Dissimilm Metals: Prevent galvanic action of dissimilar metals.
3..3 INSTALLAIION'- GENERAL
I
A. General:
1 Install metal roofing panels to profiles, patterns and dtainage indicated and required fOI
leak-proof Installation.
2.. Provide for structural and thennal movement at work.
a. Refer to manufactures recommendations for thenna1 expansion properties.
3. Seal joints fOI leak-proofinstal1ation.
4. Seams: Provide uniform, neat seazns.
5 Fasteners: Conceal fasteners where possible in exposed work
6 Cover and seal fasteners and anchors for watertight and leak-proof installation.
7 Sealant Joints:
a. Provide where indicated or necessary fOI weather-tight installation.
b. Formjoints to conceal sealant
c. Comply with Section 07900 Sealant installation
I
I
I
I
OC,lll ! l City of Clearwater
City of CleaTWater- Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May II, 2007
07605 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
B Install roofing and accessories as indicated.
1 . Allow for even placement of skylights in seaming pattern of roof panels .
a. Where possible, wOlk from skylight(s) out
e Do not staIt placement of roofing until supporting members are installed complete..
D. Place each panel on supporting structutal frame. adjust to final position, accurately align with
ends bellling on supporting members.
L Lap units at ends m1nimnm 2 IN.
2 Do not stretch 01 contract side lap interlocks
3 Place panels flat and square and secure to framing without Wlllp or excessive deflection.
E. Remove and replace panels:
I Sttucturally weak
2. Unsound
3. With burn holes.
4 Ihose Architect declares defective
F. Cut and fit panels and accessories around other work projecting through or acljacent to roofing
1. Make cutting and fitting neat, square and trim
2 Neatly and accurately reinforce openings except:
a.. Cir-cular openings less than 6 IN diameter.
b. Rectangullll openings }ijlving no side dimension greater. than 6 IN.
3 Reinforce openings between 6 and 12 IN with 20 GA steel sheet 12 IN greater in each
dimension than opening.
4. Place sheet around opening and weld to top SUlface of deck. at each comer and each side
midway between each COlnel'
G Install metal closure strips as lequired
L Provide where lib openings in top SUlface of roof decking occur adjacent to edge and
openings
2. Securely fasten closure strips into position.
H. Install metal closure strips at open uncovered ends and edges of roofmg, and in voids between
roofing and other construction.
1. Fasten into position to provide a complete decking installation
3..4 INSTALLAIION OF METAL ROOFING
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A. Assure that metal decking is fastened to suppolting frame and side laps as follows:
I At supports and at ends:
a. For 30 and 36 IN wide panels: Minimum 4 screws per deck unit..
2. At perimeter supports 12 IN OC
3 At side laps 24 IN oe
B. Install wood substrate on metal decking with screws spaced nominal 12 IN oe, with joints
nominal 1/16 IN and level
e. Install felt continuous over Sllbstrate, ship-lapped minimum 6 IN to weather
D. Secure felt with nails ( Staples NO I acceptable), nominal 12 IN OC
E Install Rosin Paper over felt.
F. If metal roofing is not installed immMiately after felt, provide temporuy weather protection.
G. Remove and replace wood substnrte and felt in areas where warping exceeding 1:50 ocCW"S.
H Install cleats as required
I Install metal roofing in accordance with referenced figures
J Perform sealant work required to make installation watertight.
I
I
I
I
I
O(d!ll~
City of Clearwall:r
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11,2007
07605 - 5
I
3,,5 . CLEANING & PROJECTION
I
I
A Cleaning:
I. Remove temporary coverings and protection of adjacent wOlk areas
2.. Repair or replace damaged Installed products, .
3 Clean installed products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions plior to Owner's
acceptance.
4. Remove construction deblis from pIoject site,
B.. T ouch'-up:
1. Retouch scarred areas, welds
2, Touch-up damaged aluminum smfaces in accordance with manufactures recommendations
G. Protection: PIotect installed product from damage dming construction.
'I
'I
jl
END OF SECTION
'I
;1
II
'I
il
'I
,I
I
I
I
I
C6(1l1!
City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May J J. 200}
07605 - 6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 07900
JOINT SEALANTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 DESCRIPIION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
A. Definition:
L Words "calk" and "caulking" mean sealant work
2 "Interior wet areas" means toilets, showers, kitchens and similar areas where sealant is
subject to moisture.
B Seal joints which would otbelwise pmmit penetration of moisture or air, unl.ess sealant work is
specifically required unde1 other sections..
C Work included: Provide sealants as follows:
1. Flashing reglets and retainers.
2. Exterior wall joints.
3 Masonry conttol joints, exterioJ and interior and between masomy and other materials..
4. Flooring joints
5_ Isolation joints ,
6 Joints between paving or sidewalks and building.
7. Joints at penetlations of waIls, floors and decks by piping and other services and equipment
not requiring frrestopping.
8 ExteriOJ and interior perimeters of exterior and interior door and window frames, louvers,
gtiDes, etc.
9 Between cabinets, casewOJ'k, countertops and back splashes where adjacent to walls.
10. Joints between dissimilar materials, to provide visually acceptable closures
11. Solidly bed thresholds at exterior doors.
12. Other joints where caulking, OJ sealant is indicated,
13.. Joints where Pre-molded Compressible Sealants is indicated
D. Related materials specified elsewhere:
1, Firestopping: Specified in Section 07270.
2. Acoustical Sealant: Specified in Section 09250.
1..2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A- Sealant materials:
1. Sealant specification: ASIM-C920 Type S OJ M, Grade-NS, minimum Class-25.
2.. Sealant testing: ASTM-C5IO; ASIM-C7II; ASlM-C719 Class-25, Gra~N; ASIM-
C792; ASlM-C793; ASTM-C9IO..
3. Sealant use: ASIM-C1l93.
4 Pre-molded Compressible Sealants: ASTM-C509.
5. Installer approved by manufactnrer..
B Staining Potential (of adjacent ma1eIials Caused by sealants):
1. Pre-test proposed sealants where sealants are used with any of the following materials:
a Marble, sandstone, limestone, gtanite, and other types of stonework
b. Architectural Precast.
c Blick Masomy.
2 lest Method: ASTM-C1248.
3. Historical testing using same materials and cataloged by sealant manufacturer will be
considered acceptable
4. Where testing suggests that staining potential exists: Reselect sealant and retest
1160 1I4 City of CleIrwater
City 01 Clearwater. Pier 60, Beach SIOrap Building CD - May 11,2007
07900 . 1
I
-
!
5 Certify that staining potential has been evaluated.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A Shop Drawings:
I Sealant Schedule with the following information:
a. Generally describe locations requiring sealants (i.e Brick to Alum Window)
b. 1 ist type of sealant to be used, and name of product proposed.
c Include a blank column on schedule fOI colors.
d Upon review, Architect to complete Color Column.
e. Submit color samples with Sealant Schedule
B Samples:
1 Cured sample of each COIOI for COIOI selection (submit with Sealant Schedule).
2. Colors fOI Pre-molded Compressible Sealant.
C Contract Closeout Information:
I Maintenance data
2 Wananty.
3. Celtifications
1.4 JOB CONDITIONS
'I
II
il
i.
II
i.lti01l4
City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11, 2007
07900 - 2
II
i'l
!
II
II
il
i
I.
il
il
II
il
i.
'I
A. Perform sealant wOlk only when ambient tempelature is 40 degF or higher
B Cold Climates: Do not apply sealants late afteInoons, late fall 01 eady Spling
C. Apply only to joints free of material which may inhibit bond.
D. Apply to cementitious matelials only when thoroughly CUIed and my"
1..5 WARRANIY
A. Provide written warranty that sealant WOIk will remain free of defects fOI a period of2 years:
L Failure of watertightness or air tightness constitutes defect.
2 Remove defective wOIk and materials and replace with new wOlk and materials.
3 Repair other wOlk damaged as a result of defective sealant work at no additional expense to
Ownel
4.. Warranty signed by installer and ContractoI
PART 2. PRODUCTS
2..1 MATERIALS
A.. Acceptable manufacturels:
1. Polyurethane sealants:
a. Base:
1) Tremco
b. Optional:
1) Pecora..
2) Sonnebom/ChemRex.
3) Sika.'
4) Bondaflex Technologies
2. Silicone sealants:
a. Base:
1) Tremco
2) Dow Coming..
b. Optional:
1) Pecora.
I
I
ii
I
I
2) GE Silicones.
3) Sonnebom/ChemRex
4) Bondaflex Technologies
3 Other Sealants:
a. Base: As indicated
4_ Pre-molded Compressible Sealant:
a Base:
I} Eroseal
b. Optional:
1) Dayton Superior, Polytite.
I
I
I
I
j
,
I
,
I
I
I
\1
5
2..2 SEALANT'S - GENERAL
A General:
1. Provide colOIS matching materials being sealed
2. Where sealant is not exposed to view, use manufacturer's standard color which has best
penOImance.
3 Use non-sag sealant in vertical and hoIizontaljoints.
4. Use self-leveling in horizontal joints.
5 BefOIl: use of sealant, investigate its compatibility with swfaces, fillers and other mateIials
injoint system
6. Use only compatible materials
7. Obtain sea1antsftom manufacturers- who will provide manufacturers' field service
representatives at project site for pwpose of advising and instIucting installers
a Provide such services, at no expense to Owner.
B.. Polyurethane Sealants:
1 Refer to Sealant Selection Guide for types required.
2 Comply with VOC limits as required by local1aws.
C. Silicone Sealants:
1 Refer to Sealant Selection Guide for types required.
2. Comply with VOC limits as required by local laws .
D Other Sealant I ypes:
1 Refer to Sealant Selection Guide for types required.
2. Comply with VOC limits as required by 10cal1aws.
2,,3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A Joint cleaner, primer, bond breaker:
L As recommended by sealant manufactlIIer.
B. Backer Rod:
1. Rod stock of polyethylene, polyethylene jacketed polyurethane foam, or other flexible, non-
absorbent, non-bituminous material recommended by sealant manufacturer to:
a Control joint depth
b Break bond of sealant at bottom of joint.
c. Provide proper shape of sealant
2.4 PRE-MOLDED COMPRESSIBLE SEALANT
A Pre-molded Compressible Sealant
I. Description:
a Foam backing: Multiple layers of acrylic-impregnated, expanding foam sealant and
closed-cel1 (EVA) foam..
b Weather Facing: l.ow-modulus silicone with bellows profile.
2. Movement capability: +/-25% movement (50% total).
I
I
060114 City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May II. 2007
07900 - 3
3 Material to be sized appropriately for joint widths indicated
4, Base Product: "ColOISeal" by Emseal.
B Pre-molded Compressible Secondary Sealant: Provide behind directly-applied liquid sealant or
behind backer-rod and sealant
I , Description:
a Foam backing: Multiple layers of acrylic-impregnated, expanding foam sealant and
closed-cell (BV A) foam,
2 Movement capability: +/-25% movement (50% total).
3, Material to be sized appropriately for joint widths indicated,
4. Base Product: ''Backerseal'' by Emseal
G, Installation Adhesive:
1 , As recommended by manufacturer ot Pre-molded Compressible Sealant
2, Comply with VOC limits as required by local laws '
I
,
!
I
ill
I
:1
PART 3 - EXECUTION
rl
:'1
'I
:1
,*
'I
:1
I
il
tl
I
Ii
3..1 SEALANT USAGE GUIDELINES
1160114
City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater- Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May II, 2007
07900 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
GUIde to Scali'mt Types - EXTERIOR
~{:;~~~;;~~ =~~=r~~- "-'.=~::_::~;~~~L~=:~:\.~:~'~. ?,~_: _~:Iq:~J~~-~~, ~: ,~cc~~i~~r~.~~~~~.~t'l~~k~t~fg~\~j
Cast in Place Concrete
Brick and Concrete Masonrv Multi-part polyurethane, Tremco Exception: Use "Oymonlc" where
Portland Cement Plaster chemically curing, "Dymeric 240" used as bedding sealant for
HoIJoW Metal Door and W1ndaN epoxldJzed frames. siIJs. thresholds elc,
Perimeters
Akmlnum Composite Panels
{ACMl and Metal Column Covers Tremco
Joints in materials with high .Spectrem 1"
coefficients of linear exnanslon SIlIcone or .Spectr&m -
Wealherseals of Aluminum 3"
Window I'rames (including
perimeter joints)
Precast Concrete Panels Silicone Tremcc ;..
EIFS Systems "Spectrem 1"
Tremco Exception: Pre-test for staining
Stone Work Silicone "Spectrem 3" potential per ASTM-C1248, prior
to use. with staln-sanslUve stone
Exterlor Tremco Exception: Select alternate
(General) General Exterior Glazing SUlcone; Neutra/-CUre "Speclrem 'Z' sUIcone 68S1ant types as
appropriate for specific glazing
or "Progtaze" 8DDllcatlon.
Butt Glazing and Structural Silicone; 1-part, Dew ComIng -
Silicone Joints . Neutral-cure '795"
PrImary Seat Select h~~ seaJants. of basic type listed
Fabrication of Insulating Glass ene as a ale for sDeclfic aoollcatlon.
UnIts (IGU) Secondary Seat OOW Coming -
Silicone "982"
Zone dams, shear blocks and Use type or silicone which offers optimal
other Internal component of smcone
Aluminum Window Svstems adhesion and performance for application
Sheet Metal Gutters Downspouts, Synthetic Rubber 1 Resin, Tremco
"Gutter -
Scuppers, etc eIastomerlc Sealant"
Joints where SUlcone was Use type or sDlcone which offers optimal
previously used Silcone adhesion and performance for condition, and
which offers suitable color choices for matching.
Concrete Paving and Parking
Exterior SlrUclUres Tremco "THC Exception: Where subject to
Flatwol1< Concrete SlcIewaIks MuItI-part Polyurethane 900/901" continual water emerslon: use
Brick Paving and Wales "Vulkam 45 or 245"
Stone and Precast Plazas
General Notes:
1. The above shall be use as a "guide" to selection of appropriate sealant types.
Optional sealant prodUcts shaH offer same m.mber of color choices as the Base Product fisted.
3 All of the conditions and materials isted may not necessarily apply to subject project
. The above Is Intended to be an overaR guide. Additional conditions and materials may be required on subject project.
Notify Architect If addlllonal Guidance is l'lKIulred to select unUsted Iteins.
I,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I'
,I
I
Ii
I
06011 4
City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60 Beach Stange Building CD - May II, 2007
07900 - s
I
I
;1
Guide to Sealant Types -INTERIOR
~fi;~---~C"---;~~ll ~~]~::1W:~'!T~ IT/11~:' [;~'F;:r~!P2;G':sf"{gr~-~~-!;};ITC~~~~~;r'lli1~~~~~;C:IT~ -=.~ ~-:' 1:"~~:Ju~"IJ1:irL~~r:rj:-'1~~~~
I"j'. / c.j i"]' "2F~4,1"fO"U r Ylij"c~'ii"" .: " '0~'';:"''j ,. ""'l""..2,L,1C-r-~i':r &"illS';:' 1"4~L" \i.;'[ ,., '''-1,;J'i"'j':i'1';;-i!1l~,L~!-trITj .'.j -'( J'. il
!j?c, {.::: f:'.l~c~.+;: 5:'1:~=.:f.:; '~'i.8~"~,!.;~.L~:-:'$-T;1l[~:.,~'5;::: :{~h~~,. ":""f.~~'l~'":r, ;:Tw":j ~l-"' _.Jf.,U ,~;nlb, '~~4' ~L;:J~';:-:~::I'
:.%:ol1.hl=~~~, l,q.,T , ~,,:.!.ill,-,,-,'t1.tili:.Ek~~~;;:;:a;l:g,ltktltt&.:..1-.B1.l1i:::J:...._~ji.t:..thJ..'" ~dJl[J~h~.:u.nEZ:.~~~'i...;_~I'ill >.In.u-i.....litim :J1~L~
Window SIlls 1 Stools
Cabinets and Casework to wall Product specified in Secllon 12340
Countertops and Backsplashes (Silicone Color Rite "Poly-SII" )
SInks In Countertops
Interior Alum Doors and Window Multi-part Polyurethane, Tremco
Frame Per/metelS chemically curing. I-Dymerlc 240 -
epoxldlzed
Interior !EXception: Where sealant will not
(General) Tremco be subsequently paInted, and
Hollow Metal Door and Window Siliconlzed Acrylic Latex "Tremflex white color will not be v/suany
Frame Perimeters (to wall) (paintable) 834" compatible with adjacent finishes:
Use "Dymeric 240. of matching
color.
Acoustical Sealant Joinls at top
and bottom termInations of Specified In Seellon 09250 (and in Seellon 07270 where fire-rated)
Interior Walls
Control.Jolnts In Concrete Floors Exception: Where subject to
Interior in Mechanical Rooms and other Tremco "THC
Flatwork "un-finlshed" SoaC8S Mulli-part Polyurethane 900/901" continual water emerslon; use
Stone and Precast Flooring "Vulkem 45 or 245"
Interior Wet Porcelain, Ceramic Tile, Metals Silicone; Air cure Tremco -
Areas and surfaces with Epoxy Painls "TremsD 200"
General Notes:
1. The above shall be use as a "guide" to seleellon of appropriate sealant types
2 Op60nal sealant products shalf offer same number of color choices as the Base Product listed
All of the conditions and materials listed may not necessarily apply to subject project.
14. The above Is intended to be an overall guide. Additional condItions and materials may be required on subject project.
Notify Arphltect if additional Guidance is required to select unlisted items.
~. Materials and Conditions .conventlonally" used on Exterior but used on Interior of subject project and not listed on Interior
Guide: Refer to Exterior Guide for appropriate sealant type.
il
i
i
rl
;\.
1.1)
I'
II
I
II
I
I.
3..2 PREPARATION
,
II
II
i
II
II,
A Clean joints.
B. Where finish coating or covering is to be applied to smface (e .g.., paint, wall covering, glazed
coating), wait until such coating or COVeling has been applied before installing sealant
3..3 INS lALLATION -GENERAL
A Make joints water and air tight
B. As required by manufacturer, prime joint smfaces..
1. Limit application to surfaces to receive sealants.
2. Mask off adjacent smfaces
C. Make depth of sealant not more than one-half width of joint, but in no case less than 1/4 IN
D Subcaulk: joints without suitable backstop, to proper depth.
E.. Install correctly sized backel lods..
F Apply bond breaker as required or recommended by sealant manufacturer.
G 1001 sealants using sufficient pressure to fill voids
H.. Upon completion, leave caulking smooth and even
i'
II
II
:1
'I'
1
i
!
~
06{) 114 City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11,200 7
07900 - 6
II
,
il
I
I
I
Ii
I
I
I
I
I
I
1\
I
-
I
I
I. Install to completely fill voids.
3..4 INSIALLATION - PRE-MOLDED COMPRESSIBLE SEALANT
A. Install compressible sealant to position at indicated depth
I I ake care to avoid contamination of sides of joint.
2. Protect side walls of joint to depth of caulking.
3_ Install with adhesive faces in contact with joint sides.
4 Field apply silicone cOInm' bead sealant at face each side of expansion joint
in accordance with compxessible sealant manufactureI recommendations..
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
060114 City of ClearwatJ:r
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11,2007
07900 -7
SECTION 08100
HOLLOW METAL (HM) DOORS AND'FRAMES
I
il
il
jl
iii
q.
)
PART 1. GENERAL
1.1 QUALIIY ASSURANCE
A Hollow Door and Frame Standards:
I, ANSI/SDI-A250A fOI Physical Pelformance,
2, ANSI/SDI-A250 8 for level and Model.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
tl(i{)j 1 ~
City of Clearwater
City of Clem water . Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD. May 11,2007
08100-1
,
11
il
il
;
1,1
, ,
II
i
;'1
; ,
ia
IJ
il
il
i 1-
!
!I
I
I
A. Shop Drawings:
I DoOI and frame schedule..
2. NOA certifications for exteIioI doors.
1.3 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A GeneIal:
1 ' Deliver matCIials cBItoned or crated..
2 Inspect upon deliveIY for damage.
3. Store units in upright position under cover.
4.. Place the units on wood sills at least 4 IN off floors, and in a manner that will prevent rust
and damage.
5, COVel only with "breathable" sheet good.
6" Provide a 1/4 IN air space between the doors to promote air circulation.
B Storage of Doors:
1. If the cardboard WIappCI on the doOI' becomes wet, or moisture appears, remove the wrapper
immediately
C Storage ofFrames:
1. Assembled frames shall be stored in a velticaI position; no more than five units per stack
D, Repair minor damages provided finish is acceptable to Architect; otherwise, remove and replace.
PART 2. PRODUCTS
2..1 MATERIALS
A Acceptable manufacturers:
1 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames:
a Base:
I) Steelcraft Manufactming (Ingersoll-Rand)
b Optional:
I) Cunies (ASSA ABLOY).
2) Ceco DOOI Pl'Oducts (ASSA ABIOY)
2. Other manufacturers desiring approval comply with Section 00440
2..2 GENERAL MATERIALS
A Steel sheet and snip:
1 Typical: ASTM-A568,
B. Corrosion-resistant coating:
1 Standard:
I
I
I
I
I
I
..~c
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
a.. Hot-dip Galvannealed: A60 pel ASIM-A653"
b. Minimum zinc-iron alloy coating: 0 6 O'ziF r
2. Application: PIovide above cOIIosion-resistant coating at all door/frame components where
used at Exterior and Interim Wetlhumid locations (as defined by the following):
a Exterior Openings:
1) Openings located in an exteriox wall
2) Openings that are exposed to weather (even if protected by overhead canopy)"
3) Openings used to form either side ofan entrance vestibule (aka ail lock
vestibule) between exterior and conditioned spaces"
4) All openings in puking StnlCtmes and garages.
5) Openings used for roof access.
6) Openings to/from loading docks. trash collection and compacting areas.
7)
8)
b Inte#or Openings in ''WetIHumid'' Areas:
1) Openings to/from rooms w/showers, tubs or pools.
2) Openings toIfrom operating rooms, SCIub areas, sub-sterile, trauma rooms,
hydrotherapy rooms, and decontamination showers..
3) Openings to/from soiled utility and soiled holding rooms
4) with sterilizer, Central SteIile Reprocessing department.
S) Openings to/from loading docks, trash collection and compacting areas..
6) Openings to ambulance and vehicular garages.
7) Openings to/from rooms with sterilizers, autoclaves, tunnel washer equipment and
siImlaI Central Sterile Reprocessing equipment
8)
9)
C. Primer:
1. All doors and frames shall be cleaned, phosphatized and finished as standard with one coat
of baked -on rust inhibiting prime paint in accordance with ANSI A250.! 0
2. Suitable as base fOI specified finish paints.
D Zinc-rich primer fOI' repair of galvanizedlgalvannealed items: ZRC Worldwide "Galvilite"
E.. lead Sheet:
I ASTM-B29.
2. Free from imperfections affecting perfolmance_
2..3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - HOLLOW MEIAL (HM) DOORS
A. Determination ofperfolmance level fOI each door:
1 . Per following schedule, use the indicated Level ofHM door indicated for its location, size
and other listed criteIia
2. Note: Some of the items below may not apply to subject project.
Schedule of HM Door Levels
IIJ'''~ "=-'l;j~""--O'~=~=""~"' ....~._-~_
~1;f'-J [~!lW~l.,:lIf:;;'.,' c'~';id~,.~~;j~':"li',,~t:L
""~~-r- ~~;'-;''':,..~r._t;~~~~~.;O.-~
Exterior Doors 1
(flush)
Openings where each leaf Is
less than 47 IN
Openings where one or more
of the leaves exceeds 47 IN
Aft
Galvanized I galvanneaJed. Thennally
Insulated
Galvanized I galvannealed. ThennaJly
Insulal8d
Interior Doors
Non-fire rated
FIre rated
labeled as Indicated
w/out astragal wherever osslbie
1)6011~
City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11,2007
08100-2
Wet / Humid Areas 2
Galvanized / galvannealed; Moisture-
resistant core - Fire-resistant were re uired
I
;
I
Ii
il
il
il
II
General Notes:
Refer to Door Schedule for indication of the Door Type (I e. Width, Fire Rating Flush vs Stile & Rail etc)
Refer to Plans for door location (exterior vs. Interior) .
Where Hurricane or Tomado-resistant openings are specified: Refer "ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. for appropriate
door/frame construction.
Footnotes:
1. Refer to Part 2.2 for definition of 'Exterior" locations
2. Refer to Part 2.2 for definition of 'WetIHumld" locations.
B Construction - Hollow Metal (HM) Doors:
1 Door Thic1aJ.ess:
a. 1-3/4 IN.
2 HM Door level, per ANSI-A2S0.8:
a Level 3, Extra Heavy-duty, physical performance level A.
1) Face Sheet Ihic1aJ.ess: 16 GA (0053 IN).
b Level4, Maximum-duty, physical performance level A
1) Face Sheet Thickness: 14 GA (0..067 IN)
3. Typical Model, per ANSI-A250.8: .
a. Model 2, Seamless.
4. End channels at top and bottom of door:
a. Minimum Sheet thickness of channels: 16 GA (0.053 IN)..
b Bottom channel: "Flush" or "Inverted", (manufacturer's option)
c Top channel:
1) "Flush" or "Inverted", (manufacturer's option).
2) Exception: All Exterior doors to be constIucted with "flush" top channels.
5 Cores:
a. Steel stiffeners where structurally required.
b. Exterior doors: Thermal insulation.
1) Exception: Fire resistant core where rating is indicated for Exterior doors.
c. Interior doors:
1) Non-rated doors: Kraft Honeycomb laminated to face sheets..
2) Rated doors: Fire resistant core as required by label.
3) Wet/Humid Areas: Moisture-resistant materials, fire resistant where applicable.
d. Specific materials used for above listed cOte types: At Manufacturer's discretion.
e. Reinforce for Hardware_
6. Vertical Door Edges:
a Lock Stile Edges: Beveled 1/8 IN per 2 IN.
1) Exception for Inactive Leaves: Fabricate "inactive leaves" with a SQuare ed~e at
the lock stile edge. (Active leaves to be beveled per above..)
b.. Hinge Stiles Edge: Beveled 1/8 IN per 2 IN.
c.. Exceptions for Double-Acting Doors: Provide convex, radiused edges at lock stiles and
binge stiles.
,
il
;
i
il
I.
1)6()]!'!
City of Clearwater
City of Clewwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD . May 11 2007
08100 - 3
11
II
II
il
II
il
II
I
I
CLites:
I Provide light kits which are labeled for intended opening
2. Fixed Stop:
a Locate at exterior face.
b. Integral to door/:frame
3 Removable Stop:
a. Locate on interior face.
b Screw-less snap-in stops 01 stops secured with countersunk Phillips head machine
screws
I
I
I
I
I
I,
I,
I
I
I
I,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D Astragals:
1. Include UL-listed, overlapping metal astIagals at meeting stiles ofpaiJ: doors where required
fOI fire label scheduled
2 Weatherstripping: Specified in Section 08700.
E. Lead Lined Astragals:
1. Provide overlapping LL AstIagals at meeting stiles ofLead-Lined Pairs.
2. Description: 2 plies of steel over one ply of 0.075 IN (mill) sheet lead.
3 Utilize UI-listed items where opening is also fire-rated
2..4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS -HOLLOW METAL (BM) FRAMES
A. General:
1. Flame types and configurations indicated.
2. Face Seams:
a Continuously welded.
h. Gtound smooth and flush fOI "seamless" appearance..
c. . Touch-up galvanizedlgalvannealed frames with zinc-rich plimer..
d. Split type flames and "knock-down" type flames are not acceptable
3 Joints at intersections of Rabbets, Stops and Soffit Joints:
a.. Spot-weld on concealed-side
4 Determination of steel gauge for each frame:
a. Pel following schedule, use the indicated minimum steel gauge as indicated for its
location, size and other listed criteria .
b. Note: Some of the item's below may not apply to subject project.
Schedule of HI\i1 Frames
T~~"'q ~.,._,==~-=-c E~=-"""=-~=~rni"r-'.,.~~
~~Yi'i'r=---:o-~;'Y':_- [7 IT --'''--'-"-"-'-::7---='''~ -J ~Xl
';~ci~~ .;\~f.i,{:!!~~~~ II "-
Where overall wldth of frame Is 14GA
Exterior Frames 1 Jess than 471N Galvanized I galvannealed
Where overall wldth of frame Is 12GA
greater than 47 IN
Non-fire rated 16GA ---
Interior Frames 1 Fire rated 16GA -
Wet I Humid Areas ;<: 16GA Galvanized / galvannealed
General Notes:
Gauge of frame listed Is "mInimum". Use heavier gauge as requlr&d due to size, physical configuration or If
required to meet fire label requirements
Refer to Door Schedule for indication of the Frame Type Q .8. WIdth, Single VB. Pair; Are Rating, etc)
Refer to Plans for door location (Exterior VB. InlBrier)
Where Hurricane or Tornado-resistant openings are speclfied: Refer 'ADDmONAL REQUIREMENTS. for
appropriate door/frame construction
Footnotes:
1. Refer to Part 2.2 for definition of 'Exterior' locations.
2. Refer to Part 2.2 for dellnltlon of 'WetIHumid" locations.
5 . Conceal fastenings.
6. Reinforce all'C01llerS and hardware cutouts pel ANSI Al15.
7. Frames where clOSeJs and overhead stops are scheduled: Reinforce with 3116 IN thick x 12
IN-long strapping
8. Frames where continuous hinges are scheduled: Reinfmce with 12 GA (0.093 IN) stIapping
extending full height.
9. Steel boxes at back of hardware cut-outs, minimum 0,45mm 0 018 IN welded to :frame
10. Hospital Stops (a k,a Ienninated Stops, Cut-off Stops, SanitaIy Stops):
1160(1-1
City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beacb Storage Building CD - May 11. 2007
08100 - 4
Jamb Anchors Minimum Quantity Required (per Jamb)
fit ~. '~~tl:"~-~,,-;;1=:I-~1I111j-'l'1-~:"--=-~H*~:11'E-m0f,~~~~"-"t'''''<'<''''''I'''1',,~t ~~r,lC;"~""""'-r~~~==l~
j!: I ~~: J .!I,~. ~ ~'12tlli~_;~-':'~: r1:.~~:'( '.;::p~~~:r.1rr-..lrCj1~ I t'b~ ~1_1 Jll j ~;;:~~~~-:,:;l::} 1t:~~~~;LJ,~~ l~~ ~~~l<'~:::~. i'-~~;~l~~{-
h"I;"'J_'~rll:j<"r ~ (,~i U \ I. i~l~.1ii '. 'f u hH:;::'"J[ilc !)i'F",qi'c:.'i:'fsi." j~(J.l! a 11 ;)'gJ1}13(1 p iJt:U ~1)j~_A:if:jF; '..'"! ~~
i;tl{~;~~fft 11,~*~~4.~~~:~~<<~j'i~:::~a~1I~~I~1tJl~~';i~~tili~'~i~;jrrs,,1~~~j 'i~~~~1gili
Upto 60 IN 2
Between 60 IN and 90 IN 3
Between 90 IN and 120 IN 4
I
il
l.
,I
il
!
~
1:1
i
I
il
II
il
i
r.
!,
i --
II
i
II
11
il'
I
I
;.
!
)11
I-
II
~
:1
a . Use where scheduled on DoOI Schedule
b DesCIiption:
1) Cut out and fully welded.
2) Height from floor:
a) 4-112 IN.
3) 45 Deg termination.
B. Lead-lined frames:
1. Lead-lined Door Frames:
a Minimum Gauge: 16 GA (0 .053 IN) .
b Line with sheet lead.
1) Ihickness: Equivalent to that indicated for adjacent walls,
2) Install additional sheet lead as required to ensure integrity of shielding at cutouts
and preps for hardware.
2. Lead-lined Window Frames:
a. Minimum Gauge: 16 GA (0.OS31N)..
b Line with sheet lead.
I) Ihickness: Equivalent to ~t indicated for adjacent walls.
c. Use lead lined stops at glazing..'
C. Lites:
1 . Provide light kits which are labeled for intended opening.
2 Fixed Stop:
a Locate at exterioI face.
b. Integral to door/ftame_
3. Removable Stop:
a.. Locate on interior face.
b.. SCIew-Iess snap-in stops or stops secured with countersunk Phillips head machine
screws..
D Silencers:
L Specified in Section 08700.
2 Quantity:
a 3 on stIike jamb of single ftames.
b. 2 pel' door for pair doOIs Locate at head
3 Space per' manufacturer's recommendations,
4. Use plastic plugs to keep holes clear during construction.
E. Floor Anchors:
I. Minimum 16 GA (0..053 IN) thick sheet steel foot clip angles
2. Include concealed fasteners.
3 Galvanize items to be built into exterior walls after fabrication, ASIM-AI53, Class B.
4. Provide anchors in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations on fire rated doors..
F. Jamb Anchors:
1. General:
a. Galvanize items to be built into exterior walls after fabrication, ASIM-AI53, Class B.
b Provide anchors in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations on fire tated
doors.
c. Provide minimum number as indicated on the following !able:
1)60114 City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater. Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11, 2007
08100 - 5
I
,I
I
I
I
I
il
I
I,
I
I
I
I
I'
I
I
I
I
'I
Between 120 IN and 150 IN
Taller than 150 IN
5
Add 1 additional for each 30 IN
increase in heloht thereafter
2, Jamb Anchors for Stud-Framed walls:
a Minimum 16 GA (0 053 IN) thick sheet steel I -straps, or minimum 3/16 IN wire loop
anchors.
b. Attach anchors to studs with screws.
3. Jamb Anchors for Masomy walls:
a.. Mmimum 16 GA (0.053 IN) thick sheet steel I-straps, or minimum 3/16 IN wire loop
anchors.
b. Embed long leg into masonry wall as it is laid.
4. Jamb Anchors for Concrete waDs:
a.. Minimum 16 GA (0..053 IN) thick sheet steel with tubular sleeve.
b. 3/8 IN Countersunk, flat-head expansion bolts..
c. Minimum embedment length: 1-3/4 IN
G. Spreaders:
I. Provide removable spreaders at bottom of door' fi1lDles.
H. Inserts, bolts and fasteners:
1 . Mannfactu,rets standard units..
2 Galvanize items to be built into exterior waDs AS IM-AI5:3, Class C or D as applicable
I Cover Boxes:
1 Material: 16 GA (0.053 IN) sheet steel
2. Size and shape: As required by device.
3.. Include lmock-out to receive 1/2 IN conduit
4 Locate Cover Boxes in all fiames scheduled to receive electrified Security and/or Door
Hardware devices..
a. Devices including, but not limited to: IDectric Strikes, Maglocks, Door Position
Switches, Cml'ent-conducting hinges, etc
L Grout:
1 Portland cement-based glout mixture as specified in Section 04110.
2. Grout mixtures shall NOT contain gypsum.
2..5 MAIERIALS - MISCELLANEOUS
A Glass Pass- Ibm Hardware (indicated to be installed in HM frames):
1. General:
a Aluminum finish: Anodized natwal finish aluminum components; conosion resistant
2 Sliding Door Assembly:
a. Base Product: "Roll-Ezy P992 ZJ::' by Knape and Vogt.
b Assembly includes following components:
1) Bottom track: #999
2) Carriers: #997.
a) Capacity: 20 l.BS each
b) Provide 2 minimum, more if necessary to support panels indicated..
3) Shoe: #995
4) Upper channel: #993.
3. Other Hardware:
a Pull: KV -836.
b_ Ratchet Lock: KV -963, keyed as directed
c.. Rubber bumpers: KV-1087; Provide at each jamb.
4 Glass: See Section 08800 for type
a Install glass into top guide and bottom shoe using glazing strip or silicone
1)(j0l 14
. City of C1eaJwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60. Beac:b Storage Building CD - May II, zcxn
08100 - 6
A. General:
1 Fabricate rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects.
2 Form to indicated sizes and profiles.
3. Fit and assemble in shop, wherever practical.
4. Mark work that cannot be fully assembled in shop, to assure proper assembly at site.
5. DoOI to Flame Clearances:
I
II
II
il
I
II
;
II
i
II
II
~
il
i .
i
il
2.6 FABRICAIION
To Rail 10 Frame
Lock Stile to Jamb 3/3210 1/8 IN 3/32 to 5/32 IN
Hin e Stile 10 Jamb
Meetln Stiles at Pair Doors 1/16 to 1/8 IN 1/16 to 1/8 IN
Rated Face of door 10 face of Sto
Openings Typical; all floor covering types Up to 1/2 IN Up to 1/2 IN
Door Bottom to Floor At Non-combuslible Sills Up to 3f81N Up 10 3/8 IN
1 Flooring
Bare floors; No flooring or sills Up to 3/4 IN Up to 3/4 IN
Non-rated Comply with criteria Comply with criteria
Openings All Condlllons listed for rated listed for rated
s 0 nin s
a Comply also with additional requirements of the following where more stringent:
1) ANSI A250,8.
2) Fire-Iated doors: NFPA 80.
3) Smoke-Control Doors: NFP A 105.
4) locally adopted Building Code.
R Prepare for fmish hatdwate:
1.. In accordance with hardware schedule, templates provided by hardware supplier, and
ANSI/DIll~Al15 selies "Specifications fOI Door and Frame Preparation".
2 Doors shall be mortised, reinforced and function holes prepared in accordance with the
specified hardware.
3. Locate finish hardware in accordance with ANSI A250 8
C. Clean offmill scale and fOIeign materials, touch-up damaged galvanized/galvannealed SID faces..
D Prime:
1.. Shop prime
E. Fire labels:
1. Affix permanent labels to fire lated units in accordance with agency requirements..
2. On openings where continuous hinges, or other items which would conceal label, are
scheduled: Locate labels on alteIDative locations as allowed by listing agency and local
authOIities
i
II'
, ,
II
,
il
PART 3 - EXECUTION
II
II
II
3..1 INSPECIION
A. Examine stIUcture, substrates, and conditions under which work is to be installed for conditions
detrimental to correct and timely completion
II
i
il
'I
., ,
I' '
0)60 114 City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach StonIge Building CD - May 11, 2007
08100 -7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.
I!
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B Installation c.onstitutes acceptance of responsibility fOI pelfolmance
3,,2 INSTALLAIION
A. General:
1 Install steel doors, frames, and accessories according to Shop Drawings, manufacnrrer's
data, and as specified
2. Place frames priOJ' to construction of enclosing walls and ceilings.
3 CoordiDate building in of anchors and frame grouting with othel trades
B. Placing Frames:
L General:
a, Comply with provisions in sm 105, uuless othelwise indicated
b. Install fire-rated frames according to NFPA 80,
2. Place frames before constJuction of adjacent walls.
a, Exception: Where adjacent walls are 'cast-in-place concrete: Set frames 'after' wall is
constJucted.
3.. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely.
4 Do not remove spreaders until smrounding wall constJuction is completed.
5. After smrounding walls have been CODStJUCted, velify that frames are still in proper
alignment
a. Check for level, plumb, squue, twist and other probleJDS that will prevent proper fitting
of doors.
b. Correct deficiencies before smrounding constJUCtion is allowed to proceed
c, Worlc with wallboud installel if DeCe5SaIY to COlrect misalignment probleJns.
6. After wall constJuction is completed, remove tempOI8IY maces and spreaders, leaving
surfaces smooth and undamaged.
7 Prior to hanging doors: Velify all aspects of frame alignment, and cOllect deficiencies
C Flame-ta-Wall Anchors:
L Utilize anchor type(s) specified for wall condition.
2 Align anchors at liinge centers on binge jamb and at corresponding heights on strike jamb..
3. Secure frame to wall pel manufacturer's instJUctions
D. Grout all flames set into Cast-in-Place Concrete, CMU, and othel Masomy walls.
1. Do not Grout frames set in to stud-framed wall types
K Door Installation:
I Comply with ANSI A250.8.
2 . Fit hollow-metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified.
3 . Shim as neceSSaIY to comply with SDI 122 and ANSIIDm AI15 .IG..
F Prime-Coat Iouchup:
1. . IJmDediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged aleas of prime coat
2 1 ouch up prime coat with compatible air-dIying ptimer
3. Leave smooth fOJ finish painting.
G Field Painting ofHM Frames and Doors:
I . Painting of Exterior openings: Specified in Section 09902.
2 Painting of Intelior openings: Specified in Section 09904.
3. Do not paint factory pre-finished doors such as stained faux wood (embossed steel) dools
H. Seal frames to walls.
I Install silencers.
3..3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A Verify Alignment:
1 After SUJrounding walls have been constJucted, verify that frames ale still in proper
alignment
060114 City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11,2007
08100 - 8
'~6011-~
2. Check for level, plumb, square, twist and other problems that will prevent proper fitting of
doors
3, Correct deficiencies before surrounding consuuction is allowed to proceed
B Protection Removal:
I , Immediately before final inspection, remove protective wrappings from doors and flames,
C. Leave work complete and in propel OpeI'llting condition,
D Remove and replace defective work
E. Ensure that all fire labels are intact, and readily visible.
I
I
:1
I
I
:1
;1
END OF SECTION
::1
:1
I
II
.,,1
!I
I
City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater. Pier 60, Beach StOTllge Building CD . May II, 2007
08100.9
'1
~I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,I
I
II
I
I
, I
I
I
j
I
I,
I
I
I
I
,I,
SECTION 08250
PACKAGED DOORS AND HARDWARE
PART 1. GENERAL
1..1 DESCRIPTION
A. Door assemblies including door leaves, steel frames. operating haIdWaIe. and installation
accessories '
1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturing standards:
I , Steel Door Institute, (SO!)"
2, Builders Hardware Manufacturers .Association (BHMA).
3, Architectural W oodWOlk Institute, (A WI).
R OpeDings indicated as :fire rated:
1 Assemblies shall be Underwriter's labOIatOlies (and/or Warnock HeISey) listed and tested'
as fire doOf assembly, complete with labels indicating compliance,
2, ComplywithNFPA-SQ.
C" Fitting tolerances.
1 Door to fia.me clearances: As allowed by NFP A-SO for :fire dootS
2,. Set plumb and square in accordance with DID standards.
lL Out~f-squareatftamebead: Nottoexceed 1116 IN.
b Out-of-plumb fat' each frame jamb: Not to exceed 1/16 IN"
c Out-of-aligmneut for each side in pIan: Not to exceed 1/16 IN.
d. Twist dimension: Not to exceed 1/16 IN.
3 . Floor:
a 3/16 IN deviation from level at binge jamb.
D. Installer Qualifications:
1.. Installers that have been certified by mll11l1mctwer of Package Door Assemblies.
1.3 SUBMITIALS
A. Shop Drawings:
1. Indicate location, sizes, type and elevation of each dool.
2. Show location and extent ofhardWilre blocking
B. Product Data.:
1 Manufacturer's installation ins1IUctions and recommlMdations"
C Samples:
1 . Samples for factory-finished items.
2. All finishes specifically named herein are "prelim:iDary" and subject to final approval by
Architect prior to mannfacturing.
D. Contract Closeout Infonnation:
1 Wananty.
1.4 PRODUCr DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A Deliver package ,doors as full unit just prior to installation and store in conformance with
manufa~turer's specifications.
060114
City of ClCarwaler
City of'C1carwa1er - Pia 60, Beach SlIlrage Building CD - May 11,2007
08250 - 1
2.3 HARDWARE
I
I
;
II
II
A. General:
B. FuU-height Hinges:
1. Full-height. semi-concealed, pivoting and suspension mechaDism
a.. Base Product: "H-13" by Iota! DOOI'.
2. PerfOIIIllmCe test values to exceed standards fOI Class 1, 4 ball-bearing hinges as established
by ANSIIBHMA-AI56..L
3. Hinges including hinge housing and binge block, shall be manufa.ctu.reI's standard steel
fabIication with standard black finish.
4. Finish:
a. 2-palt polyurethane infrared baked finish
b. Custom colOl to be selected by Architect.
C Closers:
1.. SUlface-mounted type..
2. Glade 1 in accordance WithANSIIBHMA AI56..4.
3.. LCN-model as appropliate foI' conditions.
D. Kickplates:
I Ma.nufactureI's standaId 8 IN high stainless steel wI #4 satin finish..
E. Gasketing:
1. Pmvide the following UL-appmved items fOI Fire-rated and Fire & Smoke-rated openings:
a. Jambs: FactoIY applied to latchllocking and full-height hinge channels..
b. Head: Nylon thermal brush, shipped loose fOI field application.
c. Floor: Factoxy applied sweep
2.. Smoke Seals: Provide at doors.
3. Positive Pressure Labels: Provide where required for file rated doors..
F. Door Stops:
1.. stainless steel floor stop
2..4 FABRICAIION
i
II"~
, .
;
:1
I
I
I
II'
A. Unless othelwise indicated, fabricate Package Door Assemblies according to manufacturel's
published specifications and applicable Code requirements.
1.. Coordinate assembly details with details of adjacent work to assure propel attachments,
clean junctiODS and good craftsmanship.
II
!
II
I
;
II
;
il
/i
I
,I
PART 3. EXECUTION
3..1 INSPECTION
A Examine aleas of the building that are scheduled to I'eceive Packaged DoOI Assemblies.
1.. Do not start WOIk until unsatisfactoIY conditions have been corrected
2. Installation CODStitutes acceptance of responsibility for perfonnance..
3..2 INSTALLAIION
0611114
City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11, 2007
08250 - 3
I
I
I
I
I
A. Install doOIS and hardware in conformance with maIIUfactureI's specifications, installation
drawings, approved shop drawings and recommendations .
B. Set :frames plumb and square to Dill standaIds and brace until adjacent wall and finishes al'e
completed and frame is securely attached thereto..
1. Install necessmy clips, fasteneIS and anchors in a m~el such that they remain concealed.
I
,;
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I:
I
I'
I
I
SECTION 08362
COILING DOORS (CD)
PART 1. GENERAL
1.1 DEFINIIIONS
A CD: Coiling Door.
B. Coiling Door types, refer to Oved1ead DooI Schedule for and indication of where each type is to
be used:
I. CD-IS: Coiling Door - Insulating Slat
2. CD-FR: Coiling Door - Fire Rated.
3 CD-NR.: Coiling Dom - Non-Rated.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings
B Project Infonnation:
1 CeItificate ofUI. constlUction
C Contract Closeout Information:
1. OpeIating an(,i maintenance data
2 OwneI instruction repoIt
D. NOA certification for doors indicated
1.3 JOB CONDITIONS
A. CooIdinate electrical hookups with Electrical Specification Divisions.
B. Verify structural dooI framing for acceptability.
C Couect deficiencies
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MAIERIALS
A. Acceptable manufacturers:
L OVeIhead doors:
a Base:
1) OveIhead Door olpomtion
b. Optional:
1) Cookson.
2) McKeon
3) North American Rolling Door, Wayne Dalton
4) Comell
5) Raynor.
2 Othel manufucturers desiring approval comply with Section 00440.
2.2 COILING DOORS - GENERAL CRITERIA
A. See OveIhead Door Schedule information on drawings including:
L Door height(s) and width(s).
2 Coiling Door Type.
3. Rating requirements.
CtJlIIl
City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11, 2007
08362 - I
4. Other infonnation unique to each opening.
B. Curtain:
1 2 - 3 IN tall slats, interlocked to form an upward coiling curtain.
2 Nominal Ihickness: 3/4 IN.
3. Gauge as detennined by application, wind load, door width, and materials.
4 I ype of mateJ:ial and finish as indicated for each door.
5 Iypical Slat Style(s):
a Non-insulated doors (CD-NR & CD-FR types):
1) Flat face, Cornell type SF, unless otherwise indicated
b.. Insulated doors (CD-IS):
1) Double waIl slats injected with polywetbane foam.
2) Ihickness: 15/16 IN
3) Ihermal Value: R=6 25 minimllm.
4) Slat Iype:Flat type F-265 (620 Series)
6. Endlocks:
a Minimum requirement: Provide malleable iron endlocks at each end of alternating slats
to act as a wearing surface and to maintain slat alignment
b Enhanced endlock types; upgrade to these types as appropriate
~) MotOIized Doors: Upgrade to continuous eridlocks, (every slat).
c Provide roller endlocks where roller windloc1{s are required: Exterior Doors where doOI
width exceeds 12 FI - 4 IN
C.. Bottom Bar:
1 As per NOA 03-1015.05
D.. Bracket plates:
1. As pel NOA 03-1015..05
E. Spring countelbalance:
1. Housed in a steel pipe of diameter and wall thickness to limit maximum deflection to 0..03
IN/Fl
2 SPlingS: Helical torsion type designed to include and overload factor of 25% and fOI
optimal ease of operation.
a MotolizedDoors: Utilize High Cycle spIings Iated at 100,000 cycles.
:3 . Spziogs to be grease-packed and mounted on a cold-rolled steel inner shaft
4 Spring I ension: adjustable from end of blacket plate.
5. Include safety device that prevents free fall of cmtain in any position, in the event of failure
of an operating mechanism
6 Sealed ball bearings to minimi7.e wear' of pipe shaft rotation ar'ound inner shaft..
F Mounting:
1 I ypical configuration:
a. Face of wall (inside)
b. Unless otherwise indicated fOI each door type..
G. Guide angles and waIl angle assemblies:
1. Minimum thickness: 3/16 IN.
2 Provide adequate ovellap of guide flanges over CUItain to satisfy design windload
3. MateJ:ial and Finishes: plimed and painted steel. Paint color to match door slats.
4. Include removable section' on coil side for installation and service
a. Exception: Omit requirement where Stainless Steel 01 Aluminum guides are specified.
H Hood:
1 Typical profile:
a. Round.
b. Except where noted othelwise
2 Reinforce to prevent sag.
3. Include intermediate hood SUPPOlts where dOOI width exceeds 16 FI .
060111 City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11,2007
08362 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
\1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I,
I
I
I
I
4. Material and Finishes:
a Primed and painted steel
b. Paint to match slats
5 Include neoprene hood baftle at doors used on the exterior
6. Include Flame Baffle at Fire Rated openings.
2..3 EXTERIOR DOORS - SPECIFIC CRIIERIA
A Design Exterior doors to meet Design Wind Load
L AsperNOA03~101505
B Weather Seals:
1. Bottom Bar Seal:
a. Non-motorized doors: Manufactu:IeI's standard neoprene astIagal seal at bottom bar.
2 Guide weatherstripping which seals against the exterior face of slats..
3. Neoprene hood baftle..
4" Air infiltration: Maximum 1 CFMlFT of perimeter.
C Windlocks:
1. Provide windlocks on all doors used in an Exterior wall, reganUess of width.
2. Provide roller wind10cks (and roller endlocks) where door width exceeds 12 F T ~ 4 IN.
2.4 MATERIALS & FINISHES - GALV ANlZED/STEEL (GIS) UNlI'S
Materials and Finishes for Galv/Steel (GIS) Coiling Units
~-=o= .. :.. "- "BB<i!JiiO ~Fq~'. ,- ",,,~',,' w~. ';--0.-""" "~jl~;lF"""~''''~'~''-' ~"'~~--"ni-=~ ",' '1
\1L~,,:'~;'~~ 'ill'!!~J1J4i..!f~~~'Wrl~~~~.(1~~l"ltUI.:J~~4,~3:~' lJ Ji~~? "
"-_ ~ ~ ,1~J t::if:! ~ ......-;;l.....,."'" ",,,'-'a:..~-=-_~ ~ ,.... ".. r:....iit1l
Curtain Slats Galv Steel I Baked-on Primer Powder Coat
Bottom Bar Galv Steel I Baked-on Prlmer Powder Coat
Wall/Guide Angles Ferrous Steel Shop Coat Primer Paint in Field
Hood Ferrous Steel Shop Coat Primer Paint in Field
End Bracket Plates Ferrous Steel Shop Coat Primer Paint In Field
Fascia Ferrous Steel Shoo Coat Primer Paint in Field
Footnotes:
1 Where Fascias are required.
2. Upgrade components which are exposed to weather to "Ga/v Steer and "Baked-on Primer".
AJJ comDonents for this DlOiect are considered. exoosed to weather'.
A Definition of items indicated in above Table:
1 , Material:
a. Galvanized Steel, ASIM-A653 090
2 Primer:
a. Baked-on Primer: Epoxy-modified polyestel, applied at factory
1) Use on galvanized components..
b Shop coat primcI: Rust-inhibitiDg primer, applied at factory.
1) Use on non-galvanized components
c" Primer Color(s): Gray and/or Ian to be selected by Architect for each door"
3 Factory F inisbes:
a. Powder Coat: Factory-applied Powder Coat.
1) Color(s) to be selected by Architect.. Include:full range of colors from which to
choose including color match technique.. ..
4. Field-painted items:
1) Specified in Section 09904 (for interiOI doors)
2..5 OPERATION - MANUAL TYPES
O(il)11 ~
City 01 CIeaJwaIer
City of Clearwater. Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11,2001
08362 - 3
A Hand Chain (HC):
1 . Manually operated galvanized chain loop utilizing gelll' reduction
2. Pull force required: Not to exceed 35 LBS.
B Locking of manual operation types:
1 Cylinder lock on bottom bar.
a Cylinder(s) as specified in Section 08700
I
I
I.,'
, '
:1
'I
.1
;1
PART 3. EXECUTION
3,,1 INSPECIION
A. . Verify that dimensions are cOllect.
L Resolve any discrepancies between "design" dimensions and "actual" dimensions
B. Verify suitability of substrate and opening to accept installation
C. Installation constitutes acceptance of substrate and responsibility fOJ' performance.
3,,2 INSTALLAIION
END OF SECTION
\1
:1
'I
'I
:,
il
I
A By manufacturer or authorized representative.
B. PIiOI to occupancy. adjust doOl for smooth operation.
061)1 H
City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11,2007
08362 - 4
:1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I;
I
I
I
I
I
Ii
I,
I
I
I
SECTION 09210
GYPSUM PLASTER
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 QUALIIY ASSURANCE
A FWIing standards: ASIM-C841
B Plastering standards: ASIM-C842
1..2 SUBMIIIALS
A Project infoImation:
1. Manufacturer of listed pIoducts..
2.. 1,12" section sofeach accesSOIY item
1.3 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to site in sealed packages fully identified as to manufacturex. brand, type, and
grade.
B. Store in a my, well ventilated space, under COVet and off ground.
C" DeliVet and store aggregates to pxeclude c01Wimmlltion.
1..4 JOB CONDmONS
A. Assure uniform temperature of 55 degF (10 degC) in spaces to be plastered for I week pIiOI,
dming, and afteI installation until building is accepted by Ownex
B. Assure uniform heat distnbution to properly my plasteI.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2..1 MATERIALS
A Acceptable manufacturers:
I . Plastering mateIials:
a Base:
I) usa
2 Bonding MateIial:
a Base:
1) Larsen Products; P1asteI.Weld
3. 0theI manufacturers desiIing approval comply with Section 00440..
B.. Gypsum plaster: ASTM-C28
C. Lime: ASIM-C206, Type S hydIated finishing lime..
D. Sand aggregate: ASIM-C35
E Fine aggregates: Graded within following retained liInits:
I No.20 sieve: 0 percent
2. No.30 sieve: 0-10 percent.
3 No.1oo sieve: 40-100 percent
4 No 200 sieve: 70-100 percent.
F Water: Potable.
O(.IHII
City of CIc:arwaICl'
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11,2007
09210.. 1
A. Follow ASIM Standards.
B. Use ready mixed materials in accord with manufacturer's instructions
C Do not exceed specified aggregate ratios.
D. Use clean water..
E. Mix each batch of plaster in quantity which can be used before it starts to set.
F Discard plaster which has started to set, do not retemper..
I
it
II
i
II
G. Bonding material:
1 ASIM-C631
2,,2 MIXING AND PROPORTIONING
0601!1
City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11,200'7
09210 - 2
['
II
~
il
il
il
:.
II
I.
1.
il
I -
j,1
11-
: r .
i
i.
1
!I
II
PART 3 M EXECUTION
3..1 INSPECIION
A. Examine surfaces to receive plaster.
B. StaIt of wOlk in an area constitutes acceptance of substrate and responsibility for performance
3..2 PREPARAIION
A. Prepare substrate by cleaning and removing loose material and other' substances which might
impair WOlk.
B.. Check furring, lathing and accessories for completion and soundness.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A Complete plastering before installation of other fmish materials in same space
B open
C. Do not use frozen, lumpy or contaminated materials,
D. Grout hollow metal frames fOI doors and other openings in plastered walls, using base coat
plaster.
E open
F Where plaster is not terminated at metal by casing beads, cut basecoat free before plaster sets.
a.. Groove finish coat at junctures with metal
H Make interiOl cOIners and angles square; finish external comers flush with comer beads.
I. Wherevel permanent gmunds are too far apart to serve as guides fOJ rodding, provide plaster
screeds and establish true surface before screeds are set.
J Keep grounds clean and free of plaster..
K Finish plaster level with grounds.
1.. Apply minimum plaster thicknesses established by AS IM. See Section 9220
M. Apply in 3 coats, at consistency required to achieve a uniform finish, minimum 1/8 IN (3 mm)
thick.
3..4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.. Determine most effective procedure for curing and time lapse between coats, based on climatic
and job conditions
I
I
I
I
I
I,
I
I
,
I
I
I
I
I
I,
I
I,
I
I
B Plaster which is cracked or crazed will not be accepted.
C. Remove and replace unacceptable plaster, including base materials if damaged dming removal
of defective plaster.
3.5 REPAIR
A. Cut, patch, repair' and point-up plaster as required and as directed by Architect
B Repair smfaces which have been stained, marred or otherwise damaged during plastering work
C. Repair cracks and indented surfaces by moistening plaster and filling with new material.
D Trowel 01' tamp flush with adjoining swfaces.
E. Point-up flush plaster surfaces around items which are built into or penetrate pIaster.
3..6 PROIECIION AND CLEANING
A. Protect adjacent work :from damage and soiling
B. Promptly remove misplaced plaster from su:rfilces not indicated to be plastered
C When work is completed, remove unused materials, containers and equipment.
D. Clean floors; leave area broom clean
END OF SECTION
06.HI1 CityofClcarwatcr
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach S1Dragll Building CD - May II. 2007
09210 - 3
SECTION 09220
PORTLAND CEMENT (PC) PLASTER
I
:1
11
il
II
i
j
il
il
il
II
il
i.
PART 1. GENERAL
1..1 QUALIIY ASSURANCE
A. Plastering standards;
1. ASIM-C926..
2. Portland Cement Association, Plaster (Stucco) Manual
3 Install per Building Code, as locally adopted.
B PlasteI Material Standards:
1 As specified below
C ApplicatOI qualifications:
1 More than 5 years successful experience in cement plastering works on similaI size projects.
2. Have sufficient production capacity and experienced personnel to produce job without
causing delay in work.
1.2 SUBMIIIALS
A. Samples:
I Samples for Plaster Color and I exture: .
a Three, 12 x 12 x 2 IN, samples color and fmish of plaster for approval of appearance
b label samples to indicate name of project, finish type, and color.
c Include Elastomeric Iopcoat, where specified.
d. Obtain approval of Samples before construction of Mock-up Wall where specified.
2. system accessories including casing bead and reveals.
a 12 " sections
B Project information:
I Certification of compliance with product specifications.
2. Manufacturer of listed products.
3.. Certification ofinstalleI qualifications.
G. Contract closeout information:
1. Maintenance data
i
I.
i
Of.1.111'f
A. General:
I Protect contiguous work from rusting, damage or soiling as a result ofplasteIing operations..
2. Protect plasteI against climatic conditions as specified by AS IM-C926 and as required to
prevent freezing or uneven and excessive evaporation.
a Hot weather plastering:
1) Cover wall opening with plastic film when building is subject to hot, dry winds or
day-to-night temperature differentials more than 20 DegF.
2) Protect plaster from uneven and excessive evaporation during hot, windy, and dry
weather
a) Plaster should be moistened down and then covered with a single sheet of
polyethylene plastic.
3) Moist cure basecoat(s) of cement plaster if ambient temperature is more than 75
DegF
a) Moist cure fOI 48 hours after application of coats.
b} Moist curing is required at the start and end of work day.
c) Moist curing is not required when ambient RH is higher than 70%
City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11, 2007
09220 - 1
II
1,3 JOB CONDITIONS
)'1
!
II
i,
il
I
:1
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1..4 PRE-INSIALLAIION MEEIING
A Pre-installation meeting. directed by Contractor, will be held prior to beginning of plaster work
to discuss:
1 Structural concept.
2. Method and sequence of plaster construction.
3 Sample panel construction
4. Special details.
5. Standard ofwor1cmanllhip.
6 Quality control requirements.
7. Job organization
B.. Attendance is recommended for:
1. Contractor job superintendent
2. Plaster installer's job superintendent.
3 Plaster installer's foreman
4. Minimum two plasters
5. Authorized representative ofp1aster supplier
6 Other trades whose work penetrates plaster worlc or is attached thereto.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2,,1 MA'IERIALS
A Acceptable manufacturers:
1 Surface Applied Bonding Agents (where substrate is concrete or masonry):
a Base:
1) Larsen Products
2 Base Coat(s) - PC Plaster':
a. Base:
1) Products as listed.
3 Finish Coat - Cementitious:
a. Base:
1) LaHabra.
b. Optional:
1) EI Rey Stucco.
2) Expo Stucco Products.
3) Highland Stucco and lime Products.
4) Monolite.
5) Omega Products International.
4. Elastomeric Topcoat:
a. Base:
1) Thoro, (a division of BAS F)
b Optional:
1) Parex, Inc
2) Sto.
2.2 MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
A. Plaster ingredients:
1. Portland cement: ASTM-C150, Type I or IA.
a Colors: Gray at base coats, White at finish coat.
2. Hydrated Finishing Lime: ASTM-C206, Type S.
3. Base coat Aggregate: AS TM-C897, natural or manufactured sand.
4 Finish Coat Aggregate: Natmal or manufactured sand, graded to pass the No 16 mesh sieve
a. Light colored.
060111
city of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11,2007
09220 - 2
5, Air EntJainment agents: ASIM-C260,
6 Integral Coloring: ASIM-C979
7, Water: Potable_
B Surface-applied Bonding Agents (where substrate is concrete or masomy):
I Select material(s) from listed manufacturer which are appropriate for conditions
2, Comply with the following:
a ASIM-C932 or ASIM-C63I for exterior plaster
C_ Metal Lath: None
D_ Vinyl plastering accessories:
I, Rigid Vinyl Stucco and Plaster Wall and Ceiling Accessories,
a, Acceptable Manufactures
1) Vinyl Corp: 8000 Northwest 79th Place, Miami, FL 33166,
Phone: 305-477-6464,
b System components
1) Comer bead
a) Vinyl Corp #2X series
2) Casing Bead
3) Channel Reveals ,
a) W'reveal
4) Channel Reveal Intersections
a) Use at all channel reveal interescetions
b) Use additional accessories as necessary for smooth and even appearance
5) Shadow Reveals
a) Y1 " reveal
6) Other accessories as required,
I
il
i
!
II
!I
A, General:
L Comply with ASIM-C926 Standards
2 Use air entrained plaster for Exterior WOIk.
3, Use ready mixed materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
4. Accurately measure proportions of materials for each batch
a, Use measming devices of known volume for materials_
5. Withhold 10% of mixing liquid until mixing is almost complete then add as needed to
produce necessary consistency.
a Keep water'to a minimum
6, Mix each batch, by machine, for 3-5 minutes
a Hand mixing not permitted
7. Mix each batch of plaster in quantity which can be used before it staIts to set.
a. Size batches for complete use within one hour after mixing
8 Base coat plasters may be tempered once, provided they have not begun to set
9. Discard plaster which has stalted to set.
R Plaster Mixes:
L General:
a, 1 ype(s): Utilize optimal plaster mixes as permitted by AS IM-C926 according to
substrate
b Material propOItions: Comply with by ASIM-C926
2. Base Coat(s):
a, TyPe(s): Utilize optimal plaster mixes as permitted by ASIM-C926 according to
substrate"
3, Finish Coat - Cementitious:
a, Factory-prepared products containing materials required for fmish, except water,
;
.1
il
II
,-
i
II
i
i
!I
il
;,
il
II
,
il
2.3 MIXING AND PROPORTIONING
(}{~!lll City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - PieT 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11,2007
09220 - 3
II
:1
11
II
II
I
I
I
I'
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I,
b. Finish:
1) Float (sand finish).
c. CoIOl:
1) White
2..4 ELASIOMERIC IOPCOAT
A. E1astomeric Iopcoat:
1 High-build, acIylic polymer coating
Minimum Physical Properties -- Elastomeric Topcoat
~~~~~~~~r~[~,~~=ff~;~ . ~~~ ~ ~;~~\_=~~;;~~ :~1~ ~~-l l':~ ~~~ ~;L~- ~~- ~:~ }. :-, I~~~ ~ _ ~ ~:, !It,_l~~ : :~:~,f~;'D~{~J::~f~!~~l! ,,;- = - - , -
- .
:,----:l~ =~~~
Water Wind Driven Rain TT-C-00555B, para 4.4.7 No water penetration @ 45 M1Sec 120
MPH for 8 hours
Permeance ASTM-E96 12 Perm (US)
Accelerated Weathering ASTM-G26 Passed @ 5000 hours
Tensile Strength ASTM-D412 232 PSI
Sand Abrasion Resistance ASTM-D968 3000 sand= Omm 0 mUs abraded
,
2. Color:
a. Color to be selected by Architect.
3 Iextme: Fine.
4. Base Product "'Ihorolastic" by lhoro (BASF)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECIION
A_ Examine smfaces to receive plaster.
1. Check lath and furring for completeness and soundness_
2 Ensme that Reglets have been installed.
3 Correct unsatisfactOIY conditions
4 Start of wOIk constitutes acceptance of substrates and responsibility fOl pmfmmance.
3.2 PREPARATION
A Clean swfaces and remove loose and deleterious substances.
B. Protection:
I Protect adjacent finished SUIfaces..
2. Maintain protection until completion of plastering.
3.3 PREPARAIION - SOLID SUBSTRATES
A Definition of Solid Substrates:
1. Refers to direct application ofnew plaster to CMU, cast-in-place concrete, blick masomy,
existing plaster, and similar materials
B. High-suction substrates:
1 Examples: Ordinary CMU, porous clay masomy or tile, lightweight concrete.
2 . Wet substrate with fine water spray to produce a unifomUy damp surface
3. Apply SUlface-applied Bonding AgeIrt to substrate as recommended by manufacturer.
3.4 INS lALLA lION - GENERAL
A. General:
OMlIl
City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11,2007
09220 .4
O(.l!II.1
1 . Make interior comers and angles square.
2 Finish extelDal comers flush with comer beads.
3. Built-in items, where plaster is not terminated at metal by casing beads:
a. Cut basecoat free before plaster sets
B. Control Joints (CJ):
1. Layout Control Joints before work staJts, as they may affect appearance, ftaming,
sheathing, and lathing procedures.
2 Cut lath behind control joints to ensure that stresses which develop in individual panels are
isolated from adjacent panels.
3 . Locations: Locate where indicated on Drawings, where prudent, and as desClibed below:
a. Panels should be relatively square.
I) Avoid I, I, and X-shaped panels.
b. No panel should exceed 18 FI in length.
c. Panel dimensions shall not exceed a 2-1/2: I ratio
d Panels shall not exceed the following areas:
Maximum Panel Areas - PC Plaster
~l''':'J> ..:;~~ t "Y~_:::'> :l1~';~j~:;5~~r-"F~f~';'1I~..:-"~~"!f~r;'~FYiI7,-J.:llf~11'1'):::
~g .""'r.; ~~:':?r_':'!.-.~~) ';J~~'ll"" :':'J,-:.-p.!~~~i!tT:-'''~~l;;~rl~ <~~s:3i1 r.fJJ Jill IE i l"I:'~...'tX.~'" ~
t==l1 ,,~=_:.J.J.1...:~HYh di':ti:Jitl.tl.~ .._...""I~.,l,F.irlT"l. n"~_t'-'=J::..:::!~_............, \, H.i":tI
Walls
Ceilings and Soffits
144 Fr
100 Fr
e.. Install Control Joints at swface penetrations, (windows, doors, etc) and at areas of
structwal stress.
C Expansion Joints (EJ):
I Install Expansion Joints where dissimilar substrates join
2 Install where indicated.
D. Wherever permanent grounds are too far apart to selve as guides for finishing, provide plaster
screeds and establish tIUe swface of screeds before screeds are set.
I . Keep grounds clean
2 Finish plaster level with grounds.
E Metal Door Frames:
1 Grout hollow metal frames fOJ doors and other openings using specified base coat.
a. Install casing bead around door frame as indicated in drawings.
b See detail
F . Apply minimum plastex thicknesses as follows:
City 01 Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11,2007
09220 . 5
,
I
i
il
I .
il
11
I
II
I
!
II
I
'I.'
"
I.
il
I
:1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
'i
I
I
I
I
I
I
j
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TABLE 1 - Plaster Thickness
~~r~~?~~_~~_5~~~:~~{Z;lr:~'~~-~i~~~~~~:~~~;:~L~~:ih;~~~fJft1:t~~:;~l~lI+ltt~
Metal Lath on Framed
Walls and suspenSion 318" 318" 1/&- 718" 1/4" 1/4" 1/S" 5/8"
Systems (Metal or Wood)
Masonry substrates
(where no Lath Is 318" 118" 1/2"
scheduled) Use 2-coat system with Total Thickness not
more than 1/8". Excepllon: Where thicker
Cast-ln-Place Concrete plaster Is required to conceal substrate
and Precast Concrete 1/4" 118" 318" irregularlUes, use Metal Lath System (below).
substrates (where no Lath
Is scheduled)
Metal Lath ewer solid 1/4" 1/4" 118" 718" 1/2" 1/4" 1/8" 7/8"
material
Footnotes:
1 Thicknesses Indicated are appflCsble where "Cementitious-type" Finish Coats is specified. Where Actyf1c Rnfsh
Coats are specfffed, the thicknesses schedUled win need to be fMfusted to compensate for differing finJsh tflicJcness.
1. Apply greater thickness if indicated.
2. For conditions not listed, refer to PCA Portland Cement Plaster Manual.
3..5 INSTALLAIION - EXTERIOR PC PLASI'ER
A Refer to "Job Conditions" for adverse weather requirements..
3..6 INSTALLAIION -DIRECILYOVERMASONRY
A. Masomy surfaces:
1. If smooth and in good condition: Apply at least two coats of cement plaster..
2. If surface is not in good condition: Mechanically attach metal lath and install plaster
accordingly.
3 Where minor irregularities OCCUI on a masonry wall which is otherwise in good condition:
Patch andlol apply meta1lath to portioDs of substrate wall that has offsets and irregularities
greater than 114 IN to avoid the creation of weakened planes which might lead to cracking
in the plaster finish
4. Masomy surface to be clean and in condition for a direct bond of cement plaster .
5 Pre-wet the wall before plastering.
B. Apply a Surface-applied Bonding Agent to masonry surfaces per manufacturers standards.
C Minimum thickness of Base Coat:
1. Refer to I able 1 above
D. Cement plaster must be applied with sufficient force to develop full adhesion between plaster
and the substrate.
E. Cement plaster Base Coat must be rodded off to a tlUe flat plane.
I . Even and level with screeds
2 Follow this by wood floating or cbubying the smface.
3. Fill voids and dress smface for Finish Coat.
3.7 INSTALLATION -DIRECTLY OVERCONCREIE
()(r!ll
City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May II 2007
09220 - 6
A. Concrete surfaces:
1. Must be free of dust. loose particles, oil, and other foreign matter, which would affect a
bond of cement plaster to concrete..
2 If smooth and in good condition: Apply at least two coats of cement plaster
3. If surface does not meet these requirements: Mechanically attach meta1lath and install
accordingly
4. Where minor inegullUities occur on a concrete wall which is otherwise in good condition:
Patch and/or apply metal lath to portions of substrate wall that has offsets and iIregulBlities
greatel than 114 IN to avoid the creation of weakened planes which might lead to Clacking
in the plaster finish
B. Apply a Surface-applied Bonding Agent to concrete sUlface pel manufacturers standards
C Minimum. thickness of Base Coat:
1.. Refel to Table 1 above.
D T est bond of cement plasteJ to concrete surfaces.
E. Cement plaster must be applied with sufficient force to develop full adhesion between plaster
and the substIate.
F Cement plaster Base Coat must be rodded oino a true flat plane
1. Even and level with screeds
2.. Follow this by wood floating 01 darbying the surface
3 Fill voids and dress surface fOI Finish Coat
3..8 A,PPLlCAIION - FINISH COAl
A General:
1. Allow adequate time fOI Base Coat(s) to ewe as prescribed by Building Code and ASTM-
C926 Finish to be applied so that there are no scaffold lines 01 other mBIks due to the
application
2 The mixing and application must follow the manufacturers recommendations
3. Match approved Texture and COIOI as selected by Architect
B. CeJneDtitious Finish Coats:
1. Apply to a minimum thickness of 1/8 IN or as indicated by Table 1.
2. Apply continuously, and in one opeIation to the entire wall area.
3.. A wet edge must be maintained
3..9 INSTALLATION - ELASIOMERIC TOPCOAI
I
I
II
II
il
II
[I
II
<
II
i
'I
;
jl
II
II
il
i
A Apply Elastomeric TopCoat in accOldance with manufacturer's instIuctions.
1 Minimum Dry Film Thickness: 16 to 20 mils.
3..10 FIELD QUALIIY CONIROL
A. Determine most effective procedures for CUIing and time lapse between coats, based on climatic
and job conditions
B. IoleJaDces:
1. Complete plasteJWork such that the deviation from true plane (exclusive oftexture) is no
greater than 118 IN in 10 FI, as measUI'Cd flom a straight edge placed in any location on the
surface.
C. Plaster that is Clacked 01' Clazed will not be accepted.
D Remove and replace unacceptable piaster and base
3.11 REPAIR AND CLEANING
II
II
11
II
;1
A. Cut, patch, repair and point up plastel as required and as directed by Architect.
L Repair cracks and indented sUIfaces by moistening plastel and filling with new mateIial.
06011 f City ofClearwalel
City ofClearwatcr - Pier 60. Beach Storage Building CD - May 11,2007
09220 - 7
I
I,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2 Trowel or tamp flush with adjoining swfaces, ,
3, Point up finish plaster surfaces around items that are built into or penetrate plaster..
B, Remove misplaced plaStel' from smfaces not scheduled to be plastered.
1. Repair swfaces which have been stained. marred OI damaged during plastering WOlk.
2.. When plastering is completed, remove unused matelials, containers and equipment
3 Clean floors and other surfaces of plaster debris
4, lave broom clean..
C. ClearplasteI renmants from CJ's, Ers and Reveals etc.
END OF SECTION
, :
Obll 114 City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11. 2007
09220 - 8
SECTION 09313
TILE
I
I
il~'"
!
;
j
II
[I
I
II
I.
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUBMIIIALS
A Shop Drawings:
1 Indicate tile layout, patte~, color aIrangement, perimeter conditions, junctions with
dissimilar materials, movement joints, thresholds, ceramic accessoIies, and setting details.
B, Samples:
I, Color chaIts illustIating full xange of colors and patterns_
2 Samples of actual tiles for selection.
a, One of each size of tile included in the 'random ' pattern
C Project Information:
I Installation methods
2. Manufacturer's Certificate: For each shipment, type and composition of tile provide a
Master Grade Certificate signed by the manufacturer and the installer certifying that
products meet or exceed the specified requirements of ANSI A137 I,
D. Contract Closeout Information:
I Maintenance Data: Include recommended cleaning methods, cleaning materials, stain
removal methods, and polishes and waxes,
1..2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. ANSIA137.1, 1988 - Specifications for Ceramic lile,
B. lCNA (HB) - Handbook for Ceramic rile Installation; Tile Council of North America, IDc
C ANSI A108, A118, and A136 SpecifiCations for Installation of Ceramic lile..
D Maintain one copy each of applicable reference standards and specifications on site..
E. Installer' Qualifications: Company specializing inperfOIming the work of this section with
minimum 5 years experience
F.. Single Source Responsibility:
1 Obtain each type and color of tile from a single source..
2. Obtain each type and color of mOItaI~ adhesive and grout from the same source..
1.,3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
i
II
Ohtlll ~
City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May It, 20'0'7
0'9313 -1
II
!
II
l
II
!
II
I
I
j.
II
I
II
A. Deliver and store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation.
B. Protect adhesives and liquid additives from freezing or overheating in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions.
C. Store tile and setting materials on elevated platforms, under cover and in a dIY location and
protect flum contamination, dampness, freezing or overheating.
1..4 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A Do not install adhesives in an unventilated environment.
B Maintain ambient and substrate temperature of 50 degrees F (10 degrees C) during installation of
mortar materials,
I
:.1
.j
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1..5 EXTRA MAIERlALS
A. Provide 1 box, (min 12 sqft) of each size, color, and surface finish of tile specified.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A Acceptable manufacturers:
1 Tile:
a Crossville
a) Product
(1) COIOI Box:
(a) A1l01 Sandbox
(b) All04 It'saBoy
(c) All13 Blue Suede
(2) Equal parts of each color in each size to complete random pattern
(a) 12" x 12", 12" x &', 6" x 6"
2,,2 JILE
A Genetal: Provide tile that complies with ANSI A137.1 for typeS, coinpositions and othex
characteristics indicated Provide tile in the locations and of the types COlOIS and pattexn
indicated on the DIawings and identified in the Schedule and the end of this Section, I ile shall
also be provided in accordance with the following:
1 Factory Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within the langes selected under
Submittal of samples, blend tile in the factory and package so tile taken from one package
shows the same range of colors as those taken from other packages
2 Mounting: FOI factoty mounted tile, provide back or edge mounted tile assemblies as
standard with the tnanllfactureI, unless otherwise specified.
3. Factory Applied Temporary Protective Coatings: Where indicated under tile type, plOteCt
exposed surfaces of tile against adhexence of mortar and grout by precoating with a
continuous ti1m of petrolemn paraffin wax applied hot. Do not coat unexposed tile smfaces..
4. Trim Units: Matching bead, buD-nose, cove, and base shapes in sizes coordinated with field
tile.
5 Static Coefficient ofFliction: J i1e on waIlcway surfaces shall be provided with the following
values as detenDi:ned by testing in confonnance with AS TM C 1028..
a. Level Surfaces: :M'inimllm of 0.6 (Wet),
b. Step Ireads: lvfininnnn of 0 6 (Wet)..
c Ramp Surfaces: Minimum of 0.8 (Wet).
23 SETTING MAIERIALS
A. Setting materials: As required by installation method.
2.4 IRIM AND ACCESSORIES
1. Non-Ceramic Irim:
a. Vertical comers and exposed edges
1) Schluter Systems: 1-800-472-4588
a) Style - QUADBC
(1) Anodized aluminum
(2) ..depth to equal grout and tile depth
OM II ~ City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach SIDr8ge Building CD - May 11, 20ll?
09313 - 2
Ot'il1l!4
City of Clearwater
City of C1eaIWlller - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May II, 2007
09313 - 3
I
I
I:
~
II
il
il
i
II
II
JI
i.
il
i
il
:.
i
il
II
i.
'.
il
,I
B Joint Sealant: Two component polyurethane sealant, ASTM-C920, Type M (self-leveling) for
horizontal joints, Type II (non-sag) for vertical joints as specified in Section 07900 .
I. Color: Match grout.
2.. Ensure sealant is chemically compatible with tile, mortar, and grout.
3 Ensure sealant can physically and chemically withstand environmental conditions noIllYllly
expected at installation areas.
4. Joint Backing: Closed cell foam polyethylene.
C. Setting Buttons: Plastic buttons of thickness required for joint size indicated to maintain
uniform joint width.
PART 3 . EXECUTION
3..1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that wall swfaces are free of substances which would impair bonding of setting materials,
smooth and flat within tolerances specified in ANSI A137..I, and are ready to receive tile
B. Verify that required floor-mounted utilities are in correct location.
3..2 PREPARATION
A. Protect surrounding wOlk from damage..
B Remove any curing compounds or other contaminates.
C. Vacuum clean sUlfaces and damp clean.
D. Seal substrate sUlface cracks with filler. level existing subs1Iate surfaces to acceptable flatness
tolerances
E.. Install backer board in accordance with ANSI Al 08 11 and board manufacturer's instructions
I ape joints and comers, covel with skim coat of dIy-set modar to a feather edge..
F . Prepare substrate swfaces fOI adhesive installation in accordance with adhesive manufacturer's
instIUctions.
3..3 INSTALLAIION - GENERAL
A. Install tile and grout in accordance with applicable requirements of ANSI AI08.1 through
A108 13, manufacturer's ins1Iuctions, and lCNA Handbook recommendations
B. Lay tile to pattern indicated.. Auange pattern so that a full tile orjoint is centered on each wall
and that no tile less than 1/2 width is used Do not interrupt tile pattern through openings..
G Cut and fit tile to penetrations through tile, leaving sealant joint space.. FOIm COIners and bases
neatly. Align floorjoints.
D Place tile joints uniform in width, subject to variance in tolerance allowed in tile size Make
joints watettight, without voids, cracks, excess moItaI, 01 excess grout.
E. Form intelDal angles square and external angles bulInosed..
F.. Install ceramic accessOlies ligidly in prepared openings
G.. Install non-CeIamic trim in accordance with manufacturer's ins1Iuctions.
H.
1.
J
open
Sound tile after setting Replace hollow sounding units
Allow tile to set fm a minimum of 48 hours prior to grouting
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
K Grout tile joints Use standard grout unless otherwise indicated..
I Movement joints and Other Sealant Usage: lCNA EJ171-05.
1 Provide movement joints directlyovex changes in material. over control, expansion, and
seismic joints in substrate, over cold joints, at juncture of floors and walls, at other
restraining SUIfaces such as curbs, columns, bases, and wall comers, and where
recommended by lCNA EJl7! Movement Joint requirements.
2 Rake 01 cut control joints through setting bed to suppolting slab or structure. Keep joints
free of mortal.
3 Rake and cut joints at all ~" spacing between concrete column and CMU block infill wall
Provide backer rod and sealant
4. Provide sealant material at items penetrating tile WOlk, unless otherwise indicated.
5. Apply sealant to junction of tile and dissimilar materials and junction of dissimilar planes.
6 Provide sealants and related materials in accordance with cited ANSI and I CNA
requirements
M_ Penetrating Sealer:
1 General:
a. Apply Penetrating Sealer to all tiled smfaces (unless otherwise noted).
1) Exception: Application of Penetrating SealeI is not necessary where Epoxy Grouts
are used
b_ Apply in accordance with Maoufactmer's instructions.
2. Surface Preparation:
a Ensure that SUIface is be dry, clean and free of waxes, sealers 01' finishes..
b. Utilize recommended cleaner/stripper as necessary.
c. Ensure that tile and grout have been in place and are fully cured (48- 72 hours
depending on conditiom)
d. 1 est product in obscure area to ensure desirable results.
.3. Application:
a Apply Penetrating Sealer using a clean new mop, lambswool applicator, sponge or
brush
b_ Allow it to penetrate fOlIO - 15 minutes
c.. Wipe off any excess.
d. Apply a second coat (using same procedure) to eDSUIe that Grout and porous tiles SIe
well sealed.
e. I est after 2 boms by applying drops of water on the surface.
1) If it penetrates immediately, apply an additional coat.
4 Cleaning:
a. If a residue is visible on the surface afteI drying, remove it with a sponge 01 white
polishing pad 60 minutes after application
3..4 CLEANING
A. Clean tile and grout surfaces
3.5 PROIECIION OF FINISHED WORK
A. Cover and pIotect all VeI1ical surfaces.
3..6 INSIALLAIION MEIHODS
INSTALLATION - FLOORS - THIN-SET MEmODS
AooUcationlSubstrate TCNA Bond/mortar Grout
ExteriOI Concrete FI02 Dry set or latex Standard grout
Portland cement
OtiHll4
City 01 Ciearwatllr
City of Clearwatl:r - Pier 60. Beach Storage Building CD - May 11, 2007
09313 -4
3..7 SCHEUDLE - IILE
L Refer to drawings for location, type and pattern of tile wOIk,
2 Report discrepancies or questions to Architect before commencing work
I
11
;
:1
!
II
!I
i.
, '
'I
I
I
I
Exterior FI02 Watetproof Standard grout
Concretelwatetproof' membrane! DIy set or
latex Portland cement
Interior concrete FI13 Dry set or latex Standard grout
POItland cement
Interior FI22 WateIproof Polymer modified
concretelwateIproof membrane! latex-
portland cement
Interior epoxy F13I Epoxy Epoxy
INS lALLATION - WALL lILE
AppHeationlSubsu'ate 'leNA Bond/mor'tal' Gr'out
Backer /membrane W245/247 latex-portland cement Standard/polymer
(toilets) modified
Backer' W223 Organic Standard/polymer
modified
Concrete or masomy W202 DIy set or latex Standard/polymer
Portland cement modified
Interior epoxy F131 Epoxy Epoxy
0(,') I J ~ City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60. Beach Storage Building CD - May 11.2007
09313 - 5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 09902
EXTERIOR PAINTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
l.l DESCRlPIION
A. Definitions:
1. ''Paint" and "painting" refer to applied coatings, except Section 09815 and Section 07176.
2 Mechanical work (and equipment): Work included in Mechanical Specification Divisions.
3 Electrical work (and equipment): WOlk mcluded in Electrical Specification Divisions,
B Work included:
I ExteIior surfaces scheduled to be painted, unless indicated to be painted undeJ. otheI
sections.
2 Except for colored, split-face, patterned, ground-face, glazed, and other concrete masonry
units with integral architectural :finish; paint exposed exteIior and on-site concrete masomy
unit surfaces, including areaway walls, backside faces of parapets, screen walls, and
retaining walls
:3 Mechanical and electIical WOlle
a. ExteIior equipment and itelDS not completely factOIY finished.
1..2 QUALIfY ASSURANCE
A .American Society fOI S1andards and I esting: AS IM-D3134
1.3 SUBMIIIALS
A Ptoduct data:
1. Manufacturer's data for each paint type to be applied indicating confolmance to
specifications.
B Samples:
1. Manufacturers complete Iange of colors fOI selection
2 Gloss samples.
C Contract closeout infonnation:
1.. Maintenance data
1..4 PRODUCI DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver in OIigiDallabeled containers..
B. Protect from freezing or damage.
C. Store materials in place designated by OWDex or Architect.
D. Keep storage neat and clean.
E. Repair damage thereto or to sunoundings
F Remove rags and waste frOIn building daily.
G . Avoid dangel of fue.
1..5 JOB CONDITIONS
A Install when tempeIature and humidity conditions are acceptable to manufacturer.
R Maintain a rough schedule indicating when painter expects to complete respective coats of paint
for various areas.
!l6011 t
City of Clearwater
City of C1e8IW11ter .. Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD .. May II, 2007
09902 - 1
C. Keep schedule current as job progress dictates.
I
I
I
I
II
!
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MAIERIALS
A. Acceptable manufacturers:
1.. Provide paint as product of one manufactureI as far as possible.
2 Paint, stain, and coating systems listed are SheIwin Williams unless noted otherwise.
a. Use comparable performance and aesthetic requirements for paints by Optional
manufacturers .
3 Paints:
a. Base:
1) Sherwin-Williams..
b. Optional:
I) Benjamin Moore.
2) Diamond Vogel Paint.
3) Dunn-Edwmds.
4) lCI Dulux Paint
5) Kelly-Moore
6) K wal Paint.
1) KwaVFrazee
8) MAB Paints and Coatings.
9) PPG Architectural Finishes.
10) PPGlIowa Paint Manufacturing
11) lnemec
4. SlIuctUIal steel paint:
a. Base:
1) lnemec - "COAlING SYSlEMS FOR EXIERIOR SlEEL- MODERAlE 10
SEVERE EXPOSURE"
II
i
II
!
II
i
il
II
i
i
il
II
il
'.
:.
:1
;1
B. Paints and stains: As Scheduled in Part 3 .
1. Use best quality by approved manufacturers..
2. Provide products in compliance with applicable VOC IcguIations..
3 Unspecified products: Use best quality by reputable, recognized manufacturers.
4. Colors: As noted in coloI' schedule and as indicated in Section 15190..
a Architect reserves right to select colors from entire range of manufacturer's colors,
including deep colors.
5. Gloss lange: MPI Standards as measured in accordance with AS1M-D523:
a. Gloss Levell (Flat): Maximum 5 at 60 degrees, maximum 10 at 85 degrees..
b. Gloss Level 2 (Velvet): Maxiumm 10 at 60 degrees, 10-35 at 85 degrees
c. Gloss Level 3 (Eggshell): 10-25 at 60 degrees, 10-35 at 85 degrees.
d. Gloss L.evel4 (Satin): 20-35 at 60 de~es, minimum 35 at 85 degrees
e, Gloss Level 5 (Semi-gloss): 35-70 at 60 degrees_
f Gloss Level 6 (Gloss): 70-85 at 60 degrees.
g. Gloss Level 7 (High gloss): More than 85 at 60 degrees.
6 If the gloss range is not indicated, provide top coat with a MPI Gloss Level 3 (Eggshell)
finish
7. Submit gloss samples foI' approval pIior to use.
8. Add flatteners if necessary to achieve specified gloss
9. Part 3 includes a listing of surfaces and type of paint to be applied.
I
I
I
060114 City of Clearwater
City 01 Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11, 2007
09902 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3..1 INSPECTION
A.. Examine SUIfaces carefully for defects which cannot be corrected and might prevent satisfactOlY
results
B. Commencing of work in a specific area constitutes acceptance of SUlfaces, and responsibility for
perfOlmance..
3..2 SURFACESNOIIOBEPAlNrED
A Anodized aluminum, stainless steel, chromium plate. glass, copper, bronze 01 similar materials.
B Moving parts of valves, operating units, mechanical and electrical plUts, such as valve and
damper operators, sending devices, motor and fan shafts.
C Code labels, such as VI., FM that are mylar 01 flat (non-embossed) plates.
1 Embossed plates and labels stamped into frames will be painted, label and information on
label to be readily visible and convenient fOl identification by authority having jurisdiction
D. Equipment identification or rating plates.
E. lteIDS having complete factory finish with exception of:
L Exterior mechanical equipment
2. Extmior electrical equipment.
3.3 PREPARAIION - GENERAL
A Assure that surfaces are clean and dry.
B. Assure that SUlfaces are free of foreign materials which will affect adhesion 01' appearance
C. Remove mildew and neutralize surface..
D. Eliminate eftlorescence before painting.
E Before painting, test sUIfaces with moistuIe meter.
F . Paint when moisture is witbin paint manufacturer's acceptable limits
3.4 MAIERIAL PREPARATION
A. Mix and prepare materials per manufactuIeI's specifications.
B. Stir, agitate or blend materials to produce a mixture of uniform density as required for
application of materials.
3..5 PREPARATION - FERROUS MEIAL SURFACES AND HOLLOW ME'IAL
A Follow requirements ofSSPC SP1 and SP3.
L Except where higheI prep levels are indicated
B. Wire brush, or grind as necessBIY to remove shoulders at edge of sound paint to prevent
telegraphing .
C. 1 ouch up damaged shop coats
D. For surfaces with touched up shop coat, omit fitst coat
E. Honow metal frame joints at intersections of Rabbets, Stops, and Soffit Joints:
I.. Neatly :fill comer seam with painter's caulk (in field) prim to painting.
3..6 PREPARAIION - CONCRETE AND MASONRY
A. Repair minor defects
1160114
City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Slotage Building CD - May II, 2007
09902 - 3
A. Paint surfaces as specified in paragraphs "Schedule - Exterior Paint Systems"..
B. Provide complete coverage and hide
I . Paint systems are to cover
2 When color or undercoats show through, apply additional coats at no additional cost until
paint film is of uniform finish and color.:
C. Employ only skiIIed mechanics
D. Mix and apply as recommended by manufacturer.
E.. Remove and protect hardware, accessories, plates, fixtures, finished work, and similar items; or
provide ample in-place protection.
F . Upon completion of painting, carefully replace removed items and/or remove protection.
O. Apply materials under adequate illumination
H Evenly spread and smoothly flow on for full, smooth cover.
I Assure that coats are dry before recoating.
J. T ouch up suction or hot spots in plaster, concrete block, and concrete before painting.
K. Touch up abraded areas of shop prime coats before subsequent coats are applied
L Back prime wood trim with penelIating sealer
M Finish colors not indicated shall be selected by Architect from paint manufacturer's standard
colors
I
il
1.1",
;
II
II
I-
i
II
B. Remove oil from concrete by washing with xylol.
C Block filler:
I Apply to level out substrate
2. Apply in 2 coats applied at right angles to each other
3 . Provide complete cover with manufacturers recommended coating system
4 Squeegee finish top coat of filler
D Obtain architect's approval of finish for swfaces to receive high build glazed coatings.
3..7 APPLICATION - GENERAL
3.8 APPLICATION - EXTERIOR
il
i
II
i
;
I'
il
II
II
JI
II
II
il
;
;
II
il
A. Do not paint when surface temperature is below 50 degF. while surface is damp, or dwing cold,
rainy or frosty weather.
B . Avoid painting smfaces exposed to hot sun.
3..9 PROTECTION AND CLEANUP
A. Protect adjacent work against damage by painting and finishing work.
B. Oem, repair or replace, and repaint damaged work as directed by Architect
C. Provide "WET PAINT" signs.
D Remove temporary protective wrappings, after completion of operations.
E.. Oean paint spattered surfaces
F. Use care riot to damage finished surfaces
G Remove smplus materials, scaffolding and debris
H.. Leave areas broom clean..
3..10 SCHEDULE - EXIERIOR PAINT SYSTEMS
'J60 114 City of Clearwater
City 01 Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May 11,2007
09902 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A. Concrete and GFRC:
I. Latex:
a. First Coat Loxon Acrylic Pri:meJ; A24 W300.
b Second coat: Duration Exterior Latex Satin; K33.
B Metal doors and frames:
I. W liter based urethane. gloss:
a. First coat Pro-CIyl Universal Acrylic PrimeI. B66-310 Selies
b. Second coat: Hydrogloss Water Based Ulethane Gloss, B65
c. Third coat: Hydrogloss Water Based Urethane Gloss. B65.
C. Miscellaneous metals:
I. Water based urethane, gloss:
a. First coat: Pro-Ctyl Universal Acrylic Primer, B66-310 Series.
b Second coat: Hydrogloss Water Based Urethane Gloss. B65.
c. ThiId coat: HydrogIoss Water Based Urethane Gloss, B65
D. Structural steel:
a. Mild to Moderate Atmosphelic or IN Exposure:
a) L System Type: ZiDc-Iichlepoxylmethane.
b) 2 Swiace Prepmation: SSPC-SP 6/NACE 3
c) 3 Shop 01 Field Primer: Series 90-97 Inemt:-Zinc. DFT 25 to 3..5 mils..
d) 4. Field Intennediate Coat: Series N69 Hi-Build Epoxoline 11. DB 4.0-
6 0 mils.
e) 5. Field Finish Coat Selies 1075U Endura-Shield (with factory-added
INBlockel). DF'I2.5to5.0mils.
f) 6. Total DFI: 9.0 to 145 mils
g) 7 Finish Colm: r 1 [As selected by Atchitect from
manufactureI's standard colors]
2) Damaged Coatings:
a) Touch-up or repait damaged coatings. T ouch-up of IninOI datnage shall be
acceptable where result is not visibly different from adjacent sUlfaces.. Recoat
entire smface where touch-up result is vistbly different, either in sheen,
texture. 01 colO!. Repait using the following procedure:
(1) Surface Preparation (bare steel): SSPC-SPll- Power tool cleaning to
bare metal. Do not "polish" steel surl'ace.
(2) Spot prime Bare Areas: I nemec Selies 90-1 K.97 I nemec-Zinc @ 2 5-
3.5 mils DFT
(3) Spot intermediate Coat: lnemec Series N69 Epoxoline II @ 2 5-3 5
mils DFf
(4) Finish Coat: lnemec Series l075U Endmashield@2.5-3.5 mils DFI
END OF SECTION
f}60114 City of Clearwater
City of Clearwater - Pier 60, Beach Storage Building CD - May II. 2007
09902 - 5
SECTION V
CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
BOND NUMBER:
CONTRACT BOND
STATE OF FLORIDA
COUNTY OF PINELLAS
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we CALADESI CONSTRUCTION.
Contractor and RLI SURETY (Surety) whose home address is 9025 N. LINDBERGH DRIVE.
PEORIA. ILLINOIS 61615.
HEREINAFTER CALLED THE "Surety", are held and firmly bound into the City of Clearwater,
Florida (hereinafter called the "Owner") in the penal sum of: ONE HUNDRED AND EIGHTY-
NINE THOUSAND THREE HUNDRED FOUR DOLLARS AND NO CENTS ($189,304.00)
for the payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and
assigns for the faithful performance of a certain written contract, dated the
day of ' 2007, entered into between the Contractor and the City
of Clearwater for:
CITY OF CLEARWATER PIER 60 BEACH STORAGE BUILDING (07-0033-EN)
a copy of which said contract is incorporated herein by reference and is made a part hereof as if fully
copied herein.
NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that if the
Contractor shall in all respects comply with the terms and conditions of said contract, including the
one-year guarantee of material and labor, and his obligations thereunder, including the contract
documents (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Form of Proposal, Form of Contract, Form of
Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions and Technical Specifications) and the
Plans and Specifications therein referred to and made a part thereof, and such alterations as may be
made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided for, and shall indemnify and save harmless
the said Owner against and from all costs, expenses, damages, injury or conduct, want of care or
skill, negligence or default, including patent infringements on the part of the said Contractor agents
or employees, in the execution or performance of said contract, including errors in the plans
furnished by the Contractor, and further, if such "Contractor" or "Contractors" shall promptly make
payments to all persons supplying him, them or it, labor, material, and supplies used directly or
indirectly by said Contractor, Contractors, Sub-Contractor, or Sub-Contractors, in the prosecution of
the work provided for in said Contract, this obligation shall be void, otherwise, the Contractor and
Surety jointly and severally agree to pay to the Owner any difference between the sum to which the
said Contractor would be entitled on the completion of the Contract, and that which the Owner may
be obliged to pay for the completion of said work by contract or otherwise, & any damages, direct or
indirect, or consequential, which said Owner may sustain on account of such work, or on account of
the failure of the said Contractor to properly and in all things, keep and execute all the provisions of
said contract.
Page I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CONTRACT BOND
(2)
And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, executors,
administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, that they will amply and fully protect the said
Owner against, and will pay any and all amounts, damages, costs and judgments which may be
recovered against or which the Owner may be called upon to pay to any person or corporation by
reason of any damages arising from the performance of said work, or of the repair or maintenance
thereof, or the manner of doing the same or the neglect of the said Contractor or his agents or
servants or the improper performance of the said work by the Contractor or his agents or servants, or
the infringements of any patent rights by reason of the use of any material furnished or work done; as
aforesaid, or otherwise.
And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, heirs,
executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, to repay the owner any sum which the
Owner may be compelled to pay because of any lien for labor material furnished for the work,
embraced by said Contract.
And the said Surety, for the value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of
time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or
the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and it
does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of
the contract or to the work or to the specifications.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this
day of . 2007.
CALADESI CONSTRUCTION CO.
CONTRACTOR
By:
ATTEST:
SURETY
WITNESS:
By:
ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
COUNTERSIGNED:
Page 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CONTRACT
This CONTRACT made and ~ntered into this 4J..1- day of Oc+ob , 2007 by and
between the City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter designated as the
"City", and CALADESI CONSTRUCTION CO. of the City of LARGO. County of PINELLAS
and State of Florida, hereinafter designated as the "Contractor".
WITNESSETH:
That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements
on the part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows:
The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the
sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at
their own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the
following:
CITY OF CLEARWATER PIER 60 STORAGE BUILDING IN THE AMOUNT OF: ONE
HUNDRED AND EIGHTY-NINE THOUSAND THREE HUNDRED FOUR DOLLARS AND
NO CENTS ($189,304.00).
In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special
provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any
advertisement, instructions to bidders, general conditions, proposal and bond, which may be hereto
attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this
contract, and all of said work to be perfonned and completed by the contractor and its successors and
assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City.
If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as
contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performed by the
Contractor, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf
and shall have the right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perform in
accordance with the provisions as contained herein.
THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY
AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE
BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES
ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF
THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES
TO HOLD THE CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR
DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY
CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE
CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB-CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS
OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED
CONTRACTOR, SUB-CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES.
Page 3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CONTRACT
(2)
In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requirements:
In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to
discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or
national origin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay-off or
termination; rates of payor other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including
apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees
or applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the
provisions of the non-discrimination clause.
The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including
contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub-contractors for
standard commercial supplies or raw materials.
It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the
event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated
herein, it is then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be
due to the Contractor the sum of $1.000.00 oer day for each day that the work to be performed by the
Contractor remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $1.000.00 oer
day shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of
the Contractor to complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is
not to be construed as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the
Contractor to complete and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract.
It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of
this contract and the surety bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the terms and
conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or
sureties upon such performance bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases to
be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own
expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an additional
bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the
City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor under the terms and
provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful
performance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a form
satisfactory to it.
Page 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CONTRACT
(3)
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and
have executed this Agreement, in duplicate, the day and year first above written.
CITY OF CLEARWATER
IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA
(Seal)
By: ~...... A ~ -:a:
VVil iamB. florne,rr
City Manager
Attest:
Countersigned:
By: i-~ R~
F'rank flibbard, .
Mayor-Councilmember
Camilo Soto
Assistant City Attorney
(Contractor must indicate whether ~orporation,
Partnership, Company or Individual.)
(The person sIgnmg shall, in his own
handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own
name, and his title; where the person is signing
for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show
his authority to bind the Corporation).
Page 5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT
(CORPORATION FORM)
STATE OF FLORIDA
COUNTY OF PINELLAS
On this day personally appeared before me, the undersigned authority, duly authorized to
administer oaths and take acknowledgments, . who after being duly sworn,
deposes and says:
That he is the (TITLE) of CALADESI
CONSTRUCTION CO. a Florida Corporation, with its principal place of business located at 1390
DONEGAN ROAD. LARGO. FLORIDA 33771 (herein, the "Contractor").
That the Contractor was the general contractor under a contract executed on the day of
.2007, with the CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, a municipal
corporation, as Owner, and that the Contractor was to perform the construction of:
CITY OF CLEARWATER PIER 60 STORAGE BUILDING
That said work has now been completed and the Contractor has paid and discharged all sub-contractors,
laborers and material men in connection with said work and there are no liens outstanding of any nature
nor any debts or obligations that might become a lien or encumbrance in connection with said work
against the described property.
That he is making this affidavit pursuant to the requirements of Chapter 713, Florida Statutes,
and upon consideration of the payment of (Final Full Amount of Contract) in
full satisfaction and discharge of said contract.
That the Owner is hereby released from any claim which might arise out of said Contract.
The word "liens" as used in this affidavit shall mean any and all arising under the operation of
the Florida Mechanic's Lien Law as set forth in Chapter 713, Florida Statutes.
Sworn and subscribed to before me
CALADESI CONSTRUCTION CO.
AFFIANT
This _ day of
,200
BY:
NOTARY PUBLIC
My Commission Expires:
PRESIDENT
Page 6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Bond Number: N/A
PROPOSAL BOND
(Not to be filled out if a certified check is submitted)
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
Caladesi Construction Company
RLI Insurance Company
and firmly bound unto the
That we, the undersigned,
as Principal, and
as Surety, are held
City of Clearwater, Florida in the sum of
Dollars ($ )
(being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount) for the payment
of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind
ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
The condition of the above obligation is such that if the attached
Proposal of Caladesi Construction Company as Principal, and
RLI Insurance Company as Surety, for work
specified as: CITY OF CLEARWATER PIER 60 BEACH STORAGE BUILDING
all as stipulated in said Proposal, by doing all work incidental thereto,
in accordance with the plans and specifications provided herefor, all
within Pinellas County, is accepted and the contract awarded to the above
named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten days after notice of
said award enter into a contract, in writing, and furnish the required
Performance Bond with surety or sureties to be approved by the City
Manager, this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall be in
full force and virtue by law and the full amount of this Proposal Bond
will be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages.
Signed this 9th day of August
(Principal must indicate whether
. cozoration, partnership, company or
in ividual)
, 2007
The person signing shall, in his own
handwriting, sign the Principal's
name, his own name and his title; the
person signing for a corporation
must, by affidavit, show his authority
to bind the corporation.
.'
RLI~~Com~
J J). -'--
\
Surety David B. Shick
"Attorney-In-Fact" and
"Florida Resident Agent"
LI@
RLl Surety
9025 N. Lindbergh Dr. Peoria, lL 61615
Phone: (800)645-2402 I Fax: (309)683-1610
POWER OF ATTORNEY
RLI Insurance Company
I
I"ow All Men by These Presents:
"hat this Power of Attorney is not valid or in effect unless attached to the bond which it authorizes executed, but may be detached by the
I'proving officer if desired.
~at RLI Insurance Company, an Illinois. corporation, does hereby make, constitute and appoint:
{vid B. Shick
in the City of TllIl\Pa , State of Florida its true and lawful Agent and Attorney in Fact, with full
Iwer and authority hereby conferred, to sign, execute, acknowledge and deliver for and on its behalf as Surety, the following described
nd.
I
Any and all bonds. undertakings. and recognizances in an amount not to exceed Ten Million Dollars (510.000.000) for
any single obligation.
The acknowledgment and execution of such bond by the said Attorney in Fact shall be as binding upon this Company as if such bond had been
tecuted and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of this Company. .
The RLI Insurance Company further certifies that the following is a true and exact copy of the Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors
f RLI Insurance Company, and now in force to-wit:
"All bonds, policies, undertakings, Powers of Attorney or other obligations of the corporation shall be executed in the corporate name of
the Company by the President, Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, Treasurer, or any Vice President, or by such other officers as the
I Board of Directors IIiay authorize. The President, any Vice President, Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer may appoint
Attorneys in Fact or Agents who shall have authority to issue bonds, policies or undertakings in the name of the Company. The
corporate seal is not necessary for the validity of any bonds, policies, undertakings, Powers of Attorney or other obligations of the
. corporation. The signature of any such officer and the corporate seal may be printed by facsimile."
It WITNESS WHEREOF, the RLI Insurance Company has caused these presents to be executed by its Vice President with its
,rporate seal offixcd tItis 10th day of July ~07
""\t...If",,
,,'\'\'~CE e'l",,, RLI I C
~,~~ ........ o~.~ nsurance ompany
I~.... ....~\
Iii r,Of'P01l.47f" "'~
~ ~ SlrAL j ~
"\ .... .... f
"..0: -. .- ~
;""'" 't L;.N.O\!J",.,...~
"I""""II""'\~'"
I
State of Illinois
lounty of Peoria
} SS
Vice President
CERTIFICATE
C this 1 Oth day of Julv . 2007 . before me, a Notary
blic, personally appeared Rov C. Die. who being by me duly sworn,
knowledged that he signed the above Power of Attorney as the aforesaid
o lcer of the RLI Insurance Company and acknowledged said instrument to be
the voluntary act and deed of said corporation.
I
t: Cherie L. Montgomery
I, the undersigned officer of RLI Insurance Company, a stock
corporation of the State of Illinois, do hereby certify that the attached
Power of Attorney is in full force and effect and is irrevocable; and
furthermore, that the Resolution of the Company as set forth in the
Power of Attorney, is now in force. In testimony whereof, I have
he~tQ set my 4 the. seal of the RLI Insurance Company
this In... day of u~~. ~1 .
RLI Insurance Company
Notary Public
I
~ "OFFICIAl SEAl"
,: CHERIE L MONTGOMERY
COMMISSION EXPIlES 02I02/D8
Vice President
0948311020208
A0059207
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.-\FFID.-\ \"IT
:'T(1 he fil1eli ir ~lnJ ~~xet:urec 1frhe bldde~' i~:1 ~n1T)(lrati'Jn~
ST.-\ TE OF FLOR1DA
COF"~TY OF Pinellas
Kurt B. Hinrichs Demg JUl' SYIiOfr.. 1eDOSc~ ::1DL! :5.:lV~ I!12I hesjle lS
Secretary ot Calad~~i Con~t:Tnl"'!~; on Company
,-i i.:oq.lClration ~)rganized and existing untier ano ny \-irrue OJ- the laws ()T- tile Stare or- Florida_ and i18\mg
its principai office at:
1390 Donegan Road
Street & Number
Largo
Citv
Pinellas
County
Florida
State
Affiam further says that he is familiar with the records. minute books and by-laws of
Caladesi Construction Company
(Name of Corporation)
:\tnant further says thatnnna 1 CI.T Ri I1riC'bs is 1>'f'~9i dE'nt
(Officer's Name) Pi 60 t (TitleJ
of the corporation. is duly authorized to sign the Proposal for er S orag Bldg. 07-0033-EN
for said corporation by virtue of__ _ .. .. _ _ l prouision of by laws
I.state whether a provision ofay laws or a Resolution or the Board of
Directors. Ifby Resol 0 give a of ption).
t-
Sworn to before me this L day of ~11~
. 20 D1
~\\\'"''''''
~~~~'{ E. 7i
~ '" ........
~ ...~\lMlSSIQ... ~~
~ .'_~;,mbe' Iff (C"~. ~
~ It .. ..... <.I' '"tOe. '"" ~
.: : ..~ ~ \ :
-Z' .. ~ ~ ~
is: IlJ{).. <:> -.;; . b~1\~G
\~"~~ 56Beo.1 Ti:J~ 'nt/stamp name of Notary
~ A).:-'.S~1hrII ~..~~~
~.~ '. 1A'IdII'lI"';' .R'I.....-
~ ~/C ....... "'~~~
~/~ ,STATE Or '\"~\'~
1"t"",,,,,,,\\\~
~itk ,)]" rank. Jnd Serial "k)..if :my
~.C'::~..'I' \ ;'1 E P :'! I \.it'll.:
:1.~~~ "
" .~.. ....cc: .: .':1.i "'1\11-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDA VIT
STATE OF FLORIDA )
COUNTY OF Pinellas )
Donald J. Hinrich~ being, first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is
President of Caladesi Construction Company
the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham: that
said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with any other
bidder on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly
or indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain
from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or
communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder, or to
fix any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to secure any
advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interested in the proposed
contract; and that all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true; and further, that such bidder
has not directly or indirectly submitted this bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data
relative thereto to any association or to any member or agent thereof
Affiant
Sworn to and subscribed before me this ~"L day of
* ... ... .~ ~
~ ..~~~\SSIO.~..'~ ~
~ .. ~_. l"r~~. t) ~
~ ..~tJ.ra~r<,~ "-
~ :~$ '..;!
=*: OJ l3.
_ .... 0
i~~ 100568603 : ~
os:;.\e:16, :~~
~~..~~~ J'...~~
~ 4~.~~;;.A9~
~...~LIi ....... cf(....~
'1"",/~,mnTh\,'\"~
, 2CX)/
SectionV.PIER 60.doo.:
Page 9
Revised: 5109/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PROPOSAL
(1)
TO THE CITY OF CLEAR\\'A TER, FLORIDA. for
_J?J.e.r _ ~_0_13.~.~_~_J:1,-~.~C?~~.9_~ Bui Idinq
and doing such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, marked
Pier 60 Beach storqae Buildinq 07-0033-EN
Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even though his proposal be accepted and the documents
signed by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those officials authorized to do so on behalf of
the City of Clearwater, Florida, that no such award or signing shall be considered a binding contract
without a certificate from the Finance Director that funds are available to cover the cost of the work to
be done, or without the approval of the City Attorney as to the form and legality of the contract and all
the pertinent documents relating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney; and such bidder is
hereby charged with this notice.
The signer of the Proposal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties
interested in this Proposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has carefully examined the
Advertisement, Instructions to Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications,
General Conditions, Special Provisions, and Contract Bond, that he or his representative has made such
investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes and
agrees that if the Proposal be accepted, he will contract with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the form
of contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, tools or
apparatus, do all the work required to complete the contract within the time mentioned in the General
Conditions and according to the requirements of the City of Clearwater, Florida, as herein and
hereinafter set forth, and furnish the required surety bonds for the following prices to wit:
ScctionV.PIER 60.doc
Page 10
Revised: 5/09/1007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PROPOSAL
(2)
If the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by the City of Cleanvater, FIOlida, and the undersigned shall
fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached, then the City may,
at its option detennine that the undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal
shall be llull and void, and the certified check or bond accompanying this Proposal, shall be fOlfeited to
become the property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be
retained by the City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of such bond shall be paid to the
City as stipulated or liquidated damages; otherwise, the bond or certified check accompanying this
Proposal, or the amount of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified herein.
Attached hereto is a bond or certified check on
Bank, for the sum of
It)~~
(being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount).
($
)
The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows:
(If corporation, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretary. If firm or partnership, the
names and addresses of the members or partners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the
name of any person with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's improvements,
enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub-contractor, materialman, agent, supplier, or
employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder).
NAMES:
ADDRESSES:
~~E~~_~__~~B~~richs President, 1390 Donegan Rd., Largo, Fl. 33771
Nancy Hinrichs, Vice President, 1390 Donegan Rd., Largo Fl. 33771
Kurt B. Hinrichs, Secretary, 1390 Donegan Rd. Rd. Largo, Fl. 33771
Donald J. Hinrichs, Treasurer, 1390 Donegan Rd., Largo, Fl. 33771
Signature of Bidder:
Donald J. Hinrichs, President
(Th.e bidder must indicate whether Corporation, Partnership, Company or Individual).
SectionV.PIER 60.doc
Page II
Revised: 6/18/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PROPOS.-\L
! _... I
:-r-1 .,. l' . .' - .,' .. ~. ." . " . I' "
~ il-:: person 51lp11I1S ::il1all. in m~ ~)\vn nanawnnn:;. sign me tJrlllClpai'S name. illS ,)\\Tl name 111Li iIb LlIic.
,~r.1_ _.._ ...,_ ___......._ ...~._.:_.... _........._ ..... .........._........,..,r~."'.... ;.- ....~i.~~... ..1......,'1"'\ ~l.....~ D....-='.-~_~..3.....'t" .......- '...;.....~ D...::..-;.-i.~....,.. I....::'\. .........,~:-- h...
H llCl c: 1I1e l'Cl:>lll1 :>1=llIlJ= IVI ..J ,-'JI~""""'lI'-'" ,.:> ,-. 1I 1'-' l1'....." LIJ'- , I'-.~''''''-U' VI ",-,--, I.....>I.....:.IIL. II':' IIJU':>L. L'.'
Principa :
Title:~
B\':
Business Address ot
1390 Donegan Road
City and State: Largo
Florida
Zip Code 33771
Dated at
~G.o ~
,
. this jlft-- day of ~u~
:SC:':~h\n'.. :'!E!~ h!r....~I.';.
p~!:=...' . ...
. A.D.. 200'"
~,,:',-;~~d: " '.... :'~ln-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CITY OF CLEARWATER
ADDENDUM SHEET
PROJECT: CITY OF CLEARWATER - PIER 60 - STORAGE BUILDL~G - (07-0033-EN)
Acknowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and
Specifications.
Addendum No. ~ Date:
Addendum No. 2 Date: Auq. 8, 2007
-
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
-
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
-
Addendum No. Date:
-
Addendum No. Date:
-
Addendum No. Date:
-
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
-
SectionV.PJER 60.doc
Page] 3
President
(Title of Officer)
Aug. 9, 2007
(Date)
Revised: 5/09/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
BIDDER'S PROPOSAL
PROJECT: City of Clearw~~PT-_Pj~r ~O Rea~h stora~e Building
CONTRACTOR: Caladesi ~onstruction Company
o~
BIDDER'S TOTAL $ 11'> -- (Numbers)
BIDDER'S GRAND TOT~' - ......v~h10~@1J~6""
THE BIDDER'S TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND
LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED FOR EACH
SECTION. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING
BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND
LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT
SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL
GOVERN.
SectionV.PIER 60.doc
Page 14
Revised: 5/0<)/2007
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
BIDDER'S PROPOSAL
PROJECT: CLEARWATER BEACH - PIER 60 - STORAGE BUILDING
__. __~~ _trnM~_
EST.
TGT*h-----.. .. ---.-
UNIT
I'IUCE
lOOT .
1
Construction of a new~ 24~ X 30~ (720 SF) concrete
masonry unit, concrete pile supported, FEMA rated
storage building located in Pier 60 Park at 10
Causeway Boulevard~ Clearwater~ Florida. Work is
to include all plant, labor~ equipment, and materials~
to City Standards as shown on drawings prepared by
HDR Architecture~ Inc. for the City of Engineering
Division numbered 2007030. Price shall include
tree protection and erosion control.
LS
~.$~~
2
Project Sign
EA
3
10% CONTINGENCY
TOTAL CONSTRUCI10N COST (ITEMS 1-2) $~.
CONTRACI'OR: ~^~ U1~~
BIDDER'S TOTAL $~~~h e.
BIDDER'S TOTAL $
-~~~
(Words)
THE BIDDER'S TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND
LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED. THIS. FIGURE IS
FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE
THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE
IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY
THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN.
~
"
-10/17/2007 10:55
941-378-8455
!
COMMERCIAL INS MkTG ~
-I,
PAGE 02,/03
_ACORD". CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE I OATI; (MM/DDlYYYY)
10/17/2007
PftODUCl;R (941) 379-2522 THIS CERllFIC.A TE IS ISSUED AS A MA TIER OF INFORMATION
ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE
Commercial tnsu~ance Marketing HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND. EXTEND OR
1626 Baxber Road, Suite A ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW.
Sara80ta FL 34240- INSURERS AFFORDING COVEItAGE NAIC#
INSURED INSUFlERA: l"CCI IBStJRAJICE COMPANY
CALAQESI CONSTRUCTION CO. INSURER B:
1390 DONEGAN ROAD INSuReR C;
INSURER D:
LARQO FL 33771- INSUReR 1::
COVERAGES
T~le POl.ICIES 01= INSURANCE; l.'!STED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSuED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOO INOlCATED. NOTWITHSTANOING ANY
REQUIREMENT. TERMOR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER OQCUMENT WITH RESF'ECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OF( MAY ~ERTAIN.
THE NSURANCE AFFOROi=O BY "THE ~IClES OES~IEleO HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THe TERMS. EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.
AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAve BEEN FlEOUCI;O BY ~AID CLAIMS.
INSR ADD"l PQLlCY EF~cnVE POI.ICY EXPIRAl10N
lTR INSRD TYpe OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBeR l)ATE DATE liMITS
A ..2!!.NEIlAllIAatl.lTY CPPOQ03115 11/0:1./:1001> 11/01/2007 EACH OCCURFl:ENCF. $ ~,OOO,OOO
X COMMERCIAL Gf!NERAL uASILlTY ~~~~9ts~~J~CGl $ 100,000
I ClAIMS MADE [!] OCCUR I / / / MED EXP (An.. one "erl;OIi) $ 5,000
~ $~OOO PD DKOUCTt3~B f'eRSONAl & "OIl INJURV li 1,000,000
- I / / / GENeRAl AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000
4'L AGGREffiE LIMIT AFilES PER: PROOUCTS.COMP~PAGG $ 2,000,000
POI.ICY X ~~f X I.OC 1 1 / /
A ~TOMODILE LIARIUTV CAOOO3855 11/01/2006 11/01/2007 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT
$ 1,000,000
..!. AtoN AUTO I E8 sCClcant)
- ALl. OWNeO AUTOS 1 / I I !mOIl.V INJURV
...!. IP'" person) $
SCHEOULEO AUT05
L I~IREO AUTOS I / / I BODilY INJURY
S
~ NON.OWNED AlITOS (PM SCIltclen!1
- I I I I PROPEATY DAMAGE $
(PM scclderltl
=fAGE lIAIIIlITY AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT $
ANY AUTO J / I I OTHER THAN EA Ace $
AUTO ONL V' "lOG $
~ EXCESS/UURRElLA I..IADILITV 11MBOOO4719 11/01/2006 11/01/2001 EACH OCCUFlReNCE $ 1,000,000
~ occu" D CLAIMS MADE AGGRSGA. TE $ ;1,,000,000
$
~ DI:DUCTISLJ: ~ FOU I I / / ill
:x RSiTF.NTIO[ll p..o, 000 $
WO~Kt'!RS COMF'ENSATION ANt) I I I I I T~'li~L~Ws I loJlt
EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY
ANy I"~OI"FI!eTOIVi>Al'ltN!:FVExeCUT1ve E.!., eACI-I ACCIDENT $
OFFICER/MEMBER !i.'(CLUOE07 I / 1 1 E,L, DISEASE - eA EMPlOYEe $
It )'93. daBcrlbe under e.L, OISI'ASE - POl-ICY I.IMIT $
SPECIAL PROVISIONS belOW
OTHER I I I I
I I I I I
/ I / /
DESCRIPTION OF DPERATlONS/LOCATIONSlVEHICLESlliXCLUSlONS ADl)ED BY ENDORSEMENT19PEC1Al PROVISIONS
~., paOJ3CT P%Ba ONE BBACH S~ORAGB B~LD%BQ (D7-00~3-BR)
CERTIFICATE HOLDER
( ) (
ATTH: ~LEH BAHNICX JR.
CANCELLATION
CITY Of CLEARWATER
P.o. BOX 4.0748
MUNICIPAL SERVICBS BLDG
CLEARWATER FL
ACORD 25 (2001108)
!t""". IN9025 (01 08),OG
100
33756-
ELECTRONIC LASER FORMS, INC. 'ISoo1321~S4S
FJ;lgf;l'1 :::lf2
"
'18/17./2El87 18:56
'341-378-8466
!
COMMERCIAL INS MKTG ,
PAGE 83/83
IMPORTANT
If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(les) must be endorsed. A statement on this
certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditionS of the policy. certain policies may require an
endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such
endorsement(s)_
DISCLAIMER
The Certlflcate of Insurance on the reverMI side of this form does not constitute a contract between the issuing
insurer(s), authorIzed representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatiV4!lly
amend. extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon.
ACORD 25 (2001/08)
!t......INS025 !010B).as
~e2'lf2
..
I
ACORDTM CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCI; I DATE (MM/DDIYY)
10/17/07
PRODUCER 1-863-646-4642 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION
WorkComp Solutions ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE
HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR
5115 South Lakeland Dr. ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW.
Suite 3
Lakeland, FL 33813 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE
.
INSURED INSURER A: Bridqefield Employers Insurance Co.
Caladesi Construction Co.
INSURER B:
1390 Donegan Rd. INSURER C:
Largo, FL 33771 INSURER D:
I INSURER E:
COVERAGES
THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING
ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR
MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH
POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
I~~: TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFFECTIVE POLICY EXPIRATION LIMITS
~NERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY FIRE DAMAGE (Anyone fire) $
~ o CLAIMS MADE D OCCUR
~ MED EXP (Anyone person) $
PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $
~
GENERAL AGGREGATE $
~
~'L AGGREAE LIMIT APnS PER: PRODUCTS - COM PlOP AGG $
POLICY P'[;-R-i LOC
~TOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $
ANY AUTO (Ea accident)
~
!--- ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY
$
SCHEDULED AUTOS (Per person)
'--
HIRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY
r-- $
NON-OWNED AUTOS (Per accident)
;----
r-- PROPERTY DAMAGE $
(Per accident)
GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT $
R ANY AUTO OTHER THAN EA ACC $
AUTO ONLY: AGG $
EXCESS LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $
o OCCUR D CLAIMS MADE AGGREGATE $
$
R DEDUCTIBLE I $
RETENTION $ $
A WORKERS COMPENSATION AND 0830-31491 03/01/07 03/01/08 X I TWCSTATU-, I IOTH-
ER
EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY $500,000
EL EACH ACCIDENT
E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ 500,000
EL DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 500,000
OTHER
$
$
$
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATlONSNEHICLES/EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENTISPECIAL PROVISIONS
Re: Project Pier 60 Beach Storage Building (07 -0033 -EN)
CERTIFICATE HOLDER I I ADDmONAL INSURED; INSURER L1ETTER: CANCELLATION
SHOULD ANY OF TME ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION
City of Clearwater DATE TMEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL ~ DAYS WRITTEN
NOTICE TO TME CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL
Glen Bahnick, Jr.
PO Box 4748 IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR
REPRESENTATIVES.
Clearwater, FL 33758-4748 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ~
I USA
ACORD 25-5 (7/97) tmattox
7287514
@ ACORD CORPORATION 1988